Cara Servis Manual RX10KY1 Si - 05c

Si-05C
Service
Manual
System
Inverter K Series
Series
Si-05C
,QYHUWHU#.#6HULHV
6HULHV
1. Introduction ............................................................................................ ix
1.1 Safety Cautions ....................................................................................... ix
1.2 PREFACE ............................................................................................. xiii
3DUW4
*HQHUDO#,QIRUPDWLRQ
,QYHUWHU#.#6HULHV 1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 4
1. Series Introduction ..................................................................................2
1.1 NOMENCLATURE ...................................................................................2
1.2 Indoor/Outdoor Unit Combinations...........................................................4
2. Outline of System....................................................................................5
2.1 Easily Recognizable Features of the K Series.......................................5
2.2 Changes in K Series Functions / Parts.....................................................6
2.3 Compatibility of Old and New VRV System Inverter ................................9
3DUW5
)XQFWLRQV
,QYHUWHU#.#6HULHV 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 44
1. Functions...............................................................................................12
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.20
Table of Contents
Outdoor Unit Refrigerant System Diagram.............................................12

Function of Thermistors and Pressure Sensors .....................................26
List of Safety Devices and Functinal Parts Setting Values.....................27
Safety for Restart ...................................................................................28
Equalized Oil Level Operation
(Equalized Oil Level between Twin Compressors).................................30
Oil Return Operation ..............................................................................31
Defrost....................................................................................................32
Heating Pump Down Residual Operation...............................................33
Step Down / Safety Control Standby (Forced Thermostat OFF)
Stop Due to Malfunction .........................................................................35
Control During Low Outdoor Air Temperature Cooling ..........................37
Low Noise Control ..................................................................................39
Demand Control .....................................................................................40
Compressor Capacity Control ................................................................41
Te / Tc Setting ........................................................................................43
Gas Depletion Alarm ..............................................................................44
Drain Pump Control................................................................................45
Oil Temperature Sensor (8 and 10 Hp only) ..........................................47
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt..............................................48
Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller...............................................49
Freeze Prevention ..................................................................................51
Si-05C
3DUW6
7HVW#2SHUDWLRQ
,QYHUWHU#.#6HULHV 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 86
1. Test Operation ......................................................................................54
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.20
1.21
1.22
When Power is Turned On .....................................................................54

Outdoor Unit PC Board Assy.................................................................55
Setting Modes ........................................................................................57
Sequential Start......................................................................................63
External Control Adaptor for Outdoor Unit .............................................64
Cool / Heat Mode Selection....................................................................67
Low Noise / Demand Operation .............................................................72
Wiring Check Operation .........................................................................74
Indoor Unit PCB Assy............................................................................75
Remote Controllers (Wired and Wireless)..............................................76
Control by Remote Controller
(Double Remote Controllers, Group, Remote) .......................................81
Indoor Field Setting ................................................................................83
Centralized Control Group No. Setting...................................................85
Setting of Master Remote Controller ......................................................87
Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function ...........................................89
Operation of the Remote Controllers Inspection /
Test Operation Button ............................................................................92
Remote Controller Service Mode ...........................................................93
Model Change of Centralized Control Devices ......................................95
Central Remote Controller (DCS302A51 / DCS302B61) .......................98
Unified ON/OFF Controller (DCS301A51/ DCS301B61)......................105
Schedule Timer (DST301A51 / DST301B61).......................................108
Combining Different Types of Centralized Control Devices .................112
3DUW#7 7URXEOHVKRRWLQJ
,QYHUWHU#.#6HULHV 111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 44:
1. Operation Flowcharts ..........................................................................119
1.1 Indoor Unit Operation Flowchart ..........................................................119
1.2 Outdoor Unit Operation Flowchart........................................................124
2. Diagnosis by Malfunction Code...........................................................128

2.1 Diagnosis by Malfunction Code............................................................128
2.2 Failure Diagnosis..................................................................................129
3. Troubleshooting ..................................................................................130
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
ii
Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device ..................................130

Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect...............................................................131
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (33H).............132
Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload......................................133
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S)............................134
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E)........................................................135
Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit ....................................................136
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device .................137
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Liquid Pipe ...............138
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes ................139
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Air Inlet.....................140
Table of Contents
Si-05C
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.28
3.29
3.30
3.31
3.32
3.33
3.34
3.35
3.36
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller..141

Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Safety Device.............................................142
Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect ............................................................143
Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch.................................144
Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Switch .................................145
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature.........................147
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Outdoor Air (R1T)............148
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R3T)...........149
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T) for Suction Pipe..........150
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Heat Exchanger ....151
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Pressure Sensor ...........152
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Suction Pipe Pressure Sensor................153
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Oil Temperature Thermistor (R5T) .........154
Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or
Electronic Expansion Valve Failure......................................................155
Negative Phase, Open Phase ..............................................................156
Malfunction of Transmission Between Indoor Units .............................157
Malfunction of Transmission Between Remote Controller
and Indoor Unit.....................................................................................158
Malfunction of Transmission Between Outdoor Units ..........................159
Malfunction of Transmission Between Master and
Slave Remote Controllers ....................................................................160
Malfunction of Transmission Between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System ......................................................161
Excessive Number of Indoor Units .......................................................162
Address Duplication of Central Remote Controller...............................163
Refrigerant System not set, Incompatible Wiring/Piping ......................164
Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined..........165
4. Failure Diagnosis for Inverter System .................................................166

4.1 Points of Diagnosis...............................................................................166
4.2 How to use the Monitor Switch on the Inverter PC Board ....................167
5. Troubleshooting (Inverter)...................................................................168
5.1 Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of
Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise .............................................168
5.2 Outdoor Unit: Inverter Instantaneous Over-Current .............................169
5.3 Outdoor Unit: Inverter Thermostat Sensor, Compressor Overload ......170
5.4 Outdoor Unit: Inverter Stall Prevention, Compressor Lock ..................171
5.5 Outdor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and
Control PC Board .................................................................................172
5.6 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure .............................173
5.7 Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature
Rise Sensor..........................................................................................174
5.8 Outdoor Unit: Inverter Over-Ripple Protection .....................................175
6. Troubleshooting (OP: Central Remote Controller) ..............................176

6.1 Malfunction of Transmission between Central Remote Controller and
Indoor Unit............................................................................................176
6.2 PC Board Defect ..................................................................................177
6.3 Malfunction of Transmission between Optional Controllers
for Centralized Control .........................................................................178
Table of Contents
iii
Si-05C
6.4 Improper Combination of Optional Controllers

6.5 Address Duplication, Improper Setting.................................................180
7. Troubleshooting (OP: Schedule Timer)...............................................181

Indoor Unit............................................................................................181
7.2 PC Board Defect ..................................................................................182
8. Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller) .............................186

8.1 Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................................................186
8.2 Display Under Host Computer Integrate Control Blinks
(Repeats Single Blink)..........................................................................187
(Repeats Double Blink) ........................................................................189
9. Appendix .............................................................................................190
9.1 Precaution ............................................................................................190
9.2 Typical Wiring Mistakes........................................................................191
3DUW#8# *HQHUDO#,QIRUPDWLRQ
3/86#6HULHV 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 4<:
1. Features of the VRV PLUS Series ......................................................198
1.1 Improved Piping System ......................................................................198
1.2 Improved Piping System .....................................................................201
1.3 Dramatic Reduction of Wiring Saves Time and Labor
When Installing.....................................................................................202
2. System Outline....................................................................................203
2.1 Heat Pump and Cooling Only System..................................................203
2.2 Heat Recovery System.........................................................................204
3. Indoor / Outdoor Unit Combinations....................................................205

3.1 Indoor/Outdoor Unit Combinations.......................................................205
3DUW#9 )XQFWLRQV
3/86#6HULHV 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 53:
1. Outdoor Unit Refrigerant System Diagrams........................................208
1.1 Function Unit ........................................................................................208
1.2 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................216
2. Function of Thermistors and Pressure Sensors..................................224

2.1 Function of Thermistors and Pressure Sensors ...................................224
3. List of Safety Devices and Functional Parts Setting Values ...............227

3.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................227
3.2 Function Unit ........................................................................................228
4. Outline of Control ................................................................................229

4.1 Starting Control ....................................................................................229
4.2 Pressure Equalizing Control Before Starting........................................233
4.3 Oil Return Control.................................................................................234
iv
Table of Contents
Si-05C
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
Defrost (For Heat Pump System) .........................................................236

Oil Equalization Control........................................................................237
Heating Pump Down Residual Operation (For Heat Pump System)...241
Compressor Oil Temperature Protection Control .................................242
Low Pressure Protection Control Step .................................................243
High Pressure Control Step..................................................................245
Discharge Temperature Protection Control..........................................246
Cooling Overload Control .....................................................................247
Inverter Protection Control ...................................................................248
Standby by Outdoor Temperature When Heating
(For Heat Pump System)......................................................................249
Low Outdoor Temperature Control When Cooling ...............................250
Low Noise and Demand Control ..........................................................251
Compressor Capacity Control ..............................................................252
Backup Operation.................................................................................254
Emergency Operation ..........................................................................255
Pump Down Operation .........................................................................259
5. Flow of Refrigerant in Each Operating Mode ......................................261

5.1 Heat Pump Model.................................................................................261
5.2 Cooling Only Model ..............................................................................274
3DUW#: 7HVW#2SHUDWLRQ
3/86#6HULHV 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 5;4
1. Test Operation ....................................................................................282
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
Procedure and Outline .........................................................................282

Operation When Power is Turned On ..................................................284
Outdoor Unit PC Board Assy...............................................................285
Switch Settings According to Number of Outdoor Units.......................287
Setting Modes ......................................................................................288
Sequential Start....................................................................................296
External Control Adaptor for Outdoor Units
(DTA104A61 DTA104A62).................................................................297
Cool/Heat Mode Switching (*Except for Cooling Only System) ...........300
Low Noise Operation............................................................................304
Demand Control ...................................................................................305
Wiring Check Operation .......................................................................306
3DUW#; 7URXEOHVKRRWLQJ
3/86#6HULHV 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 63:
1. Troubleshooting for VRV PLUS Series ...............................................309
1.1 Troubleshooting for VRV PLUS Series ................................................309

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
Table of Contents

Outdoor Unit: Acturation of High Pressure Switch ...............................314
v
Si-05C
3.6 Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of

3.7 Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperture...........................317
3.8 Outdoor Unit: Defect of Pressure Switch for High Pressure Control ....318
3.9 Outdoor Unit: Defect of Pressure Switch for Low Pressure Control.....319
3.10 Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Outdoor Air (R1T)............320
3.11 Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R3T)...........321
3.12 Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T) for Suction Pipe..........322
3.13 Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Heat Exchanger ....323
3.14 Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) for Header ..................324
3.15 Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Pressure Sensor ...........325
3.16 Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Suction Pipe Pressure Sensor................326
3.17 Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Oil Temperature Thermistor (R5T) .........327
3.18 Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or
3.19 Negative Phase, Open Phase ..............................................................329
3.20 Malfunction of Transmission Between Indoor Units .............................330
3.21 Malfunction of Transmission Between Outdoor Units ..........................331
3.22 Excessive Number of Indoor Units .......................................................332
3.23 Refrigerant System not set, Incompatible Wiring/Piping ......................333
3.24 Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined..........334

5. How to Use The Monitor Switch On The Inverter PC Board ...............336

5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
How to Use The Monitor Switch On The Inverter PC Board ................336

Actuation of Fin Thermal ......................................................................337
Defect of Compressor Coil ...................................................................338
Compressor Overload ..........................................................................339
Defect of Compressor ..........................................................................340
Malfunction of Connection Between The Inverter Unit and
Outdoor Unit PC Board ........................................................................341
5.7 Power Supply Insufficient .....................................................................342
5.8 Open Phase .........................................................................................343
5.9 Defect of Radiator Fin Temperature Sensor ........................................344
3DUW#< 6SHFLDO#6HUYLFH#0RGH
3/86#6HULHV 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 678
1. Backup and Emergency Operation .....................................................346
1.1 Backup and Emergency Operation ......................................................346
2. Pump Down Operation when Replacing The Compressor .................350

2.1 Pump Down Operation when Replacing The Compressor...................350
vi
Table of Contents
Si-05C
3DUW#43 $SSHQGL[
,QYHUWHU#.#6HULHV
3/86#6HULHV 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 686
1. Wiring Diagrams (Outdoor Unit)..........................................................355
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
Inverter K Series (Product Produced Before July 99)..........................355

Inverter K Series (Product Produced After Aug. 99)............................365
PLUS Series Function Unit...................................................................370
PLUS Series.........................................................................................374
2. Wiring Diagrams (Indoor Unit).............................................................378

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double-Flow)....................................378

Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi-Flow) .......................................380
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type ...............................................383
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Built-In Type ...............................................384
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type ..................................................................386
Ceiling Suspended Type ......................................................................388
Wall Mounted Type ..............................................................................389
Floor Standing Type / Concealed Floor Standing Type .......................390
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (Low Silhouette Type - Cooling Only) ......392
3. Wiring Diagrams (Outdoor Unit) Model for China ...............................396

3.1 Cooling Only/Heat Pump......................................................................396
4. Wiring Diagrams (Indoor Unit) Model for China ..................................398

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
Ceiling Mounted Cassette (Double-Flow) Type....................................398

Ceiling Mouted Cassette (Multi-Flow) Type .........................................400
Ceiling Mounted Built-In Type ..............................................................402
Floor Standing Type/Concealed Floor Standing Type .........................407
5. Characteristics ....................................................................................408
5.1 Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics .........................408
5.2 Pressure Sensor Voltage Output /
Detected Pressure Characteristics.......................................................410
6. Method of Replacing The Inverters Power Transistors and

Diode Modules ....................................................................................411
6.1 Method of Replacing The Inverters Power Transistors and
Diode Modules .....................................................................................411
7. Wiring Adaptor ....................................................................................413

7.1 Wiring Adaptor for Electrical Appendices (KRP2A6162).....................413
7.2 Wiring Adaptor for Group Electrical Appendices
(KRP4A51 / KRP4A52 / KRP4A53)......................................................418
7.3 Adaptor for Wiring (KRP1B61 / KRP1B2 / KRP1B3)............................421
7.4 Interface Adaptor for Skyair Series (DTA102A52) ...............................423
7.5 Wiring Adaptor for Other Air Conditioners (DTA103A51).....................425
7.6 External Control Adaptor for Outdoor Units
(DTA104A61 DTA104A62).................................................................428
7.7 Unification Adaptor for Computerized Control (DCS302A52) ..............431
Table of Contents
vii
Si-05C
,QGH[
111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 L
'UDZLQJV#)#)ORZ#&KDUWV 1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 Y
viii
Table of Contents
Si-05C
Introduction
1. Introduction
1.1
Safety Cautions
Cautions and
Warnings
1.1.1
Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
Warning and
Caution. The
Warning items are
The caution items are classified into
especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not followed closely. The
Caution items can also lead to serious accidents under some conditions if they are not followed.
Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items described below.
About the pictograms
This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates a prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction.
The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol.
After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the equipment
operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the customer
Caution in Repair.
Warning
Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before disassembling
the equipment for a repair.
Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an electrical
shook.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or inspecting the
circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the equipment.
If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work, do not touch the discharging
refrigerant gas.
The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the welded
section, release the refrigerant gas completely at a well-ventilated place first.
If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or refrigerating
machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it can cause injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area. The refrigerant gas
can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical components of the
outdoor unit.
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work.
A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock.
Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the power
cable plug.
Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can cause an
electrical shock or fire.
ix
Introduction
Si-05C
Caution
Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or wet place,
to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning the
equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and cause injury.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor.
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down sufficiently before
conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns.
Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.
Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency.
1.1.2
Cautions Regarding Products after Repair
Warning
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and appropriate
tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site has sufficient
strength to withstand the weight of the equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation work is not
conducted securely, the equipment can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to install the product correctly be using the provided standard installation frame. For integral units only
Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the equipment
to fall, resulting in injury.
Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a window
frame.
If the unit is not securely mounted, it can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow the technical
standards related to the electrical equipment, the internal wiring regulations and the
instruction manual for installation when conducting electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an electrical
shock on fire.
Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor units.
Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there is no force
pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire.
For integral units only
Si-05C
Introduction
Warning
When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure that the
terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section can cause an
electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.
Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable can
damage the cable.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R22) in the refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results, causing
equipment damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leak and repair it before charging the
refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure that there is no refrigerant leak.
If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be sure to perform
pump-down and close the service valve, to prevent the refrigerant gas from leaking into
the room. The refrigerant gas itself is harmless, but it can generate toxic gases when it
contacts flames, such as fan and other heaters, stoves and ranges.
When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to disposed of the old
battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the conditions
of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of combustible gas
leaks.
If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it can cause a fire.
Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly.
If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water can enter the room and wet the
furniture and floor.
1.1.3
For integral units only
Inspection after Repair
Warning
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then insert the plug
into a power outlet all the way.
If the plug has dust or loose connection, it can cause an electrical shock or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure to replace
them.
Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or
fire.
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same power outlet with
other electrical appliances, since it can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
Caution
Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly, and if the
connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure.
Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation, fire or an
electrical shock.
xi
Introduction
Si-05C
Caution
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.
Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall, resulting in injury.
Check the grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded.
Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to measure the unsulation resistance after the repair, and make sure that the
resistance is 1 Mohm or higher.
Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture and floor.
1.1.4
Using Icons
Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information. The meaning of each icon is
described in the table below:
1.1.5
Using Icons List

Icon
Type of
Information
Description
Note
A note provides information that is not indispensable, but may

nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks.
Caution
A caution is used when there is danger that the reader, through

incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment, loose data, get an
unexpected result or has to restart (part of) a procedure.
Warning
A warning is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Reference
A reference guides the reader to other places in this binder or in this

manual, where he/she will find additional information on a specific topic.
Note:
Caution
Warning
xii
Si-05C
1.2
Introduction
PREFACE
The VRV System Inverter K Series is designed for easy installation and maintenance. Although it has all
the features of the previous VRV System Inverter Series, the method of displaying the model name has
been changed in order to conform to revision in Japanese Industrial Standards, the method of transmission
between outdoor and indoor units has been changed, the equipment has been modified so the same wiring
is used for transmission between indoor/outdoor units and centralized control, and can now be connected
with a central remote controller.
This maintenance manual was published in order to help you get a solid understanding of these functions,
and so you can provide fast and reliable after sales service. Although the contents of the manual may be
insufficient in some areas, we hope that you will use it to the best of your ability.
The service manual for the VRV PLUS Series (cool/heat selection system) explains the new methods
(super piping and super wiring) featured by the system in four sections: Outline, Functions, Test Operation
and Troubleshooting.
Compared with previous VRV Inverter System equipment,the VRV PLUS series is designed to facilitate
construction and save space, and is equipped with a unique service mode. The manual is intended for use
when troubleshooting or executing test operation.
If you find the manual to be insufficient in any of its explanations, please let us know so we can improve on
later editions.
Oct. 1999
After Sales Service Division
xiii
Introduction
xiv
Si-05C
Si-05C
3DUW4
*HQHUDO#,QIRUPDWLRQ
,QYHUWHU#.#6HULHV
1. Series Introduction ..................................................................................2
1.1 NOMENCLATURE ...................................................................................2
1.2 Indoor/Outdoor Unit Combinations...........................................................4
2. Outline of System....................................................................................5
2.1 Easily Recognizable Features of the K Series.......................................5
2.2 Changes in K Series Functions / Parts.....................................................6
2.3 Compatibility of Old and New VRV System Inverter ................................9
General Information Inverter K Series
Series Introduction
Si-05C
1. Series Introduction
1.1
NOMENCLATURE
1.1.1
Indoor Unit
Si-05C
1.1.2
Series Introduction
Outdoor Unit
RS
10
Y1
E
VRV System Inverter Series outdoor unit
RS : VRV System Inverter Series
Series classifications
X : Inverter
Function classification (1)

Y : Unit for heat pump
Doesn't include straight cooling VRV System Inverter Series
Capacity Indication
5 : 5 HP
8 : 8 HP
10 : 10 HP
Model change symbol
Indicates minor design category

A,B,C...H : For other market
J,K,L... Z : For EC market
Power supply classification
Y1 : 3
380 ~ 415V, 50Hz
YAL : 3
380V, 60Hz
TAL : 3
220V, 60Hz
Special classification
E : Anti-corrosion specs.
(VE002)
Series Introduction
1.2
Si-05C
Indoor/Outdoor Unit Combinations
VRV System
Inverter K Series
VRV System Inverter K Series outdoor unit model
Total connectable indoor units
RSXY5K
RSXY8K
RSXY10K
Max. 8 units
Max. 13
Max. 16
RSX5K
RSX8K
RSX10K
Max. 8 units
Max. 13
Max. 16
Straight Cooling
VRV System
Inverter
RV System Inverter EXC Series outdoor unit model
Total connectable indoor units
Si-05C
Outline of System
2. Outline of System
2.1
Easily Recognizable Features of the K Series
2.1.1
VRV System Inverter K Series System Outline
Outline of System
Si-05C
2.2
Changes in K Series Functions / Parts
2.2.1
Changes in the System as a Whole
More outdoor units

can be connected.
A maximum of 16 indoor units can now be connected to a single system.

5HP .......... 8 units
8HP .......... 13 units
10HP ........ 16 units
Same wiring can be

used for
transmission
between indoor/
outdoor units and
centralized control
Up to now, separate wiring was required for centralized control and for transmission between indoor/
outdoor units when installing optional controllers for centralized control, but now the same wiring can be
used for both. This facilitates indoor/outdoor transmission wiring construction work as follows.
H Series
Separate input and output terminals.
Has polarity.
Only serial wiring can be used.
Wiring can be up to 1,000 meters long.
K Series
Same terminals used for input and output.
No polarity.
3 wiring methods can be used (serial, bus and star wiring).
Up to 16 branches can be used. (Cannot be branched again once branched.)
System wiring can be up to a total of 2,000 meters.
(Max. wiring length up to 1,000 meters).
Indoor unit terminal block
H
Series
Input
1
Output
2
Remote controller
2
P1
Centralized
P2
F1
Forced off
F2
T1
T2
K
Series
Remote controller
N
Transmission
wiring
F1
External
F2
T1
T2
Outdoor unit terminal block

H
Series
C / H selector
A
Output
C
Out / D unit input

2
Out / D unit
output
3
Sequential start
KRP 80 - 51
5
K
Series
2 central remote
controller can be
connected in a
transmission
system.
C / H selector
A
To In / D unit
C
F1
F2
To Out / D unit
F1
F2
VRV System Inverter K Series equipment can be connected with two central remote controllers, and can
individual control 128 unit (64 units T 2) on a single transmission line.
Si-05C
Change in Mode of
Transmission
Between Outdoor
Units
Outline of System
Wiring for transmission between outdoor units is necessary for selecting cool or heat mode for several units
at once. This transmission has been changed as follows.
H Series
Separate input and output terminals.
Sequential start requires adaptor PC board.
Simultaneous cool/heat selection and low noise operation require only wiring between outdoor units
and setting.
K Series
Same terminals used for input and output.
Sequential start requires only wiring between outdoor units and setting.
Simultaneous cool/heat selection and low noise operation require a separate adaptor for outside control
of outdoor units.
Transmission can be conducted between a maximum of 10 units.
Optional controllers for centralized control can be connected to a transmission line between outdoor
units.
VRV System
Inverter K Series
Outdoor unit
Indoor
Outdoor
-outdoor -outdoor
Indoor
Outdoor
-outdoor -outdoor
Indoor
Outdoor
-outdoor -outdoor
F1
F1
F1
F2 F1
F2
F2 F1
F2
F2 F1
F2
To other outdoor unit

To indoor unit
Indoor unit
F1
F2
F1
F1
F2
F2
F1
F1
F2
F2
Individual remote controller
F1
F2
F1
F2
Central remote controller
(VL002)
Outline of System
2.2.2
Si-05C
Changes in Indoor Units
Drain Pump
When the TEST OPERATION button has been pushed in order to facilitate checking drainage when
installing, the drain pump is force-operated regardless of the temperature control mode. If a humidifier is to
be included in the setup, you must set to gusing humidifierh with the remote controller. (With the factory
settings, the drain pump is not operated during heating.)
Swing Louver
The wall mounted type is equipped with a swing louver . The ceiling mounted cassette type can be set to
prevent the ceiling from being soiled.
Able to Use
Wireless Remote
Controllers
The multi flow, double flow, ceiling suspended and wall mounted types can be fitted with a wireless remote
controller kit.
(Other types can use a separate wireless remote controller.)
2.2.3
Changes in Outdoor Units
Equipped with Oil

Temperature
Sensor Thermistor
(8 and 10HP)
Oil temperature detection has been incorporated into control in order to prevent wet operation and improve
dilution of oil.
Si-05C
Outline of System
2.3
Compatibility of Old and New VRV System Inverter
2.3.1
H Series Indoor Units:

Cannot be connected to new outdoor unit
Connectable
Combinations
Outdoor unit
RSXY
VRV System Inverter K Series
RSX
Old indoor unit (H Series)
New indoor unit (K Series)

(VL003)
Notes
2.3.2
Can be connected
Cannot be connected
1. Old and new indoor units cannot be used together.
The new K Series indoor unit can be connected as an extension to an existing outdoor unit
using an optional accessory Mix Matching Adaptor K Indoor Unit
Connectable
Combinations
Old outdoor unit

"Mix Matching Adaptor "K" Indoor Unit"
All Series (G and H Series)
Note 2
Old indoor unit (H Series)
New indoor unit (K Series)

(VL004)
DTA106A61
Double flow, built-in, wall mounted, concealed
floor standing type
DTA106A62
Multi flow, ceiling suspended
Notes
1. Old and new indoor units can be used together.

2. An Mix Matching Adapter for K Indoor Unit (DTA106A61/62) is required for one refrigerant system.
Outline of System
10
Si-05C
Si-05C
3DUW5
)XQFWLRQV
,QYHUWHU#.#6HULHV
1. Functions...............................................................................................12
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.20
Functions Inverter K Series
Outdoor Unit Refrigerant System Diagram.............................................12

Function of Thermistors and Pressure Sensors .....................................26
List of Safety Devices and Functinal Parts Setting Values.....................27
Safety for Restart ...................................................................................28
(Equalized Oil Level between Twin Compressors).................................30
Oil Return Operation ..............................................................................31
Defrost....................................................................................................32
Heating Pump Down Residual Operation...............................................33
Step Down / Safety Control Standby (Forced Thermostat OFF)
Stop Due to Malfunction .........................................................................35
Control During Low Outdoor Air Temperature Cooling ..........................37
Low Noise Control ..................................................................................39
Demand Control .....................................................................................40
Compressor Capacity Control ................................................................41
Te / Tc Setting ........................................................................................43
Gas Depletion Alarm ..............................................................................44
Drain Pump Control................................................................................45
Oil Temperature Sensor (8 and 10 Hp only) ..........................................47
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt..............................................48
Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller...............................................49
Freeze Prevention ..................................................................................51
11
Functions
Si-05C
1. Functions
1.1
Outdoor Unit Refrigerant System Diagram
RSX5K Series ( Products produced before July 99 and included RSX5KY1C model produced before Dec. 99)
Note:
12
1. These check valves are not fitted for RSX5KY1C model.
Si-05C
Functions
A. Compressor M1C
Scroll compressor that operates on 30~116Hz by inverter drive enables 13-step capacity control.
Capacity control is carried out for individual and linear control of indoor units.
B. Oil separator
The oil separator is a device that collects the oil discharged from the compressor.
The collected oil is constantly recycled to the compressor via capillary tube.
C. Solenoid valve (hot gas bypass) Y2S
Valve is opened by low pressure safety control when low pressure drops.
Balances high/low pressure when off in order to reduce load when the compressor starts.
D. Outdoor unit electronic expansion valve Y1E
Expansion valve is kept open.
E. Solenoid valve (injection) Y3S
Controls injection in order to prevent overheating.
F. Heat exchange pipe
Subcools so that refrigerant drift doesnt occur between indoor units when flash gas is produced in the
liquid pipe.
G. Pressure sensor (high pressure, red) SENPH
Semiconductor pressure sensor carries out heat exchange control during low outdoor cooling operation by
sensing discharge pressure.
H. Pressure sensor (low pressure, blue) SENPL
Semiconductor pressure sensor for sensing the operating status of the indoor by refrigerant pressure which
senses suction pressure.
13
Functions
Si-05C
RSXY5K Series ( Included RSXY5KY1C model)
Note:
14
1. These check valves are not fitted for RSXY5KY1C model.

2. These check valves are not fitted for products produced after Aug. 99 and RSXY5KY1C model
produced after Jan. 2000.
Si-05C
Functions
A. Compressor M1C
B. Oil separator
D. Outdoor unit electronic expansion valve Y1E
Expansion valve when heating. Senses compressor suction pipe and low pressure equivalent saturated
temperature, and carries out superheat degree control.
liquid pipe.
senses discharge pressure.
15
Functions
Si-05C
RSX5K Series ( Products produced after August 99) ( RSX5KY1C model produced after Jan. 2000)
SENPH
SENPL
DU229-622A
16
Si-05C
Functions
A. Compressor M1C
B. Oil separator
liquid pipe.
17
Functions
Si-05C
RSX8K10K Series
( Products produced before July 99 and Included RSX8K, 10KY1C models produced before Dec. 99)
Note:
18
1. These check valves are not fitted for RSX8K, 10KY1C models.
Si-05C
Functions
A. Compressor M1C / M2C

Connecting a scroll compressor (inverter compressor) that operates on 30~116Hz by inverter drive and a
scroll compressor (standard compressor) that runs on a commercial power supply to the same refrigerant
system enables 21-step capacity control. Capacity control is carried out for individual and linear control of
indoor units.
(M1C: Inverter compressor, M2C: Standard compressor)
B. Solenoid valve (pressure equalizing) Y1S
C. Check valve
Keeps liquid refrigerant from collecting in the standard compressor when only the inverter compressor is
running.
D. Oil separator
The oil separator is a device that collects the oil discharged from the compressor. The collected oil is
constantly recycled to the compressor via capillary tube.
E. Solenoid valve (hot gas bypass) Y2S
F. Outdoor unit electronic expansion valve Y1E
Expansion valve is kept open.
G. Solenoid valve (injection) Y3S / Y4S
Y3S: Inverter compressor, Y4S: Standard compressor)
H. Heat exchange pipe
liquid pipe.
I. Pressure sensor (high pressure, red) SENPH
J. Pressure sensor (low pressure, blue) SENPL
19
Functions
Si-05C
RSXY8, 10K Series

( Products produced before July 99 and Included RSXY8K, 10KY1C models produced before Dec. 99)
Note:
20
1. These check valves are not fitted for RSXY8K, 10KY1C models.
Si-05C
Functions

indoor units.
B. Solenoid valve (pressure equalizing) Y1S
C. Check valve
running.
D. Oil separator
H. Heat exchange pipe
liquid pipe.
21
Functions
Si-05C
RSX8, 10K Series ( Products produced after August 99) ( RSX8K, 10KY1C models produced after Jan. 2000)
SENPH
STD
SENPL
INV
DU232-607A
22
Si-05C
Functions

indoor units.
C. Check valve
running.
D. Oil separator
Valve is opened by low pressure safety control when low pressure drops. Balances high/low pressure
when off in order to reduce load when the compressor starts.
23
Functions
Si-05C
RSXY8K, 10K Series ( Products produced after August 99) ( RSXY8K, 10KY1C models produced after Jan. 2000)
SENPH
STD
SENPL
INV
4D014597
24
Si-05C
Functions

indoor units.
C. Check valve
running.
D. Oil separator
Valve is opened by low pressure safety control when low pressure drops. Balances high/low pressure
when off in order to reduce load when the compressor starts.
25
Functions
1.2
Function of Thermistors and Pressure Sensors
1.2.1
Outdoor Unit
Si-05C
RSXY8, 10K
26
Si-05C
Functions
1.3
List of Safety Devices and Functinal Parts Setting Values
1.3.1
Outdoor Unit
RSXY5~10K
Item
Symbol
Name
Type
RSX(Y)5K
Compressor
Inverter
side Model
Output
Y1
INV
JT100BAVYE
3.5 kW
STD
YAL
INV
INV
3.5 kW
JT100BAVTYE
JT100BATYE
2.2 kW
JT160BATYE
3.75kW
3.5 kW
JT100BAVTYE
3.5 kW
JT100BATYH
2.2 kW
JT160BATYH
3.75kW
JT100BAV
3.5 kW
JT100BAVT
3.5 kW
JT100BAVT
3.5 kW
JT100BAT
2.2 kW
JT160BAT
3.75kW
Discharge pipe thermistor 135C OFF
J1HC/
J2HC
Crank case heater
33W
F2C
Over-current
relay
33W+33W
Y1
HOE-20F-TRA1
10A
HOE-20F-TRA1
13A
YAL
HOE-20F-TRA1
10A
HOE-20F-TRA1
13A
TAL
HOE-20-TRA1
15A
HOE-26-TRA1
24A
Q1M
Q2M
Fan motor
190W
140W+230W
Safety thermostat
Open 135C 5C
140W: Open 120 5C, 230W: 135 5C
S1P
Pressure switch (for high

pressure safety)
20SP-688-6
OFF: 27.5+0~-1.0kg/cm
ON: 20.0+1.0~-1.0kg/cm
S1HP

pressure safety)
20SP-688-6 OFF: 27.5+0~-1.0kg/cm2

ON: 20.0+1.0~-1.0kg/cm
S2HP

pressure safety)
20SP-688-6 OFF: 27.5+0~-1.0kg/cm2

ON: 20.0+1.0~-1.0kg/cm
FPG-3D 70~75C
SENPH Pressure sensor
PS8030A 0~30kg/cm (0~2.94MPa)
SENPL Pressure sensor
PS8030A 0~10kg/cm (0~0.98MPa)
R1T
Thermistor (for outdoor air) 3.5~360K
R2T
Thermistor
(for heat exchange)
3.5~360K
R3T
Thermistor
(for discharge pipe)
3.5~400K
R3-1T
Thermistor (for inverter

discharge pipe)
3.5~400K
R3-2T
Thermistor (for standard

discharge pipe)
3.5~400K
R4T
Thermistor
(for suction pipe)
R5T
Thermistor
for inverter oil temperature)
3.5~400K ( 3.5~360K)
Other
Y1E
functions Note 1
/parts
Electronic
expansion valve
3.5 kW
JT100BAVTYE
Compressor safety
thermostat
Fusible plug
Sensor
JT100BAVTYE
3.5 kW
STD
Safety
device
RSX(Y)10K
JT100BAVYE
STD
TAL
RSX(Y)8K
3.5~360K
When
cooling
ON: 2,000 pulses (completely open); OFF: 0 pulses (completely closed)
When
ON: PI control; OFF: 0 pulses (completely closed)
heating
Y2S
Solenoid valve
(for hot gas bypass)
NEV603
Y3S
Solenoid valve
(for inverter injection)
NEV202 ( ST10D)
Y4S
Solenoid valve
(for standard injection)
NEV202 ( ST10D)
Y1S
Note 1
Solenoid valve
(pressure equalizing)
NEV202 ( ST10D)
Note
1. These parts are for heat pump model only.

2. : For products produced after Aug. 99.
27
Functions
Si-05C
1.4
Safety for Restart
1.4.1
Restart Safety Timer

The compressor will not run for five minutes by making forced thermostat OFF condition in order to prevent
it from being turned on and off in rapid succession, and to equalize pressure in the refrigerant circuit. It
however restarts automatically after five minutes passes if it is in thermostat ON condition. The pressure
equalizing solenoid valve is actuated for 10 minutes (15 minutes for 8 and 10HP heating only) after the
compressor stops in order to equalize pressure.
Thermostat
Thermostat ON
Thermostat
OFF
Thermostat ON
Thermostat ON
Thermostat OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
Compressor
OFF
5 minutes
ON
ON
OFF
Pressure equalizing
solenoid valve
1 minute
(Soft start)
Linear control
Indoor unit
electronic expansion
valve (when heating)
ON
OFF
1000 pulses
Fully closed
0 pulses
OFF
OFF
1 minute 1 minute
(Pressure (Soft start)
equalizing)
Linear control
1000 pulses
240 pulses
10 minutes
(15 minutes for
8.10 HP heating only)
Linear control
Fully closed
0 pulses
5 minutes
(VL005)
(10 minutes
for 8 and 10 HP)
If 10 minutes or more has elapsed since the compressor was turned off (15 minutes for 8 and 10HP heating
only) , turn the solenoid valve for equalizing pressure on for about 1 minute and equalize the pressure.
When heating, to prevent noise produced by the passing of indoor units refrigerant to equalize pressure
after the compressor stops, fully close the indoor units electronic expansion valve for 5 minutes (10
minutes for 8 and 10HP).
1.4.2
Soft Start
The following control is carried out to protect the compressor and inverter.
1. Operates at low frequency (fixed) for 1 minute after compressor starts. (Prevents liquid refrigerant
backflow)
2. Pressure equalizing and hot gas bypass solenoid valves open and start low load.
Compressor frequency
Soft Start of
Compressor
1 minute when started
Time
(VG001)
Frequency during soft start
28
5K
42Hz
8,10K
42Hz+OFF
Si-05C
1.4.3
Functions
Pump Down Start

If the compressor stops running with refrigerant still remaining in the accumulator, in order to prevent wet
operation at the next compressor starting, it will perform pump down start with a completely dry
accumulator, then it will operate normally.
Pump down start should be performed if the unit is in any of the conditions given below when pressure
equalizing control has been completed before start.
If R3T (R3-1T) is less than 95C and the unit is in any of the following conditions.
Within 10 minutes of the compressor starting
Defrosting or during oil return
Within 20 minutes of completion of defrost or oil return
Outdoor air temperature is less than -5C
Operation During
Pump Down Start
11 min. 30 sec.
1 min.
5 min.
42Hz
(42Hz+OFF)
42Hz
(42Hz+OFF)
42Hz
(42Hz+OFF) Note 1
30~106 Hz+OFF
PI control Note 2
Outdoor unit EV
0 pulses
0 pulses
0 pulses
SH control (Initial
opening 150 pulses)
Outdoor unit fan
H tap (H+ON)
H tap (H+ON)
Compressor
Note
H tap (H+ON)
H tap (H+ON)
Y2S
ON
ON
Y3S, Y4S
ON
30 sec.
ON
30 sec.
OFF
4 min. 30 sec.
ON/OFF
(LP protection control)
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
(Td protection control) (Td protection control) (Td protection control)
1. Note 1: 30Hz (30Hz+OFF) for products produced after Aug. 99.

2. Note 2 : When heating, low pressure < 1.5 kg/cm (0.147MPa) running frequency 54Hz (54Hz +
OFF)
Low pressure > 1.7 kg/cm (0.167MPa) [30 sec. continuous] release
Y2S: Hot gas bypass solenoid valve
Y3S: Injection solenoid valve
1.4.4
Heating Lay-Up Start

If the compressor hasnt run for a long time and the refrigerant isnt circulated, foaming could cause a lack
of oil when the compressor is started at the next time. It should therefore perform heating lay-up start to
keep the low pressure from dropping too low in the following cases.
When, after being power ON, the accumulated running time of the compressor does not exceed one
hour.
When the compressor has been stopped for more than 24 hours.
Operation During
Heating Lay-Up
Start
Make the compressors upper limit frequency 60Hz (60Hz+OFF) for 10 minutes 20 seconds after the
compressor starts.
If the low pressure becomes < 1.5kg/cm (0.147MPa) within 10 minutes after starting, Y2S is actuated
and outdoor unit EV becomes 0 pulses. 10 minutes after start, the unit starts up as described below.
(8,10 Hp)
4 min. 30 sec.
Compressor
PI control (upper limit 116Hz [116Hz+OFF])
Outdoor unit EV
SH control (initial opening 150 pulses)
Outdoor unit fan
H tap (H+ON)
Y2S
ON/OFF (LP safety control)
Y3S
ON/OFF (Td safety control)
Y2S: Hot gas bypass solenoid valve

Y3S: Injection solenoid valve
If low pressure becomes < 1.5 kg/cm (0.147MPa), operating frequency becomes 54Hz.
If low pressure becomes > 1.7 kg/cm (0.167MPa), the heating lay-up operation is released.
29
Functions
1.5
Si-05C

(Equalized Oil Level between Twin Compressors)
If using two compressors (8, 10Hp) connected in parallel, oil level equalizing is carried out for 5 minutes if
the cumulative running time of the standard compressor exceeds 2 hours in order to prevent lack of oil
cause by difference in pressure inside the dome due to drift, and then reverts to normal operation.
Inverter compressor
Standard compressor
106Hz
OFF
If oil pressure equalization is not achieved during 5 minutes by stopping or step down control, oil pressure
equalization is carried out when the compressor starts running.
With an inverter compressor operation, however, if the standard compressor remains off for 10 minutes,
the cumulative running time of the standard compressor is reset.
30
Si-05C
1.6
Functions
Oil Return Operation

In order to collect refrigeration oil held up in connecting piping, the compressors operating time is counted,
and oil return operation is carried out for 4 minutes every 8 hours (2 hour after turning on the power supply,
and every 8 hours after that).
(When heating, the indoor units electric heater is tuned off one minute prior to oil return operation in
preparation for oil return.)
1.6.1
Compressor Operation Frequency

Type
Cool
Heat
5K(5HP)
106Hz
96Hz
8K(8HP)
106Hz+ON
86Hz+ON
10K(10HP)
106Hz+ON
86Hz+ON
When heating, frequency is lower than that given in the table for the first 30 seconds and 30 seconds
after completion.
Frequency may drop according to the various types of step-down control. If so, the next oil return must
be carried out 4 hours later.
1.6.2
1.6.3
Opening of The Electronic Expansion Valve

Outdoor unit
Operating indoor unit
When cooling
2000 pulses (fully open)
Indoor unit turned off

1440 pulses
When heating
4-way Changeover Valve (Y1R)

When cooling: No change
When heating: Switches to cooling mode
1.6.4
Fan and Solenoid Valve

Step No. changes according to high pressure.
Step No.
Y2S
Y3S, Y4S
Fan
ON
ON
H(H+ON)
OFF
ON
L(H+OFF)
OFF
ON
OFF
(Step No. becomes higher as high pressure decreases.)

Step 1 Step 2 30 sec. after oil return start or high pressure < 16kg/cm (1.57MPa)
Step 2 Step 3 High pressure < 7.5 kg/cm (0.74MPa)
Step 3 Step 2 High pressure > 15 kg/cm (1.47MPa)
Step 2 Step 1 High pressure > 20 kg/cm (1.96MPa)
When heating only
On when low pressure < 0.3 kg/cm (0.029MPa)
Off when low pressure > 0.8 kg/cm (0.078MPa)
Notes:
1. If the compressor frequency continues at 68Hz (38Hz+ON for 8, 10HP) or more for more than eight
minutes with defrosting while the oil return timer is counting, the timer is reset and counts again for eight
hours.
2. If on standby (forced thermostat OFF) or the compressor stops due to malfunction during oil return
operation, the next time the compressor starts, oil return operation is again carried out for four minutes
after completion of soft start.
3. Oil return operation is not carried out for 28 minutes after defrost is completed.
31
Functions
1.7
Si-05C
Defrost
Function
Defrost operation is carried out if the relation of the outdoor units coil temperature (Tcoil) and outdoor
temperature (Tair) satisfies the conditions given below for 5 minutes continuously.
Tcoil C Tair-
Tcoil
Tair
: Temperature detected by R2T
: Tair < 0C 0.8

Tair 0C 0.6
: Temperature detected by R1T
The values of () according to defrost temperature changeover switch are given in the table below.
Switch position
LED (23 24 25 26)
L
(O OO {)
M
(O O { O)
H
(O { O O)
(deg)
12
10
Therefore, if outdoor temperature is 0C:

(1) If position L, Tcoil -12C
(2) If position M, Tcoil -10C
(3) If position H, Tcoil -8C
Because defrost operation is carried out, set to the H position if frost builds up easily, and set to L if not.
Factory set is position M.
Defrost is carried out when the coil temperature rises to 12.5C or higher, and is completed after defrosting
for 10 minutes. After defrosting, indoor units carry out hot start operation and the DEFROSTING display
lights until hot start is complete.
Defrost conditions are not counted from completion of power supply set-up and defrost until the
compressor runs (count) for 20 minutes.
T coil
12.5C
06.Tair U
20 minutes
Power supply set-up
5 minutes
Defrost start
20 minutes
Complete
5 minutes
10 minutes
Defrost start
Complete
(VG002)
32
Si-05C
Functions
1.8
Heating Pump Down Residual Operation
1.8.1
For RSXY 8, 10 K
If refrigerant is remaining in the accumulator when the compressor starts, liquid refrigerant is sucked into
the compressor, diluting the refrigerant machine oil and reducing the lubricating performance. To prevent
this, the pump-down operation discharges refrigerant from the low pressure side when the unit is not in
operation.
Residual operation may be carried out for 10 minutes under the following conditions when heating.
1. When outdoor temperature (R1T) is -5C and inverter discharge pipe temperature (R3-1T) < 95C,
and a OFF by thermostat command is received with the compressors continuous operation time being
10 minutes or less, residual operation is carried out for a maximum of 10 minutes.
< For products produced in and after August 1999 >
Discharge pipe thermistor (R3-1T) on inverter side: 95C or lower
Outside air temperature thermistor (R1T) < 0C
&
OR
When compressor continuous operating time is less than 10 minutes and thermostat is OFF, or
when stop command is received from remote controller
Within 20 minutes after defrost or oil return operation
T0 (oil temperature) Te+10
Max. 10 min.
ON
Thermostat
OFF
Compressor and
outdoor unit fan
ON
OFF
Residual operation for 10 min.
Operation may stop during the 10 minutes

residual operation due to protection discharge,
high/low pressure, etc.
(VL006)
2. When the thermostat is ON during residual operation, residual operation is not carried out if the total of
1+2+3 is 10 minutes or more.
Max. 10 min.
Max. 10 min.
ON
Thermostat
OFF
Residual
2 operation
ON
Compressor and
outdoor unit fan
OFF
Residual operation not carried out
if 1 + 2 + 3 is 10 minutes or more.
Thermostat
ON
(VL007)
3. When outdoor temperature (R1T) < -5C and a stop command is received from the thermostat sensor,
etc., residual operation is carried out for 10 minutes without fail. (Operation may however stop for
discharge pipe or high/low pressure safety. )
33
Functions
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit
Function
Outdoor air (R1T)
Compressor
INV
Notes
34
STD
Electronic
expansion valve
Pressure equalizing
solenoid valve
Time
R1T < -10C
86Hz
OFF
0~300 pulses
ON or OFF
10 min.
-10C R1T < 0C
76Hz
OFF
0~300 pulses
ON or OFF
10 min.
R1T 0C
60Hz
OFF
0~300 pulses
ON or OFF
10 min.
Compressor upper limit is 116Hz+OFF for 10 minutes of next start after entering residual operation.
( Except for products produced after Aug. 99.)
During defrost or oil return, residual operation is not carried out even if a stop command comes.
Forced thermostat OFF occurs if defrost or oil return signal comes during residual operation.
Si-05C
1.9
Functions
Step Down / Safety Control Standby (Forced Thermostat OFF) Stop Due
to Malfunction
High Pressure (Hp) Control

(Cooling)
Hp23.5kg/cm
(2.303MPa)
Frequency
1 STEP DOWN
Hp24.0kg/cm
(2.352MPa)
8, 10HP(5HP)
76Hz+OFF(48Hz)
Hp>25.0kg/cm
(2.450MPa)
(Heating)
Forced OFF
by thermostat
Hp21.0kg/cm
(2.058MPa)
Hp>27.5kg/cm
(2.695MPa)
E3 stop due
to malfunction
(VF001)
30Hz+OFF(30Hz)
Low Pressure (Lp) Control

(Cooling)
Lp>2.0kg/cm
(0.196MPa)
30Hz+OFF (30Hz)
DSH>15C
&
Lp<1.2kg/cm
(0.118MPa)
Injection valve ON
Lp<1.0kg/cm
(0.098MPa)
Hot gas bypass
valve ON
(Heating)
R5TTe+10C
&
Lp<1.7kg/cm
(0.167MPa)
Lp<0.8kg/cm
(0.078MPa)
54 Hz + OFF (54Hz)
as lower limit
Lp0.5kg/cm
(0.049MPa)
Lp<0.3kg/cm
(0.029MPa)
Forced OFF
by thermostat
Up to 2 times
in 30 minutes
Lp<0kg/cm
(0MPa)
E4 stop due
to malfunction
Hot gas bypass

valve ON
116Hz+OFF(76Hz)
or
60Hz+ON(76Hz)
(VF002)
Discharge Pipe Temperature (Td) Control

<For Products Produced before July 99>
Td>105C
or
DSH>55C (DSH = Discharge Super Heating)
or
Td>90C&Lp<3kg/cm (Control during cooling)
or
(0.294MPa)
Td>90C&Lp<2kg/cm (Control during heating)
(0.196MPa)
Td135C
FREQUENCY
1~3 STEP DOWN
Td135C
Forced thermostat OFF
Up to 2 times
in 100 minutes
Td135C
F3 stop due
to malfunction
(VF003)
Injection valve ON
<For Products Produced after Aug. 99>

Td>105C
or
DSH>55C (DSH = Discharge Super Heating)
or
Td>90C&Lp<3kg/cm (Control during cooling)
or
(0.294MPa)
Td>90C&Lp<2kg/cm
Control
or
(0.196MPa)
during
Td>90C&During high pressure control&Lp<3.5kg/cm
heating
(0.343MPa)
( )
Td130C
u38Hz+OFF(38Hz): Both high

u106Hz+OFF(-): STD only high
u38Hz+ON(-): INV only high
Td>135C
Up to 2 times
in 100 minutes
Td135C
F3 stop due
to malfunction
(VF005)
35
Functions
Si-05C
Inverter Current Control

27.0 / 15.0
INV27.0A(TAL)
15.0A(Y1, YAL)
FREQUENCY
1 STEP DOWN
27.5 / 15.0
INV27.5A(TAL)
15.0A(Y1, YAL)
Forced OFF by thermostat
UP to 4 times in 60 minutes
L8 stop due
to malfunction
(VF004)
Discharge Super
Heating (DSH)
Control
(DSH = Td - high pressure condensation saturation temperature)

During both the inverter and standard compressors are running, when the injection valve for either one
goes OFF and discharge super heating (DSH) continues for 10 minutes at temperature difference of less
than 10C, the inverter+standard compressor are controlled at 76 Hz or less+OFF for 3 minutes.
Control According
to Outdoor
Temperature
If the outdoor temperature exceeds 27C when heating, forced thermostat OFF is carried out in order to
prevent a safety device from being tripped or a sensor malfunction.
36
Si-05C
1.10
Functions
Control During Low Outdoor Air Temperature Cooling

When the outdoor air temperature is low in cooling operation, outdoor unit fans, electronic expansion valve
and compressors are controlled as follows in order to primarily maintain high pressure and to protect drop
in refrigerant circulation caused by drop in high pressure.
RSXY5K
Operating status
Electronic expansion valve
Fan
Frequency (Hz)
Normal operation
Fully open
Changes according to operating

status
Low outdoor temperature

cooling operation
Step 1
Fully open
76
Step 2
Fully open
OFF
48
Operating status
Fan
Frequency (Hz)
Normal operation
Fully open
RSXY8,10K
M1F M2F
Low outdoor temperature

cooling operation
NOTE:
ON
8K
10K
Changes according to operating

status
Step 1-1
Fully open
ON
96
116
Step 1-2
Fully open
OFF
86
106
Step 1-3
Fully open
OFF
76
96
Step 2
Fully open
OFF OFF
60
76
Step No. changes according to high pressure, low pressure and frequency.
(Step No. increases with reduction of high and low pressure.)
Low Outdoor Air Cooling IN Conditions (Steps 1-1, 2, 3)

Normal operation
Conditions satisfied
EV = 2000 pulses
(completely open)
or
High pressure < 14 kg/cm
(1.372 MPa)
or
Low outdoor air cooling IN
conditions (Step 2)
Cooling with compressor running

(doesn't include oil return)
&
High pressure < 10 kg/cm
EV = 2000 pulses
(completely open)
or
High pressure > 14 kg/cm
(1.372 MPa)
Step 1-1
carried out 30
continuous
seconds
carried out 30
continuous
seconds
Step 1-2
carried out 30
continuous
seconds
Step 1-3
carried out 30
continuous
seconds
(VF006)
37
Functions
Low Outdoor Air

Cooling IN
Conditions (Step 2)
Si-05C
Normal operation
Condition satisfied
Compressor off
or
Other than cooling (includes oil return)
or
High pressure > 15.8 kg/cm
(1.548 MPa)
or
Outdoor air temperature > 25C
or
Radiator fin temperature > 80C

&
High pressure < 7.5 kg/cm
(0.735 MPa)
&
Outdoor air temperature < 20C
&
Radiator fin temperature < 60C
Step 2
(VF007-1)
<For products produced after Aug. 99>
Normal operation

&
High pressure < 7.5 kg/cm
(0.735 MPa)
&
Radiator fin temperature < 60C
Condition satisfied
Compressor off
or
Other than cooling (includes oil return)
or
High pressure > 15.8 kg/cm
(1.548 MPa)
or
Radiator fin temperature > 80C
Step 2
(VF007-2)
38
Si-05C
1.11
Functions
Low Noise Control

If sound produced by outdoor units is a problem at night, etc., you can reduce the running noise by 2 to 3
dB by running the outdoor unit fans and compressors at low speed via contact input (low noise input) from
outside. When low noise input is received (contact short circuit) while the compressor is running (except
when defrosting or oil return is being carried out), the operation upper limit is as follows.
Outdoor unit fan
step 1
step 2
compressor
5K
8K
(5HP)
(8HP)
L tap
(10HP)
H tap+OFF
L tap
60Hz
10K
L tap+OFF
86Hz+OFF
96Hz+OFF
When cooling: Step1 2 high pressure > 24 kg/cm (2.35 MPa)

Step2 1 high pressure < 19 kg/cm (1.86 MPa)
Low noise control reduces capacity by limiting the fan and compressor. The load when heating is
particularly large at night when the outdoor temperature is low, and could result in insufficient capacity.
During low noise control, retry is unlimited for standby (forced thermostat OFF) produced by high
pressure, low pressure or discharge pipe temperature.
An optional external control adaptor of outdoor units is required for low noise control. For method of
connection, see low noise operation in the test operation section.
39
Functions
1.12
Si-05C
Demand Control
When you like to save the power consumption, there are three modes of demand operation which controls
forced capacity save for outdoor units via contact input (demand input) from outside in order to control
demand.
Demand 1: Holds electric power consumption down to approx. 70%
Demand 2: Holds electric power consumption down to approx. 40%
Demand 3: Forced thermostat OFF
An optional external control adaptor of outdoor units is required for demand control. For method of
connection, see demand operation in the test operation section.
Control is carried out by limiting the upper limit for frequency of demand 1 and demand 2 as given in the
table below.
5HP
8HP
10HP
Demand 1
68Hz
48Hz+ON
60Hz+ON
Demand 2
34Hz
60Hz+OFF
76Hz+OFF
Demand 3

5HP
8HP
10HP
Demand 1
60Hz
48Hz+ON
60Hz+ON
Demand 2
34Hz
60Hz+OFF
76Hz+OFF
Demand 3
40
Si-05C
1.13
Functions
Compressor Capacity Control
RSXY5K
Pressure is sampled every 20 seconds by pressure sensor, and the inverter compressor is controlled in 13
stages by microcomputer.
Frequency range: 34 - 116 Hz (13 stages) and common for 50/60Hz area.
Frequency
30Hz
34Hz
38Hz
42Hz
48Hz
54Hz
60Hz
68Hz
76Hz
86Hz
96Hz
106Hz
116Hz
Min. output
Max. output
(VE004)
RSXY8, 10K
<For products produced before July 99>

Pressure is sampled every 20 seconds by two pressure sensors, and the inverter compressor is controlled
in 21 stages by microcomputer. ( 20 Stages for products produced after Aug. 99)
Commercial power supply

compressor (off)
Frequency
30Hz+OFF
34Hz+OFF
38Hz+OFF
42Hz+OFF
48Hz+OFF
54Hz+OFF
60Hz+OFF
68Hz+OFF
76Hz+OFF
86Hz+OFF
96Hz+OFF
106Hz+OFF
116Hz+OFF

compressor (full load)
Frequency
Min. output
38Hz+ON
48Hz+ON
60Hz+ON
76Hz+ON
86Hz+ON
96Hz+ON
106Hz+ON
116Hz+ON
Max. output
(VE005)
41
Functions
Si-05C

compressor (off)
Frequency
30Hz+OFF
34Hz+OFF
38Hz+OFF
42Hz+OFF
48Hz+OFF
54Hz+OFF
60Hz+OFF
68Hz+OFF
76Hz+OFF
86Hz+OFF
96Hz+OFF
106Hz+OFF

compressor (full load)
Frequency
Min. output
38Hz+ON
48Hz+ON
60Hz+ON
76Hz+ON
86Hz+ON
96Hz+ON
106Hz+ON
116Hz+ON
Max. output
(VE006)
42
Si-05C
1.14
Functions
Te / Tc Setting
You can alter the value of targets Te (evaporating pressure equivalent temperature) and Tc (condensing
pressure equivalent temperature) with setting mode 2. PI control is used to control compressor capacity so
that Te when cooling and Tc when heating are constant.
Te setting
Set temperature
High
8.5 C
Standard
5.5 C
Low
2.5 C
Target Te changes according to compressor operating frequency, length of piping and indoor load. The
range is -10C target Te 5.5C. (Piping length is determined automatically during oil return
operation.)
Tc setting
Set temperature
High
49 C
Standard
46 C
Low
43 C
Target Tc becomes 3C higher when indoor load is large. Target Tc is controlled in accordance with the
following conditions:
Outdoor temp. > 10C target Tc 46C
Outdoor temp. 10C target Tc 49C
Target Tc
= 43C when high pressure > 17 kg/cm (1.67 MPa) and low pressure < 1.8 kg/cm (0.176 MPa).
43
Functions
1.15
Si-05C
Gas Depletion Alarm

An alarm (U0) is given for severe gas depletion. Alarm is indicated but operation continues.
When cooling
While compressor is running
and
Low pressure < 1.0 kg/cm
Conditions given on the

left continue for 30 min.
Gas depletion alarm (U0) is displayed.
Compressor off
or
Low pressure Lp 1.0 kg/cm
Gas depletion alarm cancellation
(VF008)
When heating
While compressor is running
and
4-way valve ON (heating cycle)
and
Evaporator outlet superheat
temperature > 20C difference
and
Outdoor unit electronic expansion
valve = 2000 pulses (completely open)
Gas depletion alarm cancellation
Conditions given on the

left continue for 60 min.
Gas depletion alarm (U0) is displayed.
Compressor off
or
4-way valve OFF (cooling cycle / defrost)
or
Evaporator outlet superheat
temperature 20C difference
or
Outdoor unit electronic expansion
valve < 2000 pulses (Fully open)
(VF009)
44
Si-05C
1.16
Functions
Drain Pump Control

1. The drain pump is controlled by the ON/OFF buttons (4 button (1) - (4) given in the figure below).
1.16.1 When the Float Switch is Tripped While the Cooling Thermostat is ON:
1. The objective of residual operation is to completely drain any moisture adhering to the fin of the indoor
unit heat exchanger when the thermostat goes off during cooling operation.
2. One cycle consists of 5 minutes of operation, 5 seconds stop, and another 5 minutes of operation.
1.16.2 When the Float Switch is Tripped During Cooling OFF by Thermostat:
45
Functions
Si-05C
1.16.3 When the Float Switch is Tripped During Heating Operation:
During heating operation, if the float switch is not reset even after the 5 minutes operation, 5 seconds stop,
5 minutes operation cycle ends, operation continues until the switch is reset.
1.16.4 When the Float Switch is Tripped and AF is Displayed on the Remote Controller:
Note:
46
If the float switch is tripped five times in succession, a drain malfunction is determined to have occurred.
AF is then displayed as operation continues.
Si-05C
1.17
Functions
Oil Temperature Sensor (8 and 10 Hp only)
1.17.1 Prevention of Wetness During Heating

Wet operation is prevented by modification of super heating (SH) by oil temperature sensor (R5T).
(Low equivalent pressure = Te)
R5T Te+10C
SH=10C
R5T > Te+10C
SH=5C
(VF010)
1.17.2 Prevention of Oil Dilution During Defrost

<For products produced before July 99>
The unit controls upper limit frequency of the compressor and is designed to prevent oil from being
diluted while defrosting by means of an oil temperature sensor.
R5T Te+10C
INV 86Hz+STD ON
R5T > Te+10C
INV 116Hz+STD ON
(VF011)
Startup subsequent to defrosting is improved by the oil temperature sensor.
R5T Te+10C
INV 116Hz+STD OFF (20 min.)
R5T > Te+10C
Upper limit release

(VF010)

The unit controls upper limit frequency of the compressor and is designed to prevent oil from being
diluted while defrosting by means of an oil temperature sensor.
R5T Te+10C
INV 86Hz+STD ON
R5T > Te+10C
INV 116Hz+STD ON
(VF083)
Startup subsequent to defrosting is improved by the oil temperature sensor.
R5T Te+10C
INV 116Hz+STD OFF (20 min.)
Ta < -12C
116Hz+ON
106Hz+OFF
Ta > -10C
R5T > Te+10C
Upper limit release

(VF013)
47
Functions
1.18
Si-05C
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt

We have added a control feature that allows you to select the range of in which air direction can be
adjusted in order to prevent the ceiling surrounding the air discharge outlet of ceiling mounted cassette type
units from being soiled. (This feature is available on double flow, multiflow and corner types.)
Existing position
P0
P1
P2
P3
P4
P0
P0
P1
P0
P1
P3
P4
P4
P4'
P1
P0
P'
P2
P0'
P1'
P2'
P2
Draft
prevention
position
Ceiling soiling prevention

position
Standard Setting
position
Draft prevention position
P4
P3'
P3
P4
P0''
P1''
P2''
P4'' P3''
Same as existing position
Range of direction adjustment

Standard
position
Prohibited
P0'
P1'
P2'
P3'
P4'
Separated into 5 positions

(P1 - 4)
Range of direction adjustment

Dirt
prevention
position
Prohibited
The factory set position is standard position.
48
P0''
P1''
P2''
P3''
P4''
Separated into 5 positions

(P2 - 4)
(VL012)
Si-05C
1.19
Functions
Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller

Temperature is controlled by both the thermostat sensor in remote controller and air suction thermostat in
the indoor unit. (This is however limited to when the field setting for the thermostat sensor in remote
controller is set to Use. )
Cooling
If there is a significant difference in the preset temperature and the suction temperature, fine adjustment
control is carried out using a body thermostat sensor, or using the sensor in the remote controller near the
position of the user when the suction temperature is near the preset temperature.
Ex: When cooling

Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24C, and the suction temperature has changed
from 18C to 30C (A F):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and that
temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18C to 23C (A C).
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23C to 27C (C E).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 27C to 30C (E F).
And, assuming suction temperature has changed from 30C to 18C (F A):
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 30C to 25C (F D).
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25C to 21C (D B).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 21C to 18C (B A).
49
Functions
Heating
Si-05C
When heating, the hot air rises to the top of the room, resulting in the temperature being lower near the
floor where the occupants are. When controlling by body thermostat sensor only, the unit may therefore be
turned off by the thermostat before the lower part of the room reaches the preset temperature. The
temperature can be controlled so the lower part of the room where the occupants are doesnt become cold
by widening the range in which thermostat sensor in remote controller can be used so that suction
temperature is higher than the preset temperature.
Ex: When heating

Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24C, and the suction temperature has
changed from 18C to 28C (A F):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and that
temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18C to 25C (A C).
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25C to 28C (C E).
And, assuming suction temperature has changed from 28C to 18C (D A):
Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 28C to 23C (D B).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23C to 18C (B A).
50
Si-05C
1.20
Functions
Freeze Prevention
Freeze Prevention
by Off Cycle
(Indoor Unit)
When the temperature detected by liquid pipe temperature thermistor (R2T) of the indoor unit heat
exchanger drops too low, the unit enters freeze prevention operation in accordance with the following
conditions, and is also set in accordance with the conditions given below.
Conditions for starting freeze prevention: Temperature is -1C or less for total of 40 min., or temperature is
-5C or less for total of 10 min.
Conditions for stopping freeze prevention: Temperature is +7C or more for 10 min. continuously
Ex: Case where temperature is -5C or less for total of 10 min.
51
Functions
52
Si-05C
Si-05C
3DUW6
7HVW#2SHUDWLRQ
,QYHUWHU#.#6HULHV
1. Test Operation ......................................................................................54
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.20
1.21
1.22
Test Operation Inverter K Series
When Power is Turned On .....................................................................54

Outdoor Unit PC Board Assy.................................................................55
Setting Modes ........................................................................................57
Sequential Start......................................................................................63
External Control Adaptor for Outdoor Unit .............................................64
Cool / Heat Mode Selection....................................................................67
Low Noise / Demand Operation .............................................................72
Wiring Check Operation .........................................................................74
Indoor Unit PCB Assy............................................................................75
Remote Controllers (Wired and Wireless)..............................................76
(Double Remote Controllers, Group, Remote) .......................................81
Indoor Field Setting ................................................................................83
Centralized Control Group No. Setting...................................................85
Setting of Master Remote Controller ......................................................87
Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function ...........................................89
Test Operation Button ............................................................................92
Remote Controller Service Mode ...........................................................93
Model Change of Centralized Control Devices ......................................95
Central Remote Controller (DCS302A51 / DCS302B61) .......................98
Unified ON/OFF Controller (DCS301A51/ DCS301B61)......................105
Schedule Timer (DST301A51 / DST301B61).......................................108
Combining Different Types of Centralized Control Devices .................112
53
Test Operation
Si-05C
1. Test Operation
1.1
When Power is Turned On
1.1.1
When Turning Power on the First Time

The unit will not run for up to 12 minutes in order for master power supply and address (indoor unit address,
etc.) to be set automatically.
Outdoor unit
Warning lamp (HWL) .............. On
Test lamp (H2P) .................... Flicker
Can be set while in operation.
Indoor unit
UH malfunction code flickers when the ON/OFF button is pushed during the aforementioned operation.
(Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.)
1.1.2
When Turning Power on after the First Time

Tap the RESET button on the outdoor unit PC Board. The unit can be operated after setting up for about
two minutes.
If the RESET button is not pushed, the unit will not run for up to 10 minutes in order for master power
supply to be set automatically.
Outdoor unit
HWL lamp .............. On
Test lamp (H2P) ..... Flicker
Indoor unit
If the ON/OFF button is pushed during the aforementioned operation, the operation lamp lights but the unit
will not run.
1.1.3
If outdoor, indoor or BS unit is extended, or if indoor/outdoor unit PC board is replaced:

In these cases, be sure to push and hold the RESET button for 5 seconds or more. The system will not
recognize the extension if this operation is not performed. The unit will not run for up to 12 minutes in order
for the addresses (indoor unit address, etc.) to be set automatically.
Outdoor unit
Warning lamp (HWL) .............. On
Test lamp (H2P) ..................... Flicker
Indoor unit
UF or U4 malfunction code flickers when the ON/OFF button is pushed during the aforementioned
operation.
54
Si-05C
1.2
Test Operation
Outdoor Unit PC Board Assy
RSXY8K
10K
55
Test Operation
Si-05C
Service monitor <HAP>

(Green)
Function setting switch or LED
Normal ................ licker

Malfunction ......... On or off
LED display
: On
: Flicker
: Off
Mode button ......... Mode change
Setting mode 1
(H1P off)
Push 1 time.
Push and hold for 5 sec.
Monitor mode
(H1P flickers)
Setting mode 2
(H1P on)
Push 1 time.
Push 1 time.
(VF014)
Set return button .......... Changes or enters address or data.

Wiring check button .... Push and hold for 5 sec. to start wiring check.
Reset button ................. Push and hold for 5 sec. if the indoor units PC board has been replaced, or
there has been a change in the combination of indoor and outdoor units, such as indoor unit extension,
etc.
3
Jumper pin
Forced defrost operation by short circuit.
M n n
D
S BLUE
56
X26A
(VL015)
Si-05C
1.3
Test Operation
Setting Modes
The three setting modes are as follows:
Setting mode 1 ..... Mode for selecting cool/heat setting method, and whether or not to use low noise
operation and sequential start.
(H1P off)
Setting mode 2 ..... Mode for changing operating status and setting addresses; used primarily for
service.
(H1P on)
Monitor mode ..... Mode for checking setting made in the setting modes, number of connected units,
etc.
(H1P flickers)
Mode Changing
Procedure
The flow of the setting modes is as follows. (See the following pages for details.)
Push the MODE button.
Setting mode 1
(Initial setting)
Push and hold the MODE button for 5 sec.
Push
the SET
button.
Monitor mode
Monitor item selection

Set
Push
the RETURN
button.
Contents display
Push
the RETURN
button.
Push
the MODE
button.
Setting mode 2
Cool/heat selection
Set
Push
the RETURN
button.
Low noise operation
selection
Set
Push
the RETURN
button.
Sequential start
selection
Set
Push
the RETURN
button.
Setting item selection

Set
Push
the RETURN
button.
Setting contents
selection
Set
Push
the RETURN
button.
Setting contents
display
Push
the RETURN
button.
Push
the MODE
button.
(VF015)
Set
You can make your selections with the SET button.
If you become unsure of how to proceed, push the MODE button and return to setting mode 1.
You dont have to perform power supply reset after changing settings in setting mode 1 (including [SS1]
cool/heat selection switch on the outdoor unit PC board) and setting mode 2.
57
Test Operation
1.3.1
Si-05C
Setting Mode 1
Cool/heat selection setting

(SS1)
MODE
H1P
TEST
H2P
If carried out from the indoor unit remote controller:

IN/D OUT/D C/H
UNIT UNIT SELECT
SS1
H4P
H5P
H6P
IN/D OUT/D H/C

UNIT UNIT SELECT
SS1
(Factory set)
The factory settings are:

Individual (C/H SELECT), OFF (L.N.O.P.), ON (SEQ. START)
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
If carried out from the cool/heat selector:
You can change the cool/heat selection permission, low noise and
sequential start settings by pushing the SET switch.
H7P
To skip settings you don't want to change, push the RETURN switch
and go to the next setting.
SET
Change cool/heat
selection to MASTER.
An optional adaptor for outside control of outdoor units is required

if you have set cool/heat selection to MASTER or SLAVE.
SET
MODE
TEST
H1P
H2P
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
SET
MODE
TEST
H1P
H2P
Change low noise operation to "ON".
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
SET
MODE
TEST
H1P
H2P
MODE
TEST
H1P
H2P
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
RETURN
External control adaptor for outdoor unit is required

if low noise operation is set to "ON".
SET
MODE
TEST
H1P
H2P
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
SET
Change sequential start to "OFF".
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
RETURN
SET
MODE
TEST
H1P
H2P
Setting complete
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
SET
MODE
TEST
TEST
H1P
H2P
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
H1P
H2P
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
MODE
MODE
Monitor mode
Setting mode 2
NOTE:
MODE
RETURN
GROUP MASTER (cool/heat selection),

ON (low noise), OFF (sequential start)
58
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
(VF016)
1. RSXY5K is completed by low noise setting.

2. External control adaptor for outdoor unit is required if cool/heat selection set to MASTER or SLAVE, or
if low noise operation is set to ON. For further information, see page 64.
Si-05C
1.3.2
Test Operation
Setting Mode 2
To enter setting mode 2 from setting mode 1 (normal), you must push and hold the MODE button (BS1) for
5 seconds. (Setting mode 2 cannot be entered while still making settings in setting mode 1.)
Setting procedure
Note:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Push the SET button and match with the setting item (LED display). (All 10 settings)
Push the RETURN button (BS3) and the present settings flicker (LED display).
Push the SET button (BS2) and match with each setting (LED flicker display).
Push the RETURN button (BS3) and enter the settings.
Push the RETURN button (BS3) and return to the initial status.
If you become unsure of how to proceed, push the MODE button (BS1) and return to setting mode 1.
The initial status of setting mode 2 is the status of setting item No. 1 in mode 2.
Setting items
1 EMG
Description
Emergency
1 operation when
malfunction
occurs
2 Cool/heat
group
address
Address for
cool/heat group
operation
LED display
LED display
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Emergency operation
(Runs only by standard compressor)
Normal operation
Address
Binary number
(6 digits)
0
1
2
~
Setting item
31
3 Low noise /
demand
address
Address for low

noise / demand
group operation
Address
Binary number
(6 digits)
4 Forced fan
switch
Fan of stopped
indoor unit turns
Forced fan operation

(H tap)
Normal operation
5 Indoor unit
forced
operation
Allows operation
of indoor unit
from outdoor unit
Indoor unit forced

operation
Normal operation
6 Frequency
fix
Fixes the
frequency of the
inverter
compressor
Frequency fix
Normal operation
0
1
2
31
5HP68Hz
8.10HP86Hz+ON
7 Te setting
Low pressure
setting for
cooling
8 Tc setting
High pressure
setting for
heating
9 Defrost
setting
Temperature
setting for
defrost
Quick defrost
Normal (factory set)
Slow defrost
10 Not used
Airnet address
Address
Binary number
(6 digits)
High
Low
0
1
2
63
(VF084)
Note:
1: Cannot be set with RSXY5K.
59
Test Operation
Si-05C
No Setting item
1 EMG
Description
Emergency
1 operation when
malfunction
occurs
LED display
LED display
LED display
Emergency operation
Normal operation
S
Address
Binary number
(6 digits)
S
S
S
Address for
cool/heat group
operation
2 Cool/heat
group
address
31
S
Address
Binary number
(6 digits)
S
S
S
R
~
3 Low noise / Address for low

demand
noise / demand
address
group operation
31
S
4 Forced fan
switch
Push 3 times
Fan of stopped
indoor unit turns

(H tap)
Normal operation

(H tap)
Normal operation
5 Indoor unit
forced
operation
Allows operation
of indoor unit
from outdoor unit
6 Frequency
fix
Fixes the
frequency of the
inverter
compressor
5HP68Hz
8.10HP
86Hz+ON
S
Frequency fix
S
Normal operation
Initial setting (EMG)
S
7 Te setting
Low pressure
setting for cooling
Tc setting
Low
S
8
High
High pressure
setting for
heating
S
9 Defrost
setting
Temperature
setting for defrost
Quick defrost
S

S
Slow defrost
S
10 Not used
Push 3 times
Airnet address
Address
Binary number
(6 digits)
63
Push 8 times
RETURN BUTTON
SET BUTTON

(VF017)
60
Si-05C
1.3.3
Test Operation
Monitor Mode
MODE
TEST
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
To enter the monitor mode, push the MODE button when in setting mode 1.
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
MODE
The lower 4 digits indicate the setting in each of the frames

below.
No 0
RETURN
High
Low
Tc (high pressure for heating)
High
Low
Te (low pressure for cooling)
SET
Defrost
(temperature setting for defrost)
EMG
(emergency operation when
malfunction occurs)
SET
No 1
RETURN
Quick defrost
Slow defrost
ON
OF
Push the SET button and match with the LEDs No. 1 - 15, push the RETURN button,
and enter the data for each setting.
* Data such as addresses and number of units is expressed as binary numbers; the two
ways of expressing are as follows:
The No. 1 cool/heat group address is expressed as a
binary number consisting of the lower 6 digits. (0 - 63)
SET
16
(1 to 15 times)
32
4
8
In (1), the address is 010110 (binary number), which

translates to 16 + 4 + 2 = 22 (base 10 number). In other
words, the address is 22.
RETURN
2
No 16
No12
64
16
128 32
4
No13
1
2
The number of terminal blocks for No. 12 and 13 is

expressed as an 8-digit binary number which is the
combination of four upper and four lower digits for No.
12 and 13 respectively. (0 - 128)
In (2), the address for No. 12 is 0101, the address for
No. 13 is 0110, and the combination of the two is
01010110 (binary number), which translates to 64 + 16
+ 4 + 2 = 86 (base 10 number). In other words, the
number of terminal blocks is 86.
See the following page for a list of the data for No. 1 - 16.
(VF018)
After making sure the data is correct, push the RETURN button and return to No. 0, or push the MODE
button and return to setting mode 1.
61
Test Operation
Si-05C
Monitor Mode Data
62
Mode No.
LED
Data
Display
method
Size (binary number)
No 1
{OOOOO{
No 2
{OOOO{O
Cool/heat group address
0 ~ 31
Lower 6 digits
Low noise / demand address
0 ~ 31
No 3
{OOOO{ {
Not used
Lower 6 digits
0 ~ 63
Lower 6 digits
0 ~ 63 units
Lower 6 digits
No 4
{OOO{OO
Not used
No 5
{OOO{O{
Number of connected units
No 6
{OOO{ {O
Number of connected BS units
0 ~ 63 units
Lower 6 digits
No 7
{OOO{ { {
Number of connected zone units

(excluding outdoor and BS units)
0 ~ 63 units
Lower 6 digits
No 8
{OO{OOO
Number of outdoor units
0 ~ 63 units
Lower 6 digits
No 9
{OO{OO{
Number of BS units
0 ~ 128 units
Lower 4 digits, upper
No 10
{OO{O{O
Number of BS units
0 ~ 128 units
Lower 4 digits, lower
No 11
{OO{O{ {
Number of zone units (excluding

outdoor and BS units)
0 ~ 63 units
Lower 6 digits
No 12
{OO{ {OO
Number of terminal blocks
0 ~ 128 units
No 13
{OO{ {O{
0 ~ 128 units
No 14
{OO{ { {O
Not used
No 15
{OO{ { { {
Not used
No 16
{O{OOOO
Not used
Si-05C
1.4
Test Operation
Sequential Start
Separates the start timing for standard compressors by three seconds each in order to prevent over-current
when several compressors are to be started simultaneously.
Sequential start is possible for up to three units wired as a group to a single power supply. You should
however connect an outdoor unit of small capacity as the third unit in the sequence.
Method of
Sequential Start
1. Power supply wiring

Must be wired as a group to the power supply.
2. Wiring
Connect transmission wiring to terminals F1 and F2 (outdoor - outdoor) on the outdoor unit PC board
(A1P). Switch to the monitoring mode and see if sequential start has been selected. If not, switch to setting
mode 1 and select sequential start. (Sequential start is factory set to ON.) For transmission wiring, use
0.75 - 1.25 mm sheathed vinyl cord or double-core cable.
63
Test Operation
1.5
Si-05C
External Control Adaptor for Outdoor Unit
Purpose /
Application
External control adaptor for outdoor unit is required in order for the VRV System Inverter K Series to carry
out the types of control given below.
1. Group switching of cool/heat mode for more than one outdoor unit system. The adaptor is required for
cool/heat selection by indoor unit remote controller, by cool/heat selector, or by cool/heat central remote
controller.
2. Low noise control
3. Demand control
Installation
Position
The adaptor can be installed inside any indoor unit or BS unit connected to a D III-NET.
Part Names and

Functions
SERVICE MONITOR [HAP]

(Green)
Normal: Flicker
Malfunction: On or off
SERVICE MONITOR [H01P]

(Green)
When using cool/heat central remote controller: Normal: On

Malfunction: Off
(If not using cool/heat central remote controller, LED remains off.
Function switch
[SS1]
(Factory set: BOTH)
Sets whether the address setting switch will set cool/heat address, demand / low noise address, or both.
Cool/heat central remote

controller selection switch
[SS2]
(Factory set: No)
Sets whether cool/heat central remote controller is connected or not.
Address setting switch

DS2 / DS1]
(Factory set: 0)
Sets cool/heat address or demand address.
Terminal block for

transmission (F1 / F2) (N / P)
F1 / F2 : Wiring connection with terminals F1 and F2 of outdoor unit, etc.

N / P : Wiring connection with terminals N and P of cool/heat central remote controller.
Demand / low noise input

terminal block (X1M)
Connects control input from remote source (host computer monitor panel, demand controller, timer,
etc.).
Power supply connector

(D1 / D2)
Connects power supply connector for adaptor for outside control of outdoor units of indoor unit or BS
unit, etc.
Left
(BOTH)
LED display
: On
: Flicker
: Off
Middle
(C / H)
Left
(Not connected)
Right
(DELOW NOISE) (VL018)
Right
(Connected) (VL019)
Upper 2 bits
(ON)
(1)
Lower 3 bits
(OFF)
(0) (VL020)
(The black part represents the switch.)
64
Si-05C
Test Operation
System Examples
Group selection of cool/heat mode by indoor unit remote controller
Switch Settings on
the Adaptor PCB
SS1
BOTH C / H
DE
BOTH C / H
OR
DE
FUNCTION
FUNCTION
BOTH
C/H
(VL021)
SS2
CENTRAL
C/H
SELECTOR
OFF
OFF
ON
(VL022)
DS1 / DS2
DS2
DS1
Address "0"
(VL023)
65
Test Operation
Outdoor Unit PCB

Settings
Si-05C
Group master unit

SS1: IN/D UNIT
Setting mode 1
C / H SELECT : MASTER
Setting mode 2
Cool/heat group address: 0
Combines DS1 and DS2 of PC board adaptor.
Group slave unit
SS1: IN/D UNIT or OUT/D UNIT
Setting mode 1
C / H SELECT : SLAVE
Setting mode 2
Cool/heat group address: 0
Combines DS1 and DS2 of adaptor PCB.
66
Si-05C
1.6
Test Operation
Cool / Heat Mode Selection

The VRV System Inverter K Series offers the following four cool/heat mode selections.
1. Setting of cool/heat by individual outdoor unit system by indoor unit remote controller
2. Setting of cool/heat by individual outdoor unit system by cool/heat selector
3. Setting of cool/heat by outdoor unit system group in accordance with group master outdoor unit by
indoor unit remote controller
4. Setting of cool/heat by outdoor unit system group in accordance with group master outdoor unit by cool/
heat selector
Each of these setting methods is explained in detail below.
(For 3 and 4 be sure to perform power supply reset after changing settings.)
1.6.1
Setting of Cool / Heat by Individual Outdoor Unit System by Indoor Unit Remote Controller
Doesnt matter whether or not there is outdoor - outdoor unit wiring.
Set SS1 of the outdoor unit PCB to IN / D UNIT (factory set).
In setting mode 1, set cool/heat selection to IND (factory set).
67
Test Operation
1.6.2
Si-05C
Setting of Cool / Heat by Individual Outdoor Unit System by Cool/Heat Selector

Doesnt matter whether or not there is outdoor - outdoor unit wiring.
Set SS1 of the outdoor unit PC board to OUT / D UNIT.
In setting mode 1, set cool/heat selection to IND (factory set).
68
Si-05C
1.6.3
Test Operation
Setting of Cool / Heat by Outdoor Unit System Group in Accordance with Group Master
Outdoor Unit by Indoor Unit Remote Controller
Install the External control adaptor for outdoor unit on either the outdoor - outdoor, indoor - outdoor, or
indoor - indoor transmission line.
In setting mode 1, set the outdoor unit you want to give cool/heat selection permission to as the group
master, and set the other outdoor units as group slave units.
Set SS1 of the External control adaptor for outdoor unit to BOTH (factory set) or C / H. Set SS2 to
OFF (factory set).
1.6.4
Setting of Cool / Heat by Outdoor Unit System Group in Accordance with Group Master
Outdoor Unit by Cool/Heat Selector
In addition to 1.6.3, change the following:
Install a cool / heat selector to the group master outdoor unit.
Set SS1 of the group master outdoor units PCB to OUT / D UNIT.
69
Test Operation
Supplement
DS2DS1
Adaptor
PCB
No. 0
DS2DS1
Adapter
PCB
No. 2
Si-05C
Supplement to 1.6.3 and 1.6.4

If using several adaptor PCB and you want to select cool/heat mode for each adaptor PCB, set DS1 / DS2
of the adaptor PCB and the cool/heat group address on the outside units PCB to the same setting in
setting mode 2.
Outdoor unit
group master
No. 0
Outdoor unit
group slave
No. 0
Outdoor unit
group master
No. 2
Outdoor unit
group slave
No. 2
llllll
Outdoor unit
group slave
No. 0
lllll
Outdoor unit
group slave
No. 2
DS2DS1
Adaptor
PCB
No. 1
DS2DS1
Adapter
PCB
No. 3
Outdoor unit
group master
No. 1
Outdoor unit
group master
No. 3
lllll
Outdoor unit
group slave
No. 1
llll
Outdoor unit
group slave
No. 3
(VL028)
70
Si-05C
Setting Methed
Test Operation
1.6.3 and 1.6.4 address setting method (combine lower 5 digits as binary number)
71
Test Operation
1.7
Si-05C
Low Noise / Demand Operation

External control adaptor for outdoor unit is required for each low noise and demand control zone.
By using a separate External control adaptor for outdoor unit and setting the outdoor unit address
(setting mode 2) for each low noise and demand control zone, demand and low noise operation is
carried out in accordance with contact input received from the adaptor in each zone.
Demand address
llllll
F1 / F2
F1 / F2
F1 / F2
(F1 / F2)
External control
adaptor for
outdoor unit
DS2DS1
Demand address
lllll
F1 / F2
F1 / F2
F1 / F2
F1 / F2
F1 / F2
F1 / F2
(F1 / F2)
External control
adaptor for
outdoor unit
DS2DS1
No. 0
Demand address
lllll
F1 / F2
(F1 / F2)
External control
adaptor for
outdoor unit
DS2DS1
No. 1
No. 2
(VL030)
72
Outdoor unit address setting (Setting mode 2; see page 59.)

External control adaptor for outdoor unit address setting
Decide and set demand address 0 - 31 for each demand and low noise control zone. (See fig. below.)
Set SS1 to BOTH (factory set) or C / H.
Si-05C
Test Operation
Wiring Method
Wire to the control box for the indoor unit or BS unit. (Note: Differs according to the type of outside control
adaptor.)
Demand / Low
Noise Input
Short circuit between Demand 1 and C: Holds demand down to approx. 70%
Short circuit between Demand 2 and C: Holds demand down to approx. 40%
Short circuit between Demand 3 and C: Forced OFF by thermostat
L.N.O (jumper): Carries out low noise operation.
Input Signal
Input current by constant contact a is about 10 mA per contact. Use a micro-current contact for the relay
contact.
Exterior wiring specifications for demand and low noise operation
Recommended wiring:Sheathed vinyl cord or cable
Wiring length: 150 m
Keep away from power line in order to prevent malfunction.
73
Test Operation
1.8
Si-05C
Wiring Check Operation

If within 12 hours of stopping cooling or heating, be sure to run all indoor units in the system you want to
check in the fan mode for about 60 minutes in order to prevent
mis-detection.
Operation Method
NOTE:
74
1. In the monitor mode, check the number of connected indoor units. (See monitor mode.)
2. Push and hold the WIRING CHECK button (BS4) for 5 seconds to perform wiring check operation.
While running, TEST (H2P) lights and goes off when finished.
If TEST (H2P) flickers (wiring check operation failure), push and hold the RESET button (BS5) for 5
seconds, and then repeat the procedure from the beginning.
3. About 1 minute after you finish running the system, once again check the number of connected indoor
units in the monitor mode and make sure the number agrees with the first time you checked. If not, it
indicates that there is a wiring mistake. Fix the wiring of the indoor unit whose remote controller displays
UF when its ON/OFF switch is turned ON.
Other settings are not accepted during wiring check operation.
Si-05C
1.9
Test Operation
Indoor Unit PCB Assy

The indoor unit PCB assy is equipped with terminals for control wiring and connectors for optional control
accessories .
Group No. setting for central control and various operation setting switches, etc., are set by indoor unit
remote controller.
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow Type): FXYC-K
1 Service Monitor [HAP] (Green)
Lets you check the function status of the microcomputer.

Normal : Flicker
Malfunction : On or off
2 Transmission wiring terminal
Terminal for remote controller wiring, indoor - outdoor unit transmission wiring (central wiring), and wiring
for outside input
3 Connector for capacity setting

adaptor
Remote controller
Transmission wiring
F1
F2
Outside input
T1
T2
Connector for inserting the capacity setting adaptor for when replacing with auxiliary PC board. The
adaptor is required for all models.
Fan phase control for FXYF, FXYH and FXYA only.
75
Test Operation
1.10
Si-05C
Remote Controllers (Wired and Wireless)

By making use of optional liquid crystal indoor unit remote controller switches, you can construct a versatile
control system.
The remote controller control wiring for simplified remote controllers (BRC2A51/3A61) is the same as that
of standard remote controllers (BRC1A61/1A62), but since the functions of the simplified remote controllers
are limited, we recommend they should be used together with a central remote controller.
Appearance /
Functions
Large liquid crystal screen that displays operating status in detail.

Preset temperature is indicated in digital display, and can be set in 1C increments.
Enables independent operation without the remote controller for HRV as well as operation interlocked
with HRV total heat exchanger units. (Applies only to B Series and multifunctional types)
Display of malfunction is also available for air cleaner units.
Operation can be individually programmed to start and stop time up to 72 hours in advance.
The remote controller is equipped with a thermostat sensor to realize better room temperature control.
Room temperature and preset temperature are monitored by microcomputer, and cool/heat operation
mode is selected automatically. (Applies only to simultaneous cool/heat type only)
Cool, heat or fan operation mode can be selected by any indoor unit remote controller without using the
cool/heat selector switch. (Applies to all VRV System equipment)
The system can be monitored for malfunctions covering 40 items. Equipped with a self-diagnosis
function which displays a message to let you know immediately when a malfunction occurs.
Field settings can be made by remote controller.
76
Si-05C
Remote Control
Example
Test Operation
Cool/heat operation mode selection control

With the VRV System Inverter K Series, you can select the cool/heat operation mode for outdoor units in
the same system with an indoor unit remote controller.
Group control
Up to 16 indoor units can be simultaneously controlled with a single remote controller.
Control by 2 remote controllers

By connecting two remote controllers to a single indoor unit, you can for instance freely control from both in
the room and from the control room (individual control), not to mention that you can carry out group control
with two remote controllers.
Electrical appendices
Remote controller wiring can be extended up to 500 meters, and you can easily make a central control
setup in one place with indoor unit remote controllers set up in various places around the room.
Interlock control
You can simultaneously control HRV total heat exchanger units or humidifiers with direct expansion coils
via an indoor unit. Also displays cleaning period for air cleaner units.
System extension
Allows extension of the system such as a building control system or forced off command input by key
control system.
1.10.1 Applicable Remote Controller Models (Wired Type)

Model No.
Applicable types
BRCIA61
Ceiling mounted cassette (multi flow, double flow, corner), ceiling suspended, wall mounted
BRCIA62
Ceiling mounted built-in, ceiling mounted duct, concealed floor standing
77
Test Operation
Si-05C
Part Names and

Functions
Operation mode display
13
Display programmed time
14
Defrost / hot start display
15
Air filter cleaning time display
Displays programmed time.

3
Inspection / test operation display
Displayed when defrosting.
When the inspection / test operation button is pushed, displays

whether the system is in the inspection or test operation mode.
4
Display air flow / flap
Displays the preset temperature when air condition operation

exceeds a certain period of time.
16
Displays fixed or swing for air direction.

5
Time mode START/STOP button

Timer ON/OFF button
17
Inspection / test operation button

Programming time button
19
Operation lamp (Red)
20
Display changeover under control
Lights during operation.
Push to set programming time.

9
Temperature control button
Cool/heat/auto/dry cannot be be switched with remote controllers

equipped with this display.
21
Preset temperature display
22
Display ventilation/cleaning
Push to set temperature.

10
Air flow direction adjustment button
Displays the preset temperature.
Push to set the air flow direction to fixed or swing.

11
Filter sign reset button
12
Displayed when connected to dust collector, etc., equipped with

HRV total heat exchanger unit.
23
After cleaning the filter, push to cancel the air filter cleaning time.
ON/OFF button
One push starts the system, and a second push stops the system
again.
Push for inspection or test operation.

8
Display under centralized control

Displayed when under centralized control.
18
Push to turn the timer on or off.

7
Display of fan speed

Displays set fan speed.
Push to start and stop the timer.

6
Operation mode selector button

Push to switch the operation mode. Note
Displays status during operation.

Auto can be set only for cool/heat simultaneous operation
systems.
Thermostat sensor in remote controller

Senses the room temperature near the remote controller.
Fan speed adjustment button

Each time this button is pushed, fan speed toggles between
high and low.
Note:
78
Works only for remote controller set to have cool/heat selection permission.
Si-05C
Test Operation
1.10.2 Applicable Wireless Remote Controller Models

Type
FXYC-K
Wireless remote
controller
FXYK-K
FXYF-K
FXYS-K
FXYH-K
FXYA-K
FXYL-K
FXYLM-K
FXYM-K
H/P
BRC7A62
BRC7A61W
BRC4A62
BRC7A63W
BRC7A64W
BRC4A62
BRC4A62
C/O
BRC7A67
BRC7A66W
BRC4A64
BRC7A68W
BRC7A69W
BRC4A64
BRC4A64
Part Names and

Functions
Display of transmission
Operation mode display
10
Blinks when a signal is being sent to an indoor unit.
After cleaning the filter, push to cancel the air filter cleaning time.
11
Preset temperature display
12

4
Display air flow / flap

Inspection / test operation display
13
Programming time button
14
Time mode START/STOP button
Push to set programming time.
When the inspection / test operation button is pushed, displays

whether the system is in the inspection or test operation mode.
6
Fan speed adjustment button
Push to start or stop the timer.

15
Each time this button is pushed, fan speed toggles between

high and low.
7
Temperature control button

Air flow direction adjustment button
16
Display of fan speed
17
Display programmed time
Displays set fan speed.
Push to set the air flow direction to fixed or swing.

9
Inspection / test operation button
ON/OFF button
One push starts the system, and a second push stops the system
again.

8
Timer ON/OFF button

Push to turn the timer on or off.
Displays fixed or swing for air direction.

5
Operation mode selector button

Push to switch the operation mode. Note
Displays status during operation.

Auto can be set only for cool/heat simultaneous operation
systems.
3
Filter sign reset button
Displays programmed time.

18
Battery change display
19
Transmitter
Push for inspection or test operation.
Blinks to let you know it is time to replace the battery.

Transmits signals to the indoor unit.
Note:
Works only for indoor unit set to have cool/heat selection permission.
79
Test Operation
Si-05C
Example of System
Using Wireless
Remote Controller
For control by two remote controllers, be sure to designate the indoor unit remote controller as the master.
The only combination that cant be used is two wireless remote controllers. Transmission wiring between
the separately installed receiver unit unit and indoor unit can be up to 200 meters long.
Comparison of
Functions of Wired
and Wireless
Remote Controllers
Wired remote controller
Wireless remote controller
Operation lamp
Remote controller LED
Receiver unit LED
ON/OFF
Toggles between on and off each time the button is pushed.
Operation mode selection
Selects operation mode. Cool/heat

mode cannot be switched during
changeover under control.
Selects operation mode. Cool/heat

display switches during changeover
under control.
Air flow direction setting
The air flow direction is set by adjusting

with the air flow direction adjustment
button while viewing setting position in
the liquid crystal display.
The air flow direction is set by adjusting

with the air flow direction adjustment
button while viewing the position of the
louver.
Filter sign reset
Resets the filter and element cleaning

display.
Resets the filter and element cleaning

display. Displayed by optical sensor
LED.
Display time to clean air

cleaner element Filter sign
display
Remote controller LCD display
Displayed by receiver unit LED.
Display ventilation/cleaning
Displayed when HRV or air cleaner

unit is connected.
Ventilation/cleaning displayed by
receiver unit LED.
Defrost hot start
Displays defrost and hot start.
Displayed by receiver unit LED.
Display under centralized

control
Displayed during centralized control.
Not displayed, but you are warned by a

buzzer sound emitted from the
receiver unit .
Display changeover under

control
Displayed when cool/heat mode

cannot be switched.
Not displayed (you are warned by a

buzzer sound when the mode cannot
be switched).
Thermostat sensor in remote

controller
Equipped
Not equipped
Ventilation mode
Equipped
Not equipped
Function /display
All operation buttons (preset temperature, fan speed, timer, inspection / test operation, cool/heat
selection permission and group No. setting for centralized control) function in the same manner.
80
Si-05C
1.11
Test Operation
Control by Remote Controller (Double Remote Controllers, Group, Remote)
Double Remote
Controllers
Lets you control a single indoor unit using two remote controllers in different locations.
System which is convenient for cases where for instance you may want to control an indoor unit in the
reception room from your office, or when you may want to have fine control of a far away indoor unit at
your fingertips. (Applies to other indoor unit types as well.)
NOTE:
The remote controller contains a thermostat sensor. If the master and slave remote controllers are located
in different rooms, set field setting to Not used by the master remote controller. (No need field setting to
Not used for the slave remote controller)
Operation control for indoor units is last command priority.
Remove the remote controllers front panels and set the MASTER/SLAVE switch on the remote
controllers built-in PC board to MASTER for the master remote controller and SLAVE for the slave
remote controller. Field setting can be made only for the master remote controller.
Group Control
Up to 16 indoor units are sinaltaneously controlled as a group with single remote controller.
System which is convenient for cases where for instance you may want to simultaneously control
several indoor units with the same settings, such as on a huge single floor.
NOTE:
Shows remote controller wiring only.

Remote controller wiring for group control has no polarity, so it doesnt matter if N and P are connected
inversely.
Settings are the same for all indoor units in the group, and each indoor unit is controlled individually by
its thermostat sensor.
Address is set automatically for group control, so there is no need to set the address for by the group
control remote controller.
81
Test Operation
Remote Control
Si-05C
Forced OFF or ON/OFF control of indoor units can be input from outside.
Enables indoor units to be turned on and off by a building control or key control system.
1. Wiring method and specifications
Remote control is carried out by connecting input from outside to pins T1 and T2 on the terminal block (for
remote controller and transmission wiring)
Wiring specifications
Sheathed vinyl cord or cable (double core)
Wiring thickness
0.75~1.25mm
Wiring length
MAX 100m
Outside contact specs.
Contact which guarantees min. applicable load of 15 VDC, 10 mA
Forced OFF
ON/OFF control
Forced OFF by input A ON (remote controller prohibited)
On by input A OFF ON
Remote controller permitted by input A OFF
OFF by input A ON OFF
2. Operation contents
Input A of forced stop and stop operation operates as described in the table on the right.
3.
82
Forced OFF and ON/OFF control selection

Switch input by remote controller after turning on the power supply.
Set field setting mode with the remote controller.
When you enter the field setting mode, select mode No. 12, and set the first code No. to 1. for forced
OFF, set the second code No. to 01, and from ON/OFF control, set to 02. (Factory set is forced
OFF.)
Si-05C
1.12
Test Operation
Indoor Field Setting

Making a field setting
Field settings must be made by remote controller if optional accessories have been installed on the indoor
unit, or if the indoor unit or HRV units individual functions have been modified.
1.12.1 Wired Remote Controller
1. When in the normal mode, push the

button for 4 seconds or more, and operation then enters
the field set mode.
2. Select the desired mode No. with the
button.
3. During group control and you want to set by each individual indoor unit (when mode No. 20, 21, 22, 23,
25 has been selected), push the time mode
button and select the indoor unit No. to be set.
Note: This operation is not required when setting as a group.
4. Push the
button and select the first code No.
5. Push the
button and select the second code No.
6. Push the timer
button one time and define the currently set contents.
7. Push the
button to return to the normal mode.
1.12.2 Wireless Remote Controller

the field set mode.
2. Select the desired mode No. with the
button.
3. Pushing the
button, select the first code No.
4. Pushing the
button, select the second code No.
5. Push the timer
button and check the settings.
6. Push the
83
Test Operation
Si-05C
NOTES:
1. Settings are made simultaneously for the entire group, however, if you select the mode No. inside
parentheses, you can also set by each individual unit. Setting changes however cannot be checked
except in the individual mode for those in parentheses.
2. The mode numbers inside parentheses cannot be used by wireless remote controllers, so they cannot
be set individually. Setting changes also cannot be checked.
3. Mode numbers 17 (27) and 19 (29) are HRV functions that can be set from a VRV system remote
controller.
4. The second code No. is factory set to 01. The field set air flow direction position and thermostat sensor
in remote controller is however set to 02, and ventilation fan speed is set to 05.
5. Do not make settings other than those described above. Nothing is displayed for functions the indoor
unit is not equipped with.
6. 88 may be displayed to indicate the remote controller is resetting when returning to the normal mode.
1.12.3 Setting Contents and Code No.

VRV
system
indoor
unit
settings
Mode
No.
Note 2
First
Code
No.
10(20)
12(22)
13(23)
15(25)
Setting Contents
Second Code No.(Note 3)

01
Filter contamination heavy/light

(Setting for display time to
clean air filter)
(Sets display time to clean air
filter to half when there is
heavy filter contamination.)
Super
long life
filter
Light
02
Approx.
10,000
hrs.
03
04
Super long life filter
Soot filter
Heavy
Approx.
5,000
hrs.
Long life
filter
Approx.
2,500
hrs.
Approx.
1,250
hrs.
Standard
filter
Approx.
200 hrs.
Approx.
100 hrs.
Long life filter type

(FXYC only, 01 indicates long life)
Long life filter
Thermostat sensor in remote controller
Use
No use
Display time to clean air filter calculation

(Set when filter sign is not to be displayed.)
Display
No display
Optional accessories output selection (field

selection of output for adaptor for wiring)
Indoor unit turned

ON by thermostat
ON/OFF input from outside (Set when ON/

OFF is to be controlled from outside.)
Forced OFF
Thermostat differential changeover

(Set when remote sensor is to be used.)
FXYC, FXYE, FXYF, FXYK, FXYH only
1C
OFF by thermostat fan speed
Automatic mode differential (automatic

temperature differential setting for VRV
system heat recovery series cool/heat)
01:0
Power failure automatic reset
Not equipped
Equipped
High air outlet velocity

(Set when installed in place with ceiling
higher than 2.7 m.) FXYF only
Selection of air flow direction

(Set when a blocking pad kit has been
installed.) FXYF only
F (4 directions)
T (3 directions)
W (2 directions)
Horizontal air discharge
Equipped
Not equipped
Air flow direction adjustment (Set at

installation of decoration panel.) FXYK only
Equipped
Not equipped
Field set air flow position setting
Draft prevention
Standard
Ceiling Soiling
prevention
Field set fan speed selection

(fan speed control by air discharge outlet
for phase control)
Standard
Optional
accessory 1
Optional accessory
2
LL
Operation output
Malfunction output
ON/OFF control
External protection
device
0.5C
Set fan speed

02:1
03:2
4:03
05:4
6:05
7:06
08:7
Thermostat OFF excess humidity
Not equipped
Equipped
Drain pump humidifier interlock selection
Not equipped
Equipped
Sets whether filter sign is to be output by

time or by input.
Time addition
Input
Field set selection for individual ventilation

setting by remote controller
Not equipped
Equipped
Field set selection for individual ventilation

setting by remote controller
Not equipped
Equipped
For HRV settings, see the proper documents for HRV.
84
Si-05C
1.13
Test Operation
Centralized Control Group No. Setting

If carrying out centralized control by central remote controller or unified ON/OFF controller, group No.
must be set for each group individually by remote controller.
Group No. setting by remote controller for centralized control
the field setting mode.
2. Set mode No. 00 with the
button.
3. Push the
button to inspect the group No. display.
4. Set the group No. for each group with the
button (The group No. increases in the manner of 1-00,
1-01, ...,1-15, 2-00,...4-15. However, the unified ON/OFF controller displays only the group No. within
the range selected by the switch for setting each address.)
5. Push the timer
button to define the selected group No.
6. Push the
Even if not using a remote controller, connect the remote controller when setting the group No., set the
group No. for centralized control, and disconnect after making the setting.
Set the group No. after turning on the power supply for the central remote controller, unified ON/OFF
controller, and indoor unit.
85
Test Operation
Si-05C
Group No. setting by wireless remote controller for centralized control
1. When in the normal mode, push
button for 4 seconds or more, and operation then enters the
field set mode.
2. Set mode No. 00 with
button.
3. Set the group No. for each group with
button (advance/backward).
4. Enter the selected group numbers by pushing
button.
5. Push
button and return to the normal mode.
Group No. Setting

Example
If you have to set the address for each unit for calculating cost, etc., set the mode No. to 30.
86
Si-05C
1.14
Test Operation
Setting of Master Remote Controller
By Indoor Unit
Remote Controller
Operation mode (Fan, Dry, Cool, Heat) can be freely selected by indoor unit remote controller for the VRV
K series outdoor units, however, as shown in the example below, the remote controller of one of the indoor
units connected to 1 outdoor unit must be set as the master remote controller for Fan, Dry, Cool, Heat.
(Operation mode can be switched by only the remote controller set as the master remote controller.)
VRV K series
Setting Method
Preparations
When turning the power supply on for the first time, the display of <CHANGEOVER UNDER CONTROL>
lights when the power supply is turned on.
When you want to set:
1
Set the outdoor units cool/heat selector (Filed setting mode1) to inside.
Setting of master remote controller

2
Continue pushing <OPERATION MODE SELECTOR> for about 4 seconds.

The display of <CHANGEOVER UNDER CONTROL> on all remote controllers connected to the same
outdoor unit blinks.
Setting of master remote controller

3
Push the <OPERATION MODE SELECTOR> of the remote controller you want to set as the master
remote controller. This completes the setting.
The remote controller is now set as the master remote controller and the display of <CHANGEOVER
UNDER CONTROL> goes off.
<CHANGEOVER UNDER CONTROL> is displayed on the other remote controllers.
Operation mode selection

4
Push the <OPERATION MODE SELECTOR> of the master remote controller (remote controller not
displaying <CHANGEOVER UNDER CONTROL>) the amount of times required to select the desired
operation mode.
Each push switches the display from FAN to DRY, COOL, and HEAT. The operation mode changes
automatically for all remote controllers that are not set as a master remote controller.
87
Test Operation
Operation Contents
and Function
Si-05C
1.
If you set a Master remote controller

The other remote controllers (Remote
to COOL/HEAT
(Remote controller not displaying
controllers displaying
<CHANGEOVER UNDER CONTROL>)
l switch to the operation mode set

by the master remote controller.
l However, they can switch to FAN

operation and from COOL to
2.
If you set a Master remote controller

(Remote controller not displaying
to FAN,
The other remote controllers (Remote

controllers displaying
l cannot set any mode other than

FAN.
88
(VL049)
Si-05C
1.15
Test Operation
Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function

The remote controller switches are equipped with a self diagnosis function so that more appropriate
maintenance can be carried out. If a malfunction occurs during operation, the operation lamp, malfunction
code and display of malfunctioning unit No. let you know the contents and location of the malfunction.
When there is a stop due to malfunction, the contents of the malfunction given below can be diagnosed by
a combination of operation lamp, INSPECTION display of the liquid crystal display and display of
malfunction code. It also lets you know the unit No. during group control.
Operation lamp
Inspection display
Unit No.
Malfunction code
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
A0
Malfunction contents
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
A1
Indoor unit: Failure of PC board
On
Off
Blinking
A1
Indoor unit: Failure of PC board
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
A3
Indoor unit: Malfunction of drain level control system (33H)
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
A6
Indoor unit: Fan motor lock
On
Off
Blinking
A7
Indoor unit: Malfunction of swing flap motor (M1S)
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
A9
Indoor unit: Malfunction of moving part of electronic

expansion valve (Y1E)
On
Off
Blinking
AF
Indoor unit: Drain level above limit
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
AH
Indoor unit: Malfunction of air filter maintenance
Indoor unit: Error of external protection device
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
AJ
Indoor unit: Malfunction of capacity setting
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
C4
Indoor unit: Malfunction of thermistor (R2T) for liquid pipe

(loose connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
C5
Indoor unit: Malfunction of thermistor (R3T) for gas pipes

Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
C9
Indoor unit: Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for air inlet

On
On
On
CJ
Indoor unit: Malfunction of thermostat sensor in remote

controller
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
E0
Outdoor unit: Actuation of safety device
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
E1
Outdoor unit: PC board failure
On
Off
Blinking
E1
Outdoor unit: PC board failure
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
E3
Outdoor unit: Actuation of high pressure switch
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
E4
Outdoor unit: Actuation of low pressure switch
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
E9
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of moving part of electronic

expansion valve (Y1E)
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
F3
Outdoor unit: Abnormal discharge pipe temperature
On
Off
Blinking
H3
Outdoor unit: High pressure switch failure
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
H4
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
H9
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air

On
Off
Blinking
H9
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air

Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
J1
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of pressure sensor
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
J3
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor (R3T)

On
Off
Blinking
J3

Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
J5
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of thermistor (R4T) for suction

pipe (loose connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure)
89
Test Operation
Si-05C
Operation lamp
Inspection display
Unit No.
Malfunction code
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
J6
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of thermistor (R2T) for heat

exchanger (loose connection, disconnection, short circuit,
failure)
On
Off
Blinking
J6
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of thermistor (R2T) for heat

exchanger (loose connection, disconnection, short circuit,
failure)
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
JA
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of discharge pipe pressure sensor
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
JC
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of suction pipe pressure sensor
On
Off
Blinking
JH
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of oil temperature sensor
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
L0
Outdoor unit: Failure of inverter system
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
L4
Outdoor unit: Failure of inverter cooling
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
L5
Outdoor unit: Compressor motor insulation defect, short

circuit, power unit short circuit
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
L6
Outdoor unit: Compressor motor insulation defect, short

circuit
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
L8
Outdoor unit: Compressor overload, compressor motor wire

cut
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
L9
Outdoor unit: Compressor lock
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
LA
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of power unit
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
LC
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of transmission between inverter

and outdoor control unit
Blinking
Off
Blinking
PO
Gas depletion (heat build up)
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
P1
Outdoor unit: Power supply voltage imbalance, open phase
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
P4
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of power unit temperature sensor
On
Off
Blinking
U0
Refrigerant shortage, low pressure drop due to failure of

electronic expansion valve
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
U1
Negative phase / open phase
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
U2
Power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
U4
Malfunction of transmission between indoor unit and

outdoor unit / BS unit, or outdoor unit and BS unit
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
U5
Malfunction of transmission between remote controller and

indoor unit
Off
On
Off
U5
Failure of remote controller PC board or setting during

control by remote controller
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
U7
Malfunction of transmission between indoor units

Malfunction of transmission between outdoor units,
malfunction of transmission between outdoor unit and ice
build-up heat unit
On
Off
Blinking
U7
Malfunction of transmission between outdoor units (cool/

heat unified, low noise)
Blinking
Blinking
Off
U8
Malfunction of transmission between main remote controller

and sub remote controller (malfunction of slave remote
controller)
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
U9
Malfunction of transmission between indoor unit and

outdoor unit in same system Malfunction of transmission
between BS unit and indoor/outdoor unit in same system
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
UA
Failure of combination of indoor / BS / outdoor units (model,

No. of units, etc.) Failure of combination of indoor unit and
remote controller (applicable remote controller) Failure of
BS unit connection position
On
On
On
UC
Address duplication of central remote controller
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
UE
Malfunction of transmission between indoor unit and central

remote controller
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
UF
System not set
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
UH
Failure of system
The system operates for malfunction codes indicated in black squares, however, be sure to check and repair.
90
Si-05C
Test Operation
Failure Diagnosis
by Wireless Remote
Controller
The indoor unit display section or the separately installed receiver units operation lamp blinks for stop due
to malfunction. You can diagnose the problem as described on the following page using the malfunction
code located by the method described below.
1. Push the
button;
is displayed and 0 blinks.
2. Push the time mode
button and locate the number of the unit which is stopped due
to malfunction. A beep is then emitted to indicate signal reception.
No. of times signal reception beep is emitted
3 times
Perform the procedure given below in the order of 3, 4, 5, 6.
1 time
Perform steps 3 and 6.
Continuous beep
No malfunction
3. Push the operation mode selector button, and the upper digit of the malfunction code blinks.
button until signal reception beeps twice, and then locate the
upper code.
5. Push the operation mode selector button, and the lower digit of the malfunction code blinks.
button until signal reception beeps continuously, and then
locate the lower code.
Continuous signal reception beep indicates that the malfunction code has been ascertained.
Note:
1. INSPECTION display blinks when the remote controllers

button is pushed.
2. If you push and hold the ON/OFF button for 5 seconds or more in the INSPECTION mode, the failure
hysteresis is canceled. In this case, after the malfunction code blinks twice, the code display changes to
00 (normal) and the unit No. changes to 0. The mode than automatically changes from the inspection
mode to the normal mode (preset temperature display).
91
Test Operation
1.16
Si-05C
Operation of the Remote Controllers Inspection / Test Operation Button

Unit
0
Malfunction code
L0
Inspection
Malfunction code blinks when a malfunction occurs.
Normal display (No display)
Inspection/test
operation
Push the button.
0
Unit
L0
Malfunction code
Inspection
Inspection mode
Inspection/test
operation
Example of capacity code display
0 7 1... Capacity code

F... Indoor unit system code
C... Indoor unit type code
2... Progression code
Display
Example model
FXYC28K
028
FXYF80K
080
Push the button.

Indoor unit system code
Product classification
System classification
VRV system
(VAV indoor unit)
VRV system
Outdoor air intake
VRV system
Standard indoor unit
Display
071
FC2
Indoor unit model code display
Indoor unit type code

Inspection/test
operation
Push the button.
AA1
Outdoor unit model code display
Inspection/test
operation
Push the button.
Model
Type
Display
A
Wall mounted
FXYA
Double flow
FXYC
Corner
FXYK
Multi flow
FXYF
Ceiling suspended
FXYH
Built-in
FXYS
Floor standing
FXYL
Concealed ceiling duct
FXYM
Outdoor model code

Display
Test operation
Test operation mode
Inspection/test
operation
Type
AA1
VRV System Inverter K Series
Other models (VRV System)
Model
RSXY
Push the button.
(VF019)
92
Si-05C
1.17
Test Operation
Remote Controller Service Mode
How to Enter the

Service Mode
Service Mode
Operation Method
1. Select the mode No.

Set the desired mode No. with the
button.
2. Select the unit No. (For group control only)
Select the indoor unit No. to be set with the time mode
3. Make the settings required for each mode. (Modes 41, 44, 45)
For details, refer to the table below.
4. Define the setting contents. (Modes 44, 45)
Define by pushing the timer
button.
5. Return to the normal operation mode.
Push the
button one time.
button.
93
Test Operation
Mode No
73
Si-05C
Function
Contents and operation method
Remote controller display example
Malfunction hysteresis Display malfunction hysteresis.

display
The hysteresis No. can be changed with the
button.
Unit 1
Malfunction code
2-U4
40
Malfunction code
Hysteresis No: 1 - 9
1: Latest
(VE007)
74
Display of sensor and

address data
Display various types of data.

Select the data to be displayed with the
Sensor data
0: Thermostat sensor in remote controller.
1: Suction
2: Liquid pipe
3: Gas pipe
button.
Address data
4: Indoor unit address
5: Outdoor unit address
6: BS unit address
7: Zone control address
8: Cool/heat group address
9: Demand / low noise address
Sensor data display

Unit No.
Sensor type
1 1
41
27
Temperature C
Address display
Unit No.
Address type
1 8
41
Address
(VE008)
76
Forced fan ON
Manually turn the fan ON by each unit. (When you

want to search for the unit No.)
By selecting the unit No. with the
button, you
can turn the fan of each indoor unit on (forced ON)
individually.
Unit 1
43
(VE009)
77
Individual setting
Set the fan speed and air flow direction by each unit
Select the unit No. with the time mode
button.
Set the fan speed with the
button
Set the air flow direction with the
button.
Unit 1
Code
1 3
Fan speed 1: Low
3: High
44
Air flow direction

P0 - P4
(VE010)
78
Unit No. transfer
Transfer unit No.

Select the unit No. with the
button.
Set the unit No. after transfer with the
button.
Present unit No.

Unit
1
Code
0 2
45
Unit No. after

transfer
(VE011)
79
7:
94
This function is not used by VRV System Inverter K Series.
Si-05C
1.18
Test Operation
Model Change of Centralized Control Devices

The following optional controllers for centralized control will be changed from model A to model B, and will
be an upgrade in terms of the system. The main modifications are as follows.
1.18.1 Main Modifications Changes (Model A to Model B)

Central
remote
controller
Unified
ON/OFF
controller
Schedule
timer
Common
Model No.
DCS302A51
DCS302B61
No. of units that can be connected

within one control wiring system
Up to 2
Model No.
DCS301A51
DCS301B61

Up to 4
Up to 8
Model No.
DST301A51
DST301B61

Indoor unit start method
Group start
Sequential start
Appearance
(Outside dimensions and operation
functions are the same.)
Appearance
Appearance
The control range setting (connector or switch) inside the controller is altered to increase the number of
units that can be connected within one control wiring system.
95
Test Operation
Si-05C
1.18.2 When Using Model A Centralized Control Device

Up to 128 indoor units can be connected within a system. (Group control by remote controller is
required if more than 64 units are connected with the same system.)
Only 1 central remote controller can be connected per system.

Up to 4 unified ON/OFF controllers can be connected per system.
Only 1 schedule timer can be connected per system.
96
Si-05C
Test Operation
1.18.3 When Using Model B Centralized Control Device

Up to 128 indoor units can be connected within a system. (Group control is not required to increase the
number of units that can be connected within the system.)
When double remote controllers are connected, the same indoor unit cannot be registered for more
than one central remote controller.
Up to 2 central remote controllers can be connected per system.

Up to 8 unified ON/OFF controllers can be connected per system.
Only 1 schedule timer can be connected per system.
97
Test Operation
1.19
Si-05C
Central Remote Controller (DCS302A51 / DCS302B61)

Enables central control with the performance of a series of remote controllers by connecting with up to 64
groups of indoor units (128 units).
You can connect with up to 64 groups of indoor units (128 units) and monitor or perform operations
such as turning on/off individually or simultaneously, setting temperature, etc., by the zone.
Designed to save labor of operation, and is able to execute zone control for up to 64 zones.
Malfunction contents are given in code, so maintenance or inspection can be carried out quickly.
Lets you connect 1 schedule timer and 4 unified ON/OFF controllers per central remote controller, and
enables you to freely expand the central control system in accordance with scale and use.
Wiring can be extended up to 1 km. Besides crossover wiring, bus or star type can also be used.
Can be used in combination with other D-BACS equipment and allows input from outside of forced OFF,
etc.
Enables individual on/off and monitoring of total heat exchanger units (HRV) (model B Series and
multifunction type).
1.19.1 System Configuration

With a central remote controller, you can simultaneously turn up to 64 groups of indoor units on or off (up to
128 units). You can also turn on or off, set operation and control modes such as operation controlled by
timer, make operation by remote controller possible or impossible, and control or display operation
conditions such as preset temperature by zone. (Case where operation controlled by timer is used in
combination with schedule timer.) By group, you can display operation conditions such as operation mode
and preset temperature. Connection by forced OFF input (non-voltage a contact) with outside key system
or host computer monitor panel is impossible.
(This optional accessory cannot be used in combination with optional accessory wiring adaptor KRP4A51,
52 or KRP2A61, 62for electrical appendices.)
98
Si-05C
A Group of Indoor
Units
Test Operation
1. 1 indoor unit with no remote controller
2. 1 indoor unit controlled by either 1 or 2 remote controllers
3. Max. 16 indoor units controlled by either 1 or 2 remote controllers
Zone Control by
Central Remote
Controller
A zone is a collection of 1 or more groups.

Zone control lets you make settings for several groups simultaneously in order to facilitate the task of
setting.
By setting once, everything in the zone becomes set to the same setting. The number of zones that can be
set by the central remote controller is MINI~MAX 64 zones. (The number of groups in 1 zone is MINI~MAX
64 groups.) The manner of linking zones can be set as desired with the central remote controller.
99
Test Operation
Si-05C
1.19.2 Central Remote Controller Part Names and Functions

Display Section
(All items in the display are lit for the purpose of explanation, contrary to when actually operating.)
Refrigerant system display

The inclaction in the square is lit while the refrigerant system is
being displayed.
Display monitor
Lights for display monitor.
Display of zoning
Light for zone set mode.
Display of zone/group
Status display indicates whether operation is by zone or group.
Group No. in operation

Each square displays the state corresponding to each group.
Display (preset temperature)
Display (inspection/test)

Press the inspection/test operation button. Either the inspection
or test lamp lights up.
8
Display (malfunction code)

Displays the contents of a malfunction. The lamp flashes when a
malfunction stops operation. The contents of the current
malfunction are displayed in the inspection mode.
Display of time to clean air cleaner element/time to clean air

filter
Lights when its time to clean the element or filter of indicated
group.
100
10 Display of time to clean

Lights when its time to clean the element or filter of any group.
11 Display under host computer integrated control
Settings cannot be made while this indicator is lit.
12 Display changeover under control.
Cool/heat cannot be selected for zones or groups of this display.
13 Control mode display
Displays mode of control (ON/OFF control impossible by remote
controller, centralized, individual, etc.) in code. If there is an
indoor unit stopped due to malfunction, the display indicates that
units unit No.
14 Unified stop button
Stops all indoor units.
15 Unified operation button
Runs all indoor units.
16 Operation lamp
Lights even if 1 controlled indoor unit is running.
17 Display operation mode
Indicates status of operation/
18 Display of timer No.

Indicates the operation timer No. when used in combination with
a schedule timer.
Si-05C
Test Operation
Control Section
Selector button
Selects group belonging to the zone.

2
Zone setting button
10 Filter sign reset button
Turns zone setting mode on or off.

3
Button for refrigerant system display
Zone/group changeover button
Turns the filter cleaning indicator off.

11 Operation mode selector button
Indicates indoor unit group connected to same outdoor unit.
Defines control mode and timer No.
Advance/backward button
13 Control mode button
Sets zone with several groups.

6
Sets to operation mode.

12 Timer ON button
Selects zone or group display.

5
Clearing button for malfunction code memory

Push to reset the malfunction code.
Selects the control mode.
ON/OFF button
14 Timer No.button
Runs or stops for each zone.

7
Temperature setting button
Inspection/test operation button
Selects timer No. (Only when used in combination with a

schedule timer)
15 Zone operation ON/OFF button
Defines zone.
Push when you want to carry out inspection or test operation.
1.19.3 Control Wiring

Wiring Outline
Power supply wiring
2 mm
Transmission wiring for control 0.75 ~ 1.25 mm sheathed vinyl cord or cable (double core); max. extension
1000 m (total wiring length 2000 m)
Power supply switch
10A
101
Test Operation
Control Wiring
Connection
Example
Si-05C
(Indoor units in same system shown in the following examples.)

1. series wiring
2. Bus wiring (can be branched in max. 16 locations)

Example showing 3 branches
3. Star wiring (can be branched in max. 16 locations)

Example showing 3 branches
Notes
102
1. Cannot be branched again after being branched once.

2. Use a junction terminal block if branching 3 or more control wires from the same terminal block.
3. Do not connect transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor units of different refrigerant circuits.
Si-05C
Wiring to Indoor
Units
Test Operation
The terminals (F1, F2) of the control terminal block of the central remote controller and the terminals (F1,
F2) of indoor units for which a group No. has been set are wired as shown in the figure below. (There is no
polarity, so it doesnt matter if F1 and F2 are wired inversely.)
1. Connector for unification adaptor for computerized control (CN2)

2. Forced OFF input (T1, T2)
Forced OFF input (no-voltage contact for micro-current) turns off all indoor units while the contact is
closed. Use a contact which guarantees min. applicable load of 16VDC, 10 mA.
3. Power supply for schedule timer (D1, D2)
1.19.4 Contents of Control Modes

Twenty modes consisting of combinations of the following five operation modes with temperature and
operation mode setting by remote controller can be set and displayed by operation modes 0 through 19.
ON/OFF control impossible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on/off by central remote controller only.
(Cannot be turned on/off by remote controller.)
OFF control only possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on by central remote controller only, and off by remote controller only.
Centralized
Used when you want to turn on by central remote controller only, and turn on/off freely by remote
controller during set time.
Individual
Used when you want to turn on/off by both central remote controller and remote controller.
Timer operation possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on/off by remote controller during set time and you do not want to start
operation by central remote controller when time of system start is programmed.
The operation modes are from 0 through 19, however, they can only be set for outdoor units (VRV
System inverter K Series) for which cool/heat can be selected by indoor unit. With the exception of this,
settings are 0 through 9.
103
Test Operation
How to Select
Operation Mode
Example
ON by remote
controller
(Unified ON by
central remote
controller)
Rejection
Si-05C
Whether operation by remote controller will be possible or not for turning on/off, controlling temperature or
setting operation mode is selected and decided by the operation mode given on the right edge of the table
below.
OFF by remote
controller
(Unified OFF by
central remote
controller)
OFF by
remote
controller
Rejection
Rejection
Control mode
Temperature
control by
remote controller
Operation mode
setting by
remote controller
Acceptance
Acceptance
Unified operation, individual

operation by central remote
controller, or operation
controlled by timer
Rejection (Example)
Temperature
control
Operation
mode
setting
Rejection
(Example)
Rejection
Acceptance
Rejection
10
Unified OFF, individual stop

by central remote controller,
or timer stop
Rejection (Example)
OFF control only

possible by remote
controller
Acceptance
Acceptance
Rejection
11
Acceptance
Rejection
12
Acceptance
Acceptance
Rejection
13
Rejection
Timer operation
possible by remote
controller
Acceptance
Acceptance
(During timer at ON position
only)
Acceptance
(During timer at ON position
only)
Acceptance 1(Example)
(Example)
Rejection
Acceptance
Individual
Control
mode
OFF
Acceptance
(Example)
Centralized
(VL069)
Control by remote controller

Operation
ON/OFF control
impossible by
remote controller
Control
mode is "1."
Acceptance
Rejection
14
Acceptance
Rejection
15
Rejection
Acceptance
Rejection
16
Acceptance
Acceptance
Rejection
17
Rejection
Acceptance
Acceptance
Rejection
18
Acceptance
Rejection
19
Do not select timer operation possible by remote controller if not using a remote controller. Operation by
timer is impossible in this case.
104
Si-05C
1.20
Test Operation
Unified ON/OFF Controller (DCS301A51/ DCS301B61)

Turns each group of indoor units on/off individually or simultaneously for up to 16 groups (128 units), and
lets you check the operation/malfunction display all at once at a glance.
Lets you turn up to 16 groups of indoor units (128 units) on/off simultaneously or individually, and lets
you check the operation/malfunction display all at once at a glance.
By combining with a central remote controller or schedule timer, you can build a system that matches
scale and use .
Features compact size casing with thickness of only 16 mm. (Uses JIS recessed box for 2)
Wiring can be extended up to 1 km. For the wiring method, bus type and star type wiring crossover
wiring can be used as well as crossover wiring.
Can be used in combination with other D-BACS equipment.
1.20.1 System Configuration

Up to 16 groups of indoor units can be turned on/off individually or simultaneously by unified ON/OFF
controller. Also lets you connect with an outside key system or host computer monitor panel by forced OFF
input (no-voltage a contact).
(This optional accessory cannot be used in combination with optional accessory wiring adaptor for
electrical appendices.)
105
Test Operation
A Group of Indoor
Units
NOTE:
Si-05C
1. 1 indoor unit with no remote controller
If not using remote controllers, use in combination with central remote controller.
2. 1 indoor unit controlled by either 1 or 2 remote controllers
3. Max. 16 indoor units group-controlled by either 1 or 2 remote controllers
1.20.2 Wiring for Transmission

Wiring Outline
Connection
Example of Wiring
for Transmission
106
Power supply wiring
2 mm
Wiring for transmission
0.75 ~ 1.25 mm sheathed vinyl cord or cable (double core); max. extension
1000 m (total wiring length 2000 m)
Power supply switch
10A
(1)series wiring, (2)bus type wiring and (3)star type wiring are the same as with a central remote
controller.
Si-05C
Test Operation
Wiring for Indoor

Unit
Terminals F1 and F2 of the unified ON/OFF controllers terminal block for control and terminals F1 and F2
of the indoor unit with set group No. are wired as shown in the figure below. (There is no polarity, so it
doesnt matter if F1 and F2 are inverted.)
1: Forced OFF input (T1, T2)

All connected indoor units go off and do not run while forced OFF input (for no-voltage contact, microcurrent) is closed. Use a contact that can guarantee a 16 VDC, 10 mA minimum applicable load.
NOTE:
If using an instantaneous contactor, use one that handles conducting time of 200 msec or more.
2: Power supply for schedule timer (D1, D2)
Wire only if 1, 2 and 3 are used.
107
Test Operation
1.21
Si-05C
Schedule Timer (DST301A51 / DST301B61)

Allows you to connect and manage by unified control the weekly schedule of up to 128 indoor units.
Manages by unified control the weekly schedule of up to 128 indoor units.

Lets you set in 1-minute increments on/off time twice a day by the week.
By combining with a central remote controller or unified ON/OFF controller, you can build a system that
matches scale and use.
When using in combination with a central remote controller, you can set up to eight weekly schedule
patterns and distribute among zones by central remote controller as desired.
Equipped with a power failure compensation function effective for up to 48 hours.
Features compact size casing with thickness of only 16 mm. (Uses JIS recessed box for 2)
Wiring can be extended up to 1 km. For the wiring method, bus type and star type wiring crossover
wiring can be used as well as crossover wiring.
Can be used in combination with other D-BACS equipment.
1.21.1 System Configuration and Electrical Wiring

With a schedule timer, you can program the time units will be turned on/off simultaneously for periods of
one week each for up to 16 groups of indoor units.
System
Configuration
If using the schedule timer individually, you dont have to set the group No. setting for centralized control for
group unified control.
108
Si-05C
Wiring for
Transmission
Test Operation
<Indoor unit wiring>

1. If schedule timer individual use:
For the schedule timers power supply, connect the schedule timers connectors (D1/D2) and the
connector on the indoor units PC board (CN18) with the attached cable and crimp style terminals.
2. If using in combination with other optional controllers for centralized control:
Wiring for transmission: 0.75~1.25 mm sheathed vinyl cord or cable (double core)....Max. extension
1000 m (Total wiring length 2000 m)
<Connection example of wiring for transmission>
(1)series wiring, (2) bus type wiring and (3) star type wiring are the same as with a central remote
controller.
109
Test Operation
Si-05C
1.21.2 Schedule Timer Part Names and Functions

Display Section
All items in the display are lit for the purpose of explanation, contrary to when actually operating
Programmed time No.
Displays time No. only when used in combination with a central

remote controller.
2
Display of malfunction code
Displays the time when the system is programmed to turn on.

8
Displays malfunction code.

3
Display of holiday.
Displays day designated as a holiday inside a circle. The system
is not programmed to turn on for days designated as a holiday.
Display of days of a week

Displayed and blinks below programmed day.
Display of programming start.

Displayed when programmed to start by timer.
Display of programmed time of system start
Display of programmed time of system off.

Displays the time when the system is programmed to go off.
Unified stop button

Push to stop simultaneously without regard for the No. of
programmed time.
10 Unified operation button

Push to turn on simultaneously without regard for the No. of
programmed time
11 Operation lamp (red)
Lights during operation.
Display of present time

Displays the present day and time.
110
Si-05C
Test Operation
Control Section
Clock adjusting button
Push to set the present time.

2
Button for selecting days of a week
Sets the present time or programmed time.

7
Push when selecting days of a week.

3
Holiday setting button
Button for copying programs of previous day

Sets to same No. of programmed time as previous day.
Hour/minute button
Push to adjust the present time or programmed time.
Sets holiday.
4
Timer ON button
Programming start button

Push to set or check No. of programmed time. After completion,
push again.
Clock adjusting button

Push to set the present time.
Program canceling button

Cancels programmed time and sets display to [ : ].
111
Test Operation
1.22
Si-05C
Combining Different Types of Centralized Control Devices

<DCS302A51 DCS301A51 DST301A51>
<DCS302B61 DCS301B61 DST301B61>
In addition to using optional controllers for centralized control independently, you also combine and
connect a schedule timer and unified ON/OFF controller with a central remote controller. By designing with
components, you can construct the best central remote control system for your purpose and scale.
1.22.1 Example of DCS302A51 / DCS301A51/ DST301A51 Systems

Unified ON/OFF controller
Unified ON/OFF controllers are connected in accordance with the number of indoor units. A single line
network can contain up to 16 groups of four units each.
Central remote controller plus unified ON/OFF controller
Combines the functionality of a central remote controller with the operability of a unified ON/OFF controller.
Enables central control of up to 64 groups of indoor units.
Schedule timer plus central remote controller
Allows you to set up to eight weekly schedules for turning units ON/OFF twice each day. Enables
scheduled operation of up to 64 groups of indoor units individually or by zone.
Schedule timer plus unified ON/OFF controller
Allows you to set the time for turning units ON/OFF twice each day.
Enables unified scheduled operation of up to 64 groups of indoor units.
112
Si-05C
Test Operation
1.22.2 Connection for Optional Controller for Centralized Control

You can use any combination of one central remote controller, one schedule timer, and from one to four
unified ON/OFF controllers. If using the model B Series, you can use any combination of two central
remote controller, one schedule timer, and from one to eight unified ON/OFF controllers. The maximum
number of units for a single system is 128 for both model A and B.
DCS302A51
Unified ON/OFF remote controller

DCS301A51
Schedule timer
DST301A51
2~4
2~4
2~4
2~4

DCS302B61
Unified ON/OFF remote controller

DCS301B61
Schedule timer
DST301B61
2~8
2~8
2~8
2~8
113
Test Operation
Si-05C
1.22.3 Electric Wiring

Combination of one central remote controller, one schedule timer and three unified ON/OFF
controllers
114
Si-05C
Test Operation
Initial Settings of
Optional
Controllers for
Centralized Control
1. Central remote controller

Leave the connector for setting master controller (CN) connected. (Connected at factory set.)
Connect this connector to one central control line only.
Control mode
Sets priority sequence for control of central remote controller and indoor unit remote controllers.
Zone setting
Sets zone for controlling several groups within the same zone.
2. Unified ON/OFF controller (No. 1, No. 2, No. 3 in figure above)
Disconnect the connector for setting master controller (X1A).
Switch for setting each address (DS1)
Sets the group No. address for each group of indoor units controlled by unified ON/OFF controller No.
1, No. 2 and No. 3 in the figure above. You can set 16 units (16 groups) for one unified ON/OFF
controller.
Control mode switch (DS2)
Sets priority sequence for control of central remote controller and indoor unit remote controllers. If used
together with a central remote controller, however, the central remote controllers control mode has
priority.
3. Schedule timer
Leave the connector for setting master controller (X1A) disconnected. (Factory set)
Control mode switch (SS2)
Sets priority sequence for control of schedule timer and indoor unit remote controllers. If used together
with a central remote controller, however, the central remote controllers control mode has priority.
Group No. Setting

Centralized Control
1. Set by indoor unit remote controller

Sets group No. by remote controller in the field set mode. (Group No. are 1 - 00 ~ 1 - 15, 2 - 00 ~ 2 - 15,
.....4 - 00 ~ 4 - 15......)
2. Setting by PC board adaptor
If using an interface adaptor for SKY AIR Series or wiring adaptor for other air conditioners, set the
centralized control group No. with group No. setting switches RS1 and RS2 on the PC board.
1 ~ 4 for RS1 (upper)
(1 ~ 8 for interface adaptor for SKY AIR Series)
0 ~ F for RS2 (lower)
115
Test Operation
116
Si-05C
Si-05C
3DUW#7
7URXEOHVKRRWLQJ
,QYHUWHU#.#6HULHV
1. Operation Flowcharts ..........................................................................119
1.1 Indoor Unit Operation Flowchart ..........................................................119
1.2 Outdoor Unit Operation Flowchart........................................................124

2.2 Failure Diagnosis..................................................................................129
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.28
3.29
3.30
3.31
Troubleshooting Inverter K Series
Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device ..................................130

Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect...............................................................131
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (33H).............132
Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload......................................133
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S)............................134
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit ....................................................136
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device .................137
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Liquid Pipe ...............138
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes ................139
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Air Inlet.....................140
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller..141
Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch.................................144
Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature.........................147
Malfunction of Transmission Between Remote Controller and
Indoor Unit............................................................................................158
Slave Remote Controllers ....................................................................160
117
Si-05C
3.32 Malfunction of Transmission Between Indoor and

Outdoor Units in the Same System ......................................................161
3.33 Excessive Number of Indoor Units .......................................................162
3.34 Address Duplication of Central Remote Controller...............................163
3.35 Refrigerant System not set, Incompatible Wiring/Piping ......................164
3.36 Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined..........165

4.2 How to use the Monitor Switch on the Inverter PC Board ....................167
5. Troubleshooting (Inverter)...................................................................168
5.1 Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of
Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise .............................................168
5.2 Outdoor Unit: Inverter Instantaneous Over-Current .............................169
5.3 Outdoor Unit: Inverter Thermostat Sensor, Compressor Overload ......170
5.4 Outdoor Unit: Inverter Stall Prevention, Compressor Lock ..................171
5.5 Outdor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and
Control PC Board .................................................................................172
5.6 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure .............................173
5.7 Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature
Rise Sensor..........................................................................................174
5.8 Outdoor Unit: Inverter Over-Ripple Protection .....................................175
6. Troubleshooting (OP: Central Remote Controller) ..............................176

Indoor Unit............................................................................................176
6.2 PC Board Defect ..................................................................................177
7. Troubleshooting (OP: Schedule Timer)...............................................181

Indoor Unit............................................................................................181
7.2 PC Board Defect ..................................................................................182
8. Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller) .............................186

8.1 Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................................................186
(Repeats Single Blink)..........................................................................187
(Repeats Double Blink) ........................................................................189
9. Appendix .............................................................................................190
9.1 Precaution ............................................................................................190
9.2 Typical Wiring Mistakes........................................................................191
118
Si-05C
Operation Flowcharts
1. Operation Flowcharts
1.1
Indoor Unit Operation Flowchart
Start
Power on
Initialize electronic expansion

valve YIE
Louver lock detection
Remote contoller lamp on
Operation ON/OFF?
Indicates previous settings for air flow

rate and direction and temperature
OFF
Operation display lamp: OFF
ON
Action of safety device?
YES Operation display: Blinking

Malfunction code: Displayed
NO
Is operation display
lamp blinking?
YES Depress reset Operation ON/OFF

switch
NO
Operation display lamp: ON
Air flow rate setting display: ON
Air flow direction setting display:
ON
Temperature setting display: ON
Operation display: Off

Malfunction mode Display:
Cancelled
Fan or Temperature control?
Fan
(Ventilation)
Temperature
contorl
Fan MF :OFF
Y1E Closed
Louver M1S :OFF
Cooling or heating?
Heating
Cooling operation
Heating operation
Fan operation
(Option)
Optional auxiliary electric
heater (52H): OFF
3 Drain-up kit (M1P): OFF
A
(VF021)
1 In the event of a malfunction, the malfunction code is displayed in the remote controllers malfunction
code display.
2 When the auxiliary electric heater is on, the fan stops after one minute residual operation.
3 When the drain-up kit is ON, it stops after five minutes residual operation.
119
Si-05C
Cooling operation
Auxiliary electric heater (52H): OFF
NO
Swing flap?
Moisture prevention
condions?
YES
NO
Program dry on/off?
YES
Set direction of air flow
ON
Moisture prevention position

Cassette: P1
Suspended :P0
Program dry in operation
OFF
Program dry display: Cancelled
Normal operation
Fan M1F operating at set

volume of air flow
(Option)
Recycling guard timer
ON (5 minutes)
YES
Drain-up kit M1P : OFF after 5

minutes residual operation
YES
(Option)
Drain-up kit Y1E : ON
OFF
(Option)
Drain-up kit M1P : OFF after 5
NO
Frost
prevention operation
in progress?
NO
Yes
Test run in progress?

NO
Thermostat status?

Y1E : OFF
Electronic expansion valve Y1E:

Capacity control
Thermostat ON operation signal

to outdoor unit: Output
Thermostat on operation signal to

outdoor unit: Cancelled
(Option)
6
Drain-up kit M1P : ON
(VF022)
4 If the evaporator inlet temperature is -5C or lower for a total of 10 minutes, or is -1C or lower for a
total of 40 minutes, frost prevention operation is initiated. Normal operation resumes when the
temperature is +7C or higher for 10 consecutive minutes.
5 Thermostat status
6 The drain-up kit is standard equipment for models FXYC - H, FXYF, FXYK and FXYS.
Preset temperature
Intake air temperature

a = b = 1 (a = b = 0.5 possible for FXYC, FXYE, FXYF, FXYH, FXYK only.)
120
Si-05C
Program dry operation

7
Program dry dieplay
OFF
Thermostat status?
Fan MF : 6 minutes stopped

then L operation
ON
closed
Fan MF : operation: L
Y1E
(Option)
Electronic expansion valve Y1E
degree of super heat control
Drain-up kit M1P : Off after 5

(VF023)
7 Programmed dry display

Does not display preset temperature and air flow settings of the controller.
8 Thermostat status
Preset temperature during programmed dry operation
9
Fan in operation
Opetion
Drain-up kit (M1P): OFF
Humidifier (Hu): OFF
Electric dust collector: ON
No
Swing flap?
10
YES
Swing flap
11
Fan MF: Operating at set air flow
rate

closed
A
Y1E
(VF024)
Fan operation
When fan operation has been selected using the remote controller, operation is turned OFF by
thermostat when temperature control operation has been selected.
10 Air flow direction setting

If fan operation is selected with the remote controller, air discharge is 100% horizontal during
heating.
11 Fan
If fan operation is selected with the remote controller, LL speed operation is carried out during
heating.
121
Si-05C
Heating operation
Drain kit (M1P): OFF
NO
Swing flap?
12
12
YES
Swing flap
YES
Defrost operation
in progress?
NO
13
Hot start in progress?
YES
NO
Defrost/Hot start display: ON
Defrost/Hot start display: OFF
YES
Recycling gurad timer

ON (5 minutes)?
NO
Test run in progress?
NO
14
Thermostat status?
Option
Auxiliary electric heater
(52H): OFF
Option
(52H): OFF
Humidifier (Hu): ON
Option
(52H): ON
Humidifier (Hu): ON
15
Thermostat status?
Option
(52H): OFF
Yes
NO
Fan M1F : LL operation
Fan M1F : Operating

at set air flow volume

Y1E : capacity contorol
Electronic expansion
valve Y1E
capacity contorol
Fan M1F : L
operation
Fan M1F : OFF
valve Y1E :open
(VF025)
12 Air flow direction

Air discharge is 100% horizontal when heating operation is turned off by thermostat.
13 Hot start
Hot start is carried out when operation starts or defrosting is complete, and condenser inlet
temperature exceeds 34C, or 3 minutes elapses, or when Tc > 52C.
122
Si-05C
14. Thermostat status
15 Low discharge air temperature protection

Protection is effected when the preset temperature is 24C or lower and the opening of the
electronic expansion valve is slight.
123
1.2
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit Operation Flowchart

Start
Power on
Initialize electronic expansion

valve (Y1E)
Fan
Fan or temperature control?
Temperature
control
Restart
prevention in progress
(5 minutes) ?
YES
NO
Has indoor
NO
unit thermostat on
operation signal been output
to more than
1 unit?
YES
16
Actuation
of safety device?
YES
Outdoor unit malfunction display

lamp : ON
NO
Is
outdoor unit malfunction
display lamp on?
NO
Cooling
Push reset ON/OFF switch.
Outdoor unit malfunction display

lamp : OFF
Cooling or heating?
Cooling operation
YES
Heating
Heating operation
Inverter compressor magnetic contactor K1M : OFF

Output frequency to inverter INV : 0 Hz
Standard compressor magnetic contactor K2M : Closed
Electronic expansion valve Y1E : OFF
Solenoid valve (hot gas) Y2S : OFF
Solenoid valve (injection) Y3S Y4S : OFF
17 Solenoid valve (pressure equalizing bypass)
: ON or OFF
4-way valve Y1R : On during heating operation , off
during cooling or fan operation.
B
(VF026)
16 If the outdoor unit malfunction display lamp is on then this either indicates that the outdoor unit
operation has been terminated abnormally or warns that there is refrigerant shortage or else that
there is a piping or wiring fault (operations will continue). (Refer to Indoor Unit Control 1)
17 Keep on operations for 15 minutes after the inverter compressor has stopped.
Note: The crank case heaters
are on when the magnetic relays of their respective
CH
compressors are off.
124
Si-05C
Cooling operation
18
Start control in progress?
YES
NO
YES
Oil equalization in progress?
NO
19
Compressor
protection operation
in progress?
YES
NO
22
Low temperature
protection operation in
progress?
YES
NO
Inverter compressor magnetic
K1M
contactor
Inverter output frequency
INV
Standard compressor
K2M
magnetic contactor
Y1E
valve
Solenoid valve (hot gas)
ON
30~116 Hz by PI
control 20
ON/OFF by PI
control
OFF
ON/OFF by
saturation
temperature
corresponding to
suction pressure
42 Hz
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON/OFF by discharge temperature protection control
ON
OFF
H
ON
H
ON
22
38 Hz
Open
OFF
Y2S
Solenoid valve (injection) Y3S
Y4S
21
Y1R
4-way valve
M1F
Fan
M2F
Fan
30~116 Hz by PI and
protective control
ON/OFF by PI and
protective control
30~116 Hz
(VF027)
125
Si-05C
Heating operation
18
YES
Start control in progress?
NO
YES
Defrosting
operation in progress?
NO
23
Oil equalization in progress?
YES
NO
Compressor
protection operation
in progress?
YES
NO
Inverter compressor magnetic
contactor
K1M
Inverter output frequency
INV
Standard compressor
magnetic contactor
K2M
Electronic expansion valve Y1E
Solenoid valve (hot gas)
ON
30~116 Hz by PI
control 24
ON/OFF by PI
control
OFF
Y2S
Solenoid valve (injection) Y3S
Y4S
21
4-way valve
Y1R
Fan
M1F
Fan
M2F
30~116 Hz by PI and
protective control
ON/OFF by PI and
protective control
Flow rate control
ON/OFF by saturation
temperature
corresponding to
suction pressure
38 Hz
86 Hz
ON
42 Hz
ON
OFF
Open
Flow rate control
OFF
ON
ON/OFF by discharge temperature protection control

ON
H
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
H
ON
(VF028)
18 Start control
60 second start control in order to prevent liquid back to the compressor.
19 Compressor protection
1. Protection control is triggered when the cooling load is large and the saturation temperature
corresponding to suction pressure is high.
2. Protection control is triggered when secondary inverter current exceeds set current.
3. Protection control is triggered by discharge temperature.
4. Protection control is triggered when saturation temperature corresponding to suction pressure is
low.
126
Si-05C
20 PI control
Controls ON/OFF of the standard compressor and inverter output frequency so that suction
pressure is the optimal value.
21 Discharge temperature protection
22 Fan control during low temperature protection

If Tc is less than 26.1C for 30 continuous seconds, fan speed changes as follows: H + ON / H +
OFF / L + OFF. When Tc becomes greater than 52.4C, fan speed returns to H + ON.
23 Compressor protection
1. Protection control is triggered when secondary inverter current exceeds set current.
2. Protection control is triggered by discharge temperature.
3. Protection control is triggered when the heating load is small and the saturation temperature
corresponding to suction pressure is high.
4. Protection control is triggered when saturation temperature corresponding to suction pressure is low.
24 PI control
Controls ON/OFF of the standard compressor and inverter output frequency so that discharge pressure is
the optimal value.
127
Diagnosis by Malfunction Code
Si-05C
2. Diagnosis by Malfunction Code

2.1

Malfunction code
128
Fan operation
Page
A0
Indoor unit: Error of external protection device
130
A1
Indoor unit: PC board defect
131
{
A3
Indoor unit: Malfunction of drain level control system (33H)
A6
Indoor unit: Fan motor (M1F) lock, overload
132
A7
Indoor unit: Malfunction of swing flap motor (M1S)
134
A9
Indoor unit: Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve

(Y1E)
135
133
AF
Indoor unit: Drain level above limit
136
AJ
Indoor unit: Malfunction of capacity determination device
137
C4
Indoor unit: Malfunction of thermistor (R2T) for liquid pipe
138
C5
Indoor unit: Malfunction of thermistor (R3T) for gas pipes
139
C9
Indoor unit: Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for air inlet
140
CJ
Indoor unit: Malfunction of thermostat sensor in remote controller
E0
Outdoor unit: Actuation of safety device
142
E1
Outdoor unit: PC board defect
143
E3
Outdoor unit: Actuation of high pressure switch
E4
145
E9
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion

valve (Y1E)
146
141
144
F3
Outdoor unit: Abnormal discharge pipe temperature
147
H9
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of thermistor for outdoor air (R1T)
148
J3
149
J5
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of thermistor (R4T) for suction pipe
150
J6
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of thermistor (R2T) for heat exchanger
151
JA
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of discharge pipe pressure sensor
152
JC
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of suction pipe pressure sensor
153
JH
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of oil temperature thermistor (R5T)
154
U0
Low pressure drop due to refrigerant shortage or electronic

expansion valve failure
155
U1
Negative phase, open phase
156
U2
Power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure
173
U4
Malfunction of transmission between indoor units
157
U5
Malfunction of transmission between remote controller and indoor

unit
158
U7
Malfunction of transmission between outdoor units
159
U8
Malfunction of transmission between master and slave remote

controllers
160
U9
Malfunction of transmission between indoor and outdoor units in the

same system
161
UA
Excessive number of indoor units
162
UC
163
UF
Refrigerant system not set, incompatible wiring/piping
164
UH
Malfunction of system, refrigerant system address undefined
165
Si-05C
2.2
Failure Diagnosis
2.2.1
Inverter Failure Diagnosis

Malfunction code
2.2.2
Fan operation
Page
L4
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise
168
L5
Outdoor unit: Inverter instantaneous over-current
169
L8
Outdoor unit: Inverter thermostat sensor, compressor overload
170
L9
Outdoor unit: Inverter stall prevention, compressor lock
171
LC
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of transmission between inverter and

control PC board
172
P1
Outdoor unit: Inverter over-ripple protection
174
P4
Outdoor unit: Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise

sensor
175
Failure Diagnosis for Optional Controllers for Centralized Control

Malfunction code
Optional controllers for

centralized control
Page
UE

Schedule timer
Malfunction of transmission between central remote

controller and indoor unit
176
181
M1

Schedule timer
PC board defect
177
182
M8

Schedule timer
Malfunction of transmission between optional

controllers for centralized control
178
183
MA

Schedule timer
Improper combination of optional controllers for

centralized control
179
184
MC

Schedule timer
Address duplication, improper setting
180
185
Unified ON/OFF controller
Operation lamp blinks
186
Display under host computer integrate control blinks

(repeats single blink)
187
Display under host computer integrate control blinks

(repeats double blink)
189
129
Troubleshooting
Si-05C
3. Troubleshooting
3.1
Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
$3
Actuation of external protection device
Improper field set
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
External
protection device is
connected to terminals T1 and
T2 of the indoor unit
terminal block.
YES
Actuation of external protection device
NO
ON/OFF
input from
outside (mode No. 12,
first code No. 1) has been
set to external protection
device input (second
code No. 03)
by remote
controller.
NO
YES
Change the second code No. to "01" or

"02."
Indoor unit PC board replacement

(VF029)
130
Si-05C
3.2
Troubleshooting
Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect
Remote Controller
Display
$4
Supposed Causes
Troubleshooting
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
131
Troubleshooting
3.3
Si-05C
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (33H)
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
$6
Defect of float switch or short circuit connector

Defect of drain pump
Drain clogging, upward slope, etc.
Loose connection of connector
Troubleshooting
The float
switch is connected to
X18A of the indoor unit
PC board.
YES
The float
switch contact is
forming a short circuit
(continuity check with
X18A disconnected)
NO
YES
NO
YES
The drain
pump is connected to
X25A or terminals X8S
and X9S of the indoor
unit PC board.
Becomes
normal when X18A of
the indoor unit PC board
is short circuited
NO
Connect either a short circuit
connector or float switch and turn on
again.
NO
YES
NO
Water builds up
in the drain pan.
A short
circuit connector is
connected to X18A.
The float switch

functions normally.
YES
Loose connection of connector

NO
Replace float switch
Modify the float switch's connection

and turn on again.
NO
Connect the drain pump and turn on
again.
YES
The drain
pump works when
the power supply is reset
for the indoor unit.
YES
Check the drain piping for clogging or
upward slope, etc.
NO
The voltage
of terminals Y1 and Y2 or
X25A is 220~240 V (within 5
minutes of resetting
the power supply).
YES
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
Replace the drain pump or check for

dirt, etc.
(VF030)
132
Si-05C
3.4
Troubleshooting
Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
$9
Fan motor lock
Disconnected or faulty wiring between fan motor and PC board
Troubleshooting
Is the
wiring from the fan
motor securely connected to
X4A and X5A on the indoor
unit PC board?
NO
Connect the wiring and turn on again.
YES
Wiring
between the indoor
unit PC board and
fan motor is
disconnected.
YES
Fix the wiring and turn on again.
NO
Does the fan motor run?
NO
NO
Replace the fan motor.

(VF031)
133
Troubleshooting
3.5
Si-05C
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S)
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
$:
Defect of swing motor

Defect of connection cable (power supply and limit switch)
Defect of air flow direction adjusting flap-cam
Troubleshooting
Indoor unit
is a model equipped with
a swing flap function
NO
YES
The swing
motor works when
the power supply is turned off
and then back on.
YES
The connector
is connected to X9A of
the indoor unit PC
board.
NO
Connect the connector to X9A and

turn on again.
YES
NO
The limit switch

functions normally.
NO
Replace swing motor.
YES
After
turning
the swing-flap
ON and then
stopping with the
remote controller, the
voltage of X6A of the indoor
unit PC board is 220 ~ 240 VAC
(60 Hz) / 220 VAC (50 Hz)
when turnedon again
(within 30 seconds
of turning on
again).
The connecting
cable is short-circuited
or disconnected.
YES
Replace the limit switch connecting

cable.
NO
NO
YES
The connecting cable
has no continuity.
YES
Replace the power supply connecting

cable.
NO
When
the air flow
direction flap's cam
NO
mechanism is disconnected from
the swing motor, operation
is normal when turned
on again.
YES
Replace swing motor.
Take the cam mechanism apart,

reassemble and turn on again.
(VF032)
134
Si-05C
3.6
Troubleshooting
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E)
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
$<
Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve
Defect of connecting cable
Troubleshooting
The electronic
expansion valve is connected
to X7A of the indoor unit
PC board.
NO
After connecting, turn the power supply

off and then back on.
YES
Normal
when coil check (1) of
the moving part of the electronic
expansion valve
is checked.
NO
Replace the moving part of the

electronic expansion valve.
YES
The connecting
cable is short-circuited or
disconnected.
YES
Replace the connecting cable.
NO
If you turn the power supply off and

turn on again, and it still does not help,
replace the indoor unit PC board.
(VF033)
1: Coil check method for the moving part of the electronic expansion valve
(Normal)
Pin No.
1. White
2. Yellow
3. Orange
4. Blue
5. Red
1. White
2. Yellow
3. Orange
4. Blue
5. Red
6. Brown
{
Approx. 300
{
Approx. 150
{
Approx. 300
{
Approx. 150
{
Approx. 150
{
Approx. 150
6. Brown
{: Continuity
: No continuity
135
Troubleshooting
3.7
Si-05C
Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
$)
Humidifier unit (optional accessory) leaking
Defect of drain pipe (upward slope, etc.)
Troubleshooting
Field drain
piping has a defect such as
upward sloping.
YES
Modify the drain piping.
NO
A humidifier
unit (optional accessory) is
installed on the indoor
unit.
NO
YES
Check if the humidifier unit is leaking.

(VF034)
136
Si-05C
3.8
Troubleshooting
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device
Remote controller
display
Supposed Causes
$ You have forgotten to install the capacity setting adaptor.

Troubleshooting
The indoor
unit PC board was replaced
with a replacement
PC board.
NO
YES
The indoor
unit is a model that
requires installation of a
capacity setting adaptor when
replacing the PC
board.
YES
NO
Install a capacity setting adaptor.

(VF035)
137
Troubleshooting
3.9
Si-05C
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Liquid Pipe
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
&7
Defect of thermistor (R2T) for liquid pipe
Troubleshooting
Connector
is connected to X12A
of the indoor unit
PC board.
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn on

again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
(R2T) from the indoor
unit PC board
(3.5k~
360k)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R2T).

(VF036)
138
Si-05C
3.10
Troubleshooting
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
&8
Defect of indoor unit thermistor (R3T) for gas pipe
Troubleshooting
Connector
the indoor unit PC board.
NO

again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after disconnecting
the thermistor (R3T) from
(0.6k~360k)
YES
NO
(VF037)
139
Troubleshooting
3.11
Si-05C
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Air Inlet
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
&<
Defect of indoor unit thermistor (R1T) for air inlet
Troubleshooting
Connector
the indoor unit PC
board.
NO

again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
(R1T) from the indoor unit
PC board. (7.2k~
112k)
YES
NO
(VF038)
140
Si-05C
3.12
Troubleshooting
Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
& Defect of remote controller thermistor

Defect of remote controller PC board
Troubleshooting
The remote
controller thermistor
or remote controller PC
board is defective.
Replace the remote controller.

(VF039)
141
Troubleshooting
3.13
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Safety Device
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
(3
Actuation of outdoor unit safety device
Defect of outdoor unit PC board
Instantaneous power failure
Troubleshooting
Connector
or terminal is
connected to X8A - X9A of
the outdoor unit PC board
(A1P) and
X1S - X2S.
NO
Connect the connector or terminal and

turn on again.
YES
Contacts
F2C (X1S - X2S) are open.
YES
Actuation of magnet switch

OC for standard compressor. 1
NO
Contact
Q1M (X8A) or Q2M (X9A)
is open.
YES
Actuation of fan motor safety

thermostat 2
NO
Operation
is normal when turned on
again by remote
controller.
YES
NO
There was an instantaneous power

failure or a past safety device actuated.
Re-check refrigerant system.
Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P.
(VF040)
1: Actuation of magnet switch OC

Defect of compressor
Power supply insufficient
Defect of magnet switch, etc.
2: Actuation of fan motor safety thermostat
Defect of fan motor
Defect of capacitor, etc.
142
Si-05C
3.14
Troubleshooting
Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect
Remote Controller
Display
(4
Supposed Causes
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (EC1)
Troubleshooting
143
Troubleshooting
3.15
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
(6
Actuation of outdoor unit high pressure switch
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Contact
S1HP (X10A) or S2HP
(X11A) is open.
YES
Actuation of high pressure switch 1
NO
Operation
is normal when turned on
again by remote
controller.
YES
NO
There was an instantaneous power

failure or a past safety device actuated.
Re-check refrigerant system.
(VF041)
1: Actuation of high pressure switch (HPS)

The outdoor unit PC boards connector is disconnected.
Is the outdoor unit heat exchanger dirty?
Defect of outdoor fan
Is the refrigerant over-charged?
144
Si-05C
3.16
Troubleshooting
Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Switch
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
(7
Abnormal drop of low pressure (0 kg/cm [0 MPa])
Defect of low pressure sensor
Troubleshooting
Low pressure
at stop due to malfunction is
0.0 kg / cm2.
YES
Out of gas, refrigerant system clogging,

wiring and piping wrong connection
NO
Measure
the voltage (VL)
of X21A pin No. (2) - (3)
of outdoor PC board (A1P). 1
Is the relationship
between low voltage
and VL
normal?
NO
YES
Replace the low pressure sensor.

(VF042)
1: Voltage measurement point
2: Refer to pressure sensor, pressure - voltage characteristics table on P410.
145
Troubleshooting
3.17
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E)
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
(<
Defect of moving part of electronic expansion valve
Troubleshooting
Electronic
expansion valve is
connected to X12A of outdoor
unit PC board
(A1P).
NO
After connecting, turn the power off and

then back on again.
YES
Normal
when coil check (1)
of the moving part of the
electronic expansion
valve is checked.
NO
Replace the moving part of the

electronic expansion valve.
YES
The connecting cable
is short-circuited or
disconnected.
YES
Replace the connecting cable.
NO

(VF043)
1 Coil check method for the moving part of the electronic expansion valve
Disconnect the electronic expansion valve from the PC board and check the continuity between the
connector pins.
(Normal)
Pin No.
1. White
1. White
2. Yellow
3. Orange
4. Blue
5. Red
2. Yellow
3. Orange
4. Blue
5. Red
6. Brown
6. Brown
: Continuity Approx. 300

{: Continuity Approx. 150
: No continuity
146
Si-05C
3.18
Troubleshooting
Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
)6
Abnormal discharge pipe temperature

Defect of discharge pipe thermistor (5K: R3T 8K, 10K: R3-1T, R3-2T)
Discharge pipe thermistor wrong connection
Liquid injection solenoid valve wrong connection
Troubleshooting
Discharge pipe
temperature is 135C
or higher.
YES
NO
8, 10K:
Is there a wrong
connection of the
discharge pipe thermistor?
R3-1T (inverter side)
X17A
R3-2T (standard
side) X18A
YES
NO
8, 10K:
Is there a wrong
connection of the injection
solenoid valves Y3S and
Y4S?
YES
Connect correctly and turn on again.
NO
Out of gas, compression defect, etc.
Defect of the refrigerant system
Are
the characteristics
of the discharge pipe
thermistor normal?
5K: R3T
8, 10K: R3-1T, R3-2T
(For the characteristics
table, refer
to P293.)
YES
NO
Replace the discharge pipe thermistor.

(VF044)
147
Troubleshooting
3.19
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Outdoor Air (R1T)
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
+<
Defect of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor unit outdoor air intake
Troubleshooting
Connector is
PC board (A1P).
NO

again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
(R1T) from the outdoor
unit PC board.
(3.5k~
360k)
NO
YES
Replace the thermistor (R1T)

(VF045)
The alarm indicator is displayed when the fan is being used also.
148
Si-05C
3.20
Troubleshooting
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R3T)
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
-6
Defect of thermistor (R3T, R3-1T, R3-2T) for outdoor unit discharge pipe
Troubleshooting
Connector
is connected to X17A (18)
of outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
NO

again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
(R3T, R3-1T, R3-2T) from
(3.5k~
400k)
NO
YES
Replace the thermistor (R3T, R3-1T,

R3-2T)

(VF046)
149
Troubleshooting
3.21
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T) for Suction Pipe
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
-8
Defect of thermistor (R4T) for outdoor unit suction pipe
Troubleshooting
Connector
outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
NO

again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
(R4T) from the indoor unit PC
board. (3.5k ~
360k)
NO
YES
(VF047)
150
Si-05C
3.22
Troubleshooting
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Heat Exchanger
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
-9
Defect of thermistor (R2T) for outdoor unit coil
Troubleshooting
Connector
(A1P).
NO

again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
(R2T) from the indoor unit
PC board. (3.5k~
360k)
NO
YES

(VF048)
151
Troubleshooting
3.23
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Pressure Sensor
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
-$
Defect of high pressure sensor system
Connection of low pressure sensor with wrong connection.
Defect of outdoor unit PC board.
Troubleshooting
The high
pressure sensor is
connected to X22A (red) of
outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
NO
Connect the high pressure sensor and

turn on again.
YES
The
relationship
between the 1
VH and high pressure
is normal (see 2) when
voltage is measured between
X22A pins (1) and (3) of
outdoor unit PC
board (A1P)
(see 1).
NO
YES
Replace the high pressure sensor.

(VF049)
2: Refer to pressure sensor, pressure / voltage characteristics table on P410.
152
Si-05C
3.24
Troubleshooting
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Suction Pipe Pressure Sensor
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
-&
Defect of low pressure sensor system
Connection of high pressure sensor with wrong connection.
Troubleshooting
The low
pressure sensor is
connected to X21A (blue)
of outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
NO
Connection of high pressure sensor

with wrong connection.
YES
The
relationship
between the 1
VH and low pressure is
normal (see 2) when voltage
is measured between X21A pins
(2) and (3) of outdoor unit
PC board (A1P)
(see 1).
NO
YES
Replace the low pressure sensor.

(VF050)
2: Refer to pressure sensor, pressure/voltage characteristics table on P410.
153
Troubleshooting
3.25
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Oil Temperature Thermistor (R5T)
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
-+
Defect of oil temperature thermistor (R5T)
Troubleshooting
The outdoor
unit type is 8 K or 10K.
NO
Replace outdoor unit PC board (A1P).
YES
Is the connector
the outdoor PC board
(A1P)?
NO
Connect the thermistor and and turn on

again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured with thermistor
(R5T) disconnected from the
outdoor unit PC board.
(0.6 k~360 k)
YES
NO
Replace thermistor (R5T).

(VF051)
154
Si-05C
3.26
Troubleshooting
Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion

Valve Failure
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
83
Out of gas or refrigerant system clogging (incorrect piping)
Defect of pressure sensor
Troubleshooting
Cooling
YES
NO
Low pressure
is 1.0 kg/cm (0.098 MPa) or
less.
YES
NO
The voltage
of X21A pins (2)
and (3) on both sides of
outdoor unit PC board (A1P) is YES
0.8 VDC or less.
(Pressure sensor
output
voltage)
NO
The suction
pipe temperature minus
coil temperature is 20 C
or higher.
Out of gas or refrigerant system is

clogged. Requires check of
refrigerant system.
YES
Replace outdoor unit PC board.
Replace pressure sensor.

refrigerant system.
NO
Resistance
is normal when
measured with the suction
pipe thermistor (R4T) and
coil thermistor (R2T)
disconnected
from the outdoor
unit PC
board.
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor.
Replace the outdoor unit PC

board.
(VF052)
155
Troubleshooting
3.27
Si-05C
Negative Phase, Open Phase
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
84
Power supply negative phase
Power supply open phase
Defect of outdoor PC board A1P
Troubleshooting
There
is an open phase at
the power supply terminal
section (TeS1) of
the outdoor unit.
YES
Fix the open phase. Requires

inspection of field power supply section.
NO
Operation
is normal if one place
of power supply line phase is
replaced.
NO
YES
Negative phase
Disposal of the problem is completed
by phase replacement.
(VF053)
156
Si-05C
3.28
Troubleshooting
Malfunction of Transmission Between Indoor Units
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
87
Indoor to outdoor,outdoor to outdoor crossover wiring disconnection, short circuit or wrong check
Outdoor unit power supply is OFF
System address doesnt match
Troubleshooting
Has
the indoor or
outdoor unit PC
board been replaced,
or has the indoor - outdoor or
outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission wiring
been modified?
YES
Push and hold the RESET button

on the outdoor unit PC Board for
5 seconds.
The unit will not operate for
up to 12 minutes.
NO
All
indoor unit
remote controllers of the same
refrigerant system
display "U4."
NO
Is indoor
- outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit transmission
wiring normal?
YES
NO
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC Board.
Fix the indoor/outdoor unit

transmission wiring.
Reset the power supply.
Outdoor unit PC
board microcomputer monitor
(HAP) blinks.
NO
YES
The voltage
between terminals R
and S of the outdoor unit PC
board is 220~240 V
(60Hz) or 220 V
(50 Hz).
NO
Supply 220~240 V.
YES
The fuse on
the outdoor unit's PC board
is burnt.
NO
Replace the fuse.
YES
The secondary
voltage of the transformer is
about 30 V.
YES
Operation
ready lamp (H2P) is
blinking.
NO
Replace the transformer.

replacement
NO
YES
Wait to lamp goes off.
Is
indoor - outdoor and
transmission wiring
normal?
YES
NO

Board.
(VF054)
157
Troubleshooting
3.29
Si-05C
Malfunction of Transmission Between Remote Controller and Indoor Unit
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
88
Malfunction of indoor unit remote controller transmission

Connection of two main remote controllers (when using 2 remote controllers)
Malfunction of transmission caused by noise
Troubleshooting
Using
2-remote controllers
control.
YES
NO
All indoor
PC board microcomputer
monitors blink.
Set one remote controller to

"SLAVE"; turn the power supply off
once and then back on.
NO
NO
YES
Multi-core
cable is used for the indoor
unit remote controller
transmission
wiring.
NO
SS1
YES
of both remote controllers is set
to "MASTER."
Operation
returns to normal when the
power is turned off
momentarily.
YES
YES
NO
There is possibility of malfunction

caused by noise. Check the
surrounding area and turn on
again.
Switch to double-core independent
cable. replacement
Defect of remote controller PC
board or indoor unit PC board.
Replace whichever is defective.
(VF055)
158
Si-05C
3.30
Troubleshooting
Malfunction of Transmission Between Outdoor Units
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
8:
Improper connection of transmission wiring between outdoor unit and outdoor unit outside control
adaptor
Improper cool/heat selection
Improper cool/heat unified address (outdoor unit, external control adaptor for outdoor unit)
Defect of outdoor unit outside control adaptor
Troubleshooting
C/H SELECT is set to "IND".
YES
NO
Cool / heat selection is unified.
Is the indoor
/ outdoor unit transmission
wiring normal?
NO
YES

Board (A1P).
NO
Set C/H SELECT to "IND."
YES
C/H SELECT
is set to "MASTER."
YES
The cool / heat unified address for

outdoor units in outdoor - outdoor
unit transmission is duplicated.
Set the address correctly.
NO
C/H SELECT
is set to "SLAVE."
NO
YES
Check
and see if the following items
are normal.
NO
Fix the problem.
Outdoor unit outside control adaptor

Is there continuity?
Does the cool/heat unified address match?
Outdoor unit (unified master unit)
Is there continuity?
Does the cool/heat unified address match?
YES
Does
a malfunction occur when
the cool / heat selector is set
to "IND?"
NO
Replace the outdoor unit outside

control adaptor. replacement
YES
board (A1P).
(VF056)
159
Troubleshooting
3.31
Si-05C
Malfunction of Transmission Between Master and Slave Remote Controllers
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
8;
Malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote controller
Connection between sub remote controllers
Troubleshooting
Using 2-remote controllers
control.
NO
YES
160
NO
Set SS1 to "MAIN"; the power

supply off once and then back on.
YES
YES
SS1
of both remote controllers is set
to "SUB."
SS1
of remote controller PC boards
is set to "MAIN."
NO
Turn the power off and then back

on. If a malfunction occurs,
replace the remote controller PC
board.
Set one remote controller to
"MAIN"; the power supply off once
and then back on.
(VF057)
Si-05C
3.32
Troubleshooting
Malfunction of Transmission Between Indoor and Outdoor Units in the Same

System
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
8<
Malfunction of transmission within or outside of other system

Malfunction of electronic expansion valve in indoor unit of other system
Defect of PC board of indoor unit in other system
Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor unit
Troubleshooting
"U9"
has been displayed for 2
minutes or more.
YES
Re-diagnose by display after passage

of 2 minutes or more.
NO
Turn on all indoor units.
NO
The "A1"
display blinks on
the remote controllers of other
units within the same
refrigerant
system.
YES
Refer to failure diagnosis for "A1"

malfunction code.
NO
The "A9"
display blinks on
refrigerant
system.
YES
Refer to failure diagnosis for "A9"

malfunction code.
NO
The "U4"
display blinks on
refrigerant
system.
NO
YES
Refer to failure diagnosis for "U4"

malfunction code.
Refer to failure diagnosis for "U5"

malfunction code.
(VF058)
161
Troubleshooting
3.33
Si-05C
Excessive Number of Indoor Units
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
8$
Excess of connected indoor units
Troubleshooting
The total
of indoor units
displaying "UA" and indoor
units connected to the same
refrigerant system is
24 units or
less.
NO
There are too many indoor units within

the same refrigerant system.
YES
Push and hold the RESET
button on the outdoor unit PC
board for 5 seconds.
Does a malfunction occur?

YES
NO
Normal
(VF059)
The number of indoor units that can be connected to a single outdoor unit system depends on the type of
outdoor unit.
RSXY 5K : Max. 8 units
RSXY 8K : Max. 13 units
RSXY10K : Max. 16 units
162
Si-05C
3.34
Troubleshooting
Address Duplication of Central Remote Controller
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
8&
Troubleshooting
Optional
controllers for
centralized control are
connected to the
indoor unit.
YES
Address duplication of central remote

controller
The setting must be changed so that
the central remote control address is
not duplicated.
NO
(VF060)
163
Troubleshooting
3.35
Si-05C
Refrigerant System not set, Incompatible Wiring/Piping
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
8)
adaptor
Failure to execute wiring check operation
Troubleshooting
Wiring
check operation
carried out?
NO
YES
Is indoor - outdoor
and outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
YES
Is indoor
-outdoor and outdoor-outdoor
unit transmission
wiring normal?
YES
NO
NO
After fixing incorrect wiring, push

and hold the RESET button on the
outdoor unit PC board for 5
seconds.
The unit will not run for up to 12
minutes.
Wiring check may not have been
carried out successfully.
(VF061)
Wiring check may not be successful if carried out after the outdoor unit has been off for more than 12
hours, or if it is not carried out after running all connected indoor units in the fan mode for at least an hour.
164
Si-05C
3.36
Troubleshooting
Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
8+
adaptor
Troubleshooting
Is electricity
being introduce for
the first time after installation
or after an indoor or outdoor
unit PC board has
been replaced?
YES
NO
Is
indoor - outdoor and
transmission wiring
normal?
NO
Normal
YES
NO
YES
After fixing incorrect wiring,
push and hold the RESET
button on the outdoor unit PC
board for 5 seconds Replace
whichever is defective.
Does
a malfunction
occur even after 12
minutes elapses from the time
when electricity is introduced
to indoor and outdoor
units?
NO

seconds.
minutes.
Normal
YES
Does
a "UH" malfunction occur for
all indoor units in
the system?
YES
NO
Replace outdoor unit PC board

(A1P).
(VF062)
165
Failure Diagnosis for Inverter System
Si-05C
4. Failure Diagnosis for Inverter System

4.1
Points of Diagnosis
The main causes for each malfunction code are given in the table below. (For details refer to the next page
and those following.)
: Failure is probable
{ : Failure is possible
: Failure is improbable
: Failure is impossible
Location of failure
Malfunction
code
Inverter
PC board
power unit
Other
Compressor
Refrigerant
system
Outdoor
unit PC
board
Other
Field
cause
Point of diagnosis
L4
Radiator fin
temperature
rise
Is the intake port of

the radiator fin
clogged?
L5
Instantaneous
over-current
Inspect the
compressor.
L8
Electronic
thermostat
Inspection the
compressor and
refrigerant system.
L9
Stall
prevention
Inspection the
compressor and
refrigerant system.
LC
Malfunction of
transmission
between
inverter PC
board and
outdoor unit
PC board
U2
P1
P4
166
Contents of
malfunction
Abnormal
current/
voltage
Over-ripple
protection
Defect of
radiator fin
temperature
sensor
Inspect the
connection between
the inverter PC
board and outdoor
unit PC board.
Next, inspect the
inverter PC board.
Inspect the fuse

on the inverter PC
board.
Check the DC
voltage.
Open phase
Current/voltage
imbalance
Defect of main
circuit wiring
Inspect the radiator

fin thermistor.
Si-05C
4.2
How to use the Monitor Switch on the Inverter PC Board

The monitor lets you know the contents of the latest stop due to malfunction by LED display on the inverter
PC Board. The inverter is equipped with a retry function that retries operation each time stop due to
malfunction occurs, and malfunction is therefore not ascertained by merely entering the five minutes
standby while retry is attempted the prescribed number of times. If the number of retry times is exceeded
within 60 minutes, malfunction is ascertained, and the corresponding malfunction code is displayed on the
indoor unit remote controller.
LED
: Blink
: On
: Off
Retry times
Normal
Malfunction of fin thermistor
Sensor malfunction
Insufficient voltage
Instantaneous over-current
Electronic thermistor
Stall prevention
Open phase detection
Malfunction of microcomputer
Unlimited
167
Troubleshooting (Inverter)
Si-05C
5. Troubleshooting (Inverter)
5.1
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
/7
Actuation of fin thermal (Actuates at min. 90C and resets at max. 80C)
Defect of inverter PC board
Defect of fin thermistor
Troubleshooting
Temperature
of the radiator fin rises.
Actuates at min. 90 C
Resets at max.
80 C
NO
Characteristic
check of the radiator fin
thermistor (Refer to thermistor
characteristics
table.)
YES
Abnormal
Defect of power unit radiation

Intake port is clogged
Radiator fin is dirty
Outdoor temperature is high
Normal
Is reset possible?
NO
Replace the inverter unit.
YES
Reset and operate.
(VF063)
168
Si-05C
5.2
Outdoor Unit: Inverter Instantaneous Over-Current
Remote Controller
Display
/8
Supposed Causes
Defect of compressor coil (disconnected, defective insulation)

Compressor start-up malfunction (mechanical lock)
Defect of inverter unit
Troubleshooting
Compressor inspection
The compressor's
coil is disconnected or the
insulation is
defective.
YES
Replace the compressor.
NO
Disconnect
the the connection between
the compressor
and inverter.
Inverter
output voltage
check
Inverter output voltage
is not balanced.
(Normal if within 5 V [TAL],
8 V [Y1, YAL])
(Note) Must be
measured when
frequency
is stable.
YES
NO
After turning
on again, "L5" blinks again.
Inspect according to the diagnosis
procedure for odd noises, vibration and
operating status of the compressor.
(VF064)
169
5.3
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit: Inverter Thermostat Sensor, Compressor Overload
Remote Controller
Display
/;
Supposed Causes
Compressor overload
Compressor coil disconnected
Troubleshooting
Output current check
The secondary
current of the inverter is
higher than 27.5A (TAL) or
15 A (Y1, YAL)
for each phase.
YES
Compressor overload
Inspection of the compressor and
refrigerant system is required.
NO
The compressor's coil is
disconnected.
YES
NO
Disconnect
the compressor
and inverter.
Inverter
output voltage
check
Inverter output voltage
is not balanced.
(Normal if within 5 V [TAL], 8 V
[Y1, YAL])
(Note) Must be
measured when
frequency
is stable.
NO
YES
After turning on again,
"L8" blinks again.
(VF065)
170
Si-05C
5.4
Outdoor Unit: Inverter Stall Prevention, Compressor Lock
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
/<
Pressure differential start
Troubleshooting
The difference
between high and low
pressure when starting is 2
kg / cm2 = (0.196
MPa).
YES
NO
Unsatisfactory pressure equalization

Check refrigerant system.
Disconnect
the compressor
and inverter.
Inverter
output voltage
check
Inverter output
voltage is not balanced.
NO
(Normal if within 5 V [TAL], 8 V
[Y1, YAL])
(Note) Must be
measured when
frequency
is stable.
After turning
on again, "L9" blinks
again.
YES
(VF066)
171
5.5
Si-05C
Outdor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and Control PC

Board
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
/&
Malfunction of connection between the inverter unit and outdoor unit PC board
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (transmission section)
Defect of noise filter (NF1)
Troubleshooting
Are X3A
on the outdoor unit PC
board and X3A on the inverter
unit connected
securely.
NO
Connect transmission wiring and turn

on again.
YES
The
transmission
wiring between the
outdoor unit PC board and
inverter unit is
disconnected.
YES
Fix the disconnection and turn on

again.
NO
The
microcomputer
monitor (green) on
the inverter unit
is blinking.
YES
Defect of outdoor PC board or defect of

inverter unit
NO
The voltage
between red and
white of CN on the inverter
unit is 220 ~ 240 V (50Hz),
220 V (60Hz).
YES
NO
"LC" blinks again.
Replace the outdoor unit PC board.
Check
the noise filter (NF1)
for disconnection, and check
the power supply wiring
or the inverter unit.
(VF067)
172
Si-05C
5.6
Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
85

Instantaneous failure
Open phase
Defect of outdoor PC board
Defect of K1M.
Main circuit wiring defect
Troubleshooting
Turn on again.
Turn K1M ON.

YES
The voltage
between the P and N
terminals is 320 VDC (Y1,
YAL) or 209 V (TAL) or more
when the compressor
is running.
NO
Is 220 ~ 240 V of power

reaching the K1M
coil?
YES
Replace K1M.
NO
Does
the voltage
between terminals P
and N gradually rise to 339
VDC (Y1, YAL) or 311 V
(TAL) after turning
on?
YES
NO
"U2" blinks again.
Is 220 ~ 240 V at
the connector of X1A.
NO
YES
Monitor field power supply.
Is 220 ~ 240 V of outdoor

PC board side?
YES
NO
Replace the outdoor unit PC board.
Check
the transmission
wiring between the outdoor
unit PC board and
inverter unit.
(VF068)
173
5.7
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise Sensor
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
34
Open phase
Voltage imbalance between phases
Defect of main circuit capacitor
Defect of K1M
Improper main circuit wiring
Troubleshooting
Imbalance
in supplied voltage is
in excess of 10 V (TAL) or
20 V (Y1,
YAL).
YES
Open phase?
NO
NO
Is
the voltage
imbalance applied to the
inverter in excess of 10 V
(TAL) or 20 V
(Y1, YAL)?
Open phase
Normalize field cause.
Fix power supply voltage
imbalance.
Part or wiring defect
After turning the power supply
OFF, check and repair the main
circuit wiring or parts.
(1) Loose or disconnected wiring
between power supply and
inverter
(2) KIM contact disposition, fusion
or contact is poor.
(3) Loose or disconnected noise
filter
YES
NO <When voltage monitoring is possible:>

Using a device capable of
constant recording of power
supply voltage record power
supply voltage between 3
phases (L1 ~ L2, L2 ~ L3,
L3~L1) for about one continuous
week.
YES
1. Measure voltage at the Z1F power supply terminal block

(TeS1).
2. Measure voltage at terminals L1, L2 and L3 of the diode
module inside the inverter while the compressor is
running.
Power supply voltage imbalance

Disposal
Explanation for users
In accordance with "notification of inspection results" accompanying spare parts.
Give the user a copy of "notification of inspection results"and leave it up to

him to improve the imbalance.
Be sure to explain to the user that there

is a "power supply imbalance" for
which DAIKIN is not responsible.
Contact QC div.
Be sure to send a product report of the imbalance.
(VF069)
174
Si-05C
5.8
Outdoor Unit: Inverter Over-Ripple Protection
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
37
Defect of radiator fin temperature sensor
Troubleshooting
Turn on
again after letting 30
minutes or more pass after
occurrence of
malfunction.
"P4" occurs again.
Replace the radiator fin thermistor.

(VF070)
175
Troubleshooting (OP: Central Remote Controller)
Si-05C
6. Troubleshooting (OP: Central Remote Controller)

6.1
Malfunction of Transmission between Central Remote Controller and Indoor

Unit
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
8(
Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control and indoor unit
Connector for setting master controller is disconnected.
Failure of PC board for central remote controller
Troubleshooting
Has
an indoor unit once
connected been remove
or its address
changed?
NO
Is
the power supply
turned on for indoor units
displaying
malfunction?
YES
Reset power supply

simultaneously for all optional
controllers for centralized control.
NO
Turn indoor unit's power supply.
YES
Is
transmission wiring
disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
NO
Fix the wiring correctly.
YES
Is
transmission with
all indoor units
malfunctioning?
NO
YES
YES
Is
the transmission
wiring with the master
controller disconnected
or wired
incorrectly?
Is the group
No. of malfunctioning indoor
units set?
NO
NO
Set the group No. correctly.
YES
Is
the master controller's
connector for setting master
controller
disconnected?
YES
NO
Connect the connector correctly.
Replace the central PC board.

(VF071)
176
Si-05C
6.2
PC Board Defect
Remote Controller
Display
04
Supposed Causes
Defect of central remote controller PC board
Troubleshooting
Replace the central remote controller PC board.
177
6.3
Si-05C
Malfunction of Transmission between Optional Controllers for Centralized

Control
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
0;
Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control
Defect of PC board of optional controllers for centralized control
Troubleshooting
Has a once
connected optional
controller for centralized control
been disconnected or its
address
changed?
YES
Reset power supply simultaneously for

all optional controllers for centralized
control.
NO
Is
the power supply
turned on for all optional
controllers for
centralized control?
NO
Turn on power supply for all optional

YES
Is
the reset switch
of all optional controllers
for centralized control set to
''normal?''
NO
Set reset switch to "normal."
YES
Is
transmission wiring
disconnected or wired
incorrectly?
YES
NO
The PC board of one of the optional

controllers for centralized control is
defective. Try turning on/off using each
optional controllers for centralized
control, and replace the PC board of
the one that is unable to control the
indoor unit.
(VF072)
178
Si-05C
6.4
Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for Centralized Control
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
0$
Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control
More than one master controller is connected
Defect of PC board of optional controller for centralized control
Troubleshooting
Is
the wiring adaptor for
electrical appendices
connected?
Cannot be used in combination

with a wiring adaptor for electrical
appendices. Remove the wiring
adaptor for electrical appendices
and reset the power supply for all
control simultaneously.
YES
NO
Is a schedule timer
connected?
YES
Is a data station connected?
YES
NO
NO
Is a parallel interface
connected?
YES
NO
Is
the schedule timer's
YES
individual/combined connector
connected?
Schedule timer and data station

cannot be used in combination.
Disconnect either the schedule
timer or data station and reset the
power supply for all optional
simultaneously.
Schedule timer and parallel
interface cannot be used in
combination. Disconnect either
the schedule timer or parallel
interface and reset the power
supply for all optional controllers
for centralized control
simultaneously.
Disconnect the schedule timer's
individual / combined connector
NO
Are
there two
or more optional
controllers for centralized
control connected with the
connector for setting
master
control?
YES
Arrange so that the connector for

setting master control is
connected to one controller for
centralized control and reset the
simultaneously.
NO
Reset the power supply for all
If the malfunction is still not cleared:
Disconnect the connector for

setting master control from the
master controller, connect to
another optional controller for
centralized control and
simultaneously reset all optional
again. The controller connected
by the connector for setting
master control when the
malfunction is cleared is defective
and must be replaced.
(VF073)
179
6.5
Si-05C
Address Duplication, Improper Setting
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
0&
Troubleshooting
Are
two or more central
remote controllers
connected?
NO
YES
Disconnect all central remote

controllers except one and reset the
power supply of the central remote
controller.
Reset power supply of the central
remote controller.
(VF074)
180
Si-05C
Troubleshooting (OP: Schedule Timer)
7. Troubleshooting (OP: Schedule Timer)

7.1
Malfunction of Transmission between Central Remote Controller and Indoor

Unit
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
8(
Malfunction of transmission between central remote controller and indoor unit

Disconnection of connector for setting master controller (or individual/combined switching connector)
Defect of schedule timer PC board
Troubleshooting
Has
an indoor unit
once connected been remove
or its address
changed?
YES
Reset power supply

NO
Is
the power supply
turned on for indoor units
displaying
malfunction?
NO
YES
Is
transmission wiring
incorrectly?
NO
Turn indoor unit's power supply.
YES
Is
transmission with all
indoor units
malfunctioning?
NO
YES
YES
Is
the transmission
controller disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
Is the group
units set?
YES
NO

NO
Is
the master controller's
connector for setting master
controller
disconnected?
YES
NO

(VF075)
181
7.2
PC Board Defect
Remote Controller
Display
04
Supposed Causes
Defect of schedule timer PC board
Troubleshooting
Replace the schedule timer PC board.
182
Si-05C
Si-05C
7.3
Malfunction of Transmission between Optional Controllers for Centralized

Control
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
0;
Troubleshooting
Has a
once connected
optional controller for
centralized control been
disconnected or
its address
changed?
YES
NO
Is
the power supply
control?
NO
YES
Is
the reset switch
of all optional controllers for
centralized control
set to "normal?"
NO
Reset power supply simultaneously for

all optional controllers for centralized
control.
Turn on power supply for all optional

YES
Is
transmission wiring
incorrectly?
YES
NO
The PC board of one of the optional

controllers for centralized control is
defective. Try turning on/off using each
control, and replace the PC board of
the one that is unable to control the
indoor unit.
(VF076)
183
7.4
Si-05C
Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for Centralized Control
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
0$
More than one master controller is connected.
Defect of PC board of optional controller for centralized control
Troubleshooting
Is the schedule
timer's individual/combined
connector connected?
YES
Are any other

optional controllers for
centralized control
connected?
NO
NO
Other optional controllers for

centralized control cannot be used
YES in combination when the schedule
timer's individual / combined
connector is connected.
Disconnect the connector, connect
the connector for setting master
control to one of the optional
controllers, and reset the power
supply for all optional controllers
for centralized control
simultaneously.
Reset the power supply for the
schedule timer.
Is the wiring
adaptor for electrical
appendices connected?
YES
NO
Is a data station connected
YES
NO
connected?
YES
NO
Are
there two or
more optional controllers
for centralized control connected
with the connector for
setting master
control?

simultaneously.
combination. Disconnect either the
schedule timer or parallel interface
YES

setting master control is connected
to one controller for centralized
control and reset the power supply
for all optional controllers for
centralized control simultaneously.

again. The controller connected by
control when the malfunction is
cleared is defective and must be
replaced.
NO
centralized control
simultaneously.
(VF077)
184
Si-05C
7.5
Address Duplication, Improper Setting
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
0&
Address duplication of optional controller for centralized control
Troubleshooting
Are two or more
schedule timers
connected?
YES
Disconnect all schedule timers except

one and reset the schedule timer's
power supply.
NO
Reset the power supply for the
schedule timer.
(VF078)
185
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
Si-05C
8. Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)

8.1
Operation Lamp Blinks
Remote Controller
Display
Operation lamp blinks
Suppposed Causes
Malfunction of transmission between optional controller and indoor unit

Connector for setting master controller is disconnected
Defect of unified ON/OFF controller
Malfunction of air conditioner
Troubleshooting
Is a malfunction
code displayed on the remote
controller?
YES
Diagnose the cause with the air

conditioner's failure diagnosis
manual.
NO
Has a once
connected indoor unit been
removed or its address
changed?
YES
Reset power supply for all optional

simultaneously.
NO
Is
the power supply for
the indoor unit displaying a
malfunction
turned on?
NO
Is
transmission wiring
incorrectly?
YES
Turn the power supply of the

indoor unit on.
NO
YES
Is transmission
with all indoor units
malfunctioning?
NO
NO
YES
YES
Is
the transmission
controller disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
Is the group
units set?

NO
YES
Is the master
controller's connector for
setting master controller
disconnected.
NO
YES
(VF079)
186
Si-05C
8.2
Display Under Host Computer Integrate Control Blinks (Repeats Single

Blink)
Remote Controller
Display
under host computer integrated control (Repeats single blink)
Supposed Causes

Connection of more than one master controller
Troubleshooting
Has a once
connected optional
controller for centralized control
been disconnected or its
address changed?
YES
Reset power supply

NO
Is
the power supply
control?
NO
YES
Is
the reset switch
of all optional controllers for
centralized control set to
"normal."?
NO
YES
Is
transmission wiring
incorrectly?
NO
YES
Is
a central remote
controller or schedule timer
connected?
YES
NO
Are
two or more unified
ON / OFF controllers
connected?
NO
Refer to failure diagnosis for

central remote controller or
schedule timer.
Is
the central remote
controller or schedule timer
displaying a
malfunction?
YES
NO
YES
Is
the setting of the
unified ON / OFF controller's
switch for setting each
address
duplicated?
NO
Correct the setting of the unified

ON / OFF controller's switch for
setting each address and reset
the power supply of the unified
ON / OFF controller.
YES
2A
(VF080)
187
Si-05C
2A
Is
the wiring adaptor for
electrical appendices
connected?

YES
NO
Is a schedule timer
connected?
YES
Is a data station connected?
NO
YES
NO
connected?
YES
NO
Is the schedule
timer's individual/combined
connector connected?
YES

simultaneously.
combination. Disconnect either the
schedule timer or parallel interface
Disconnect the schedule timer's
individual / combined connector
NO
Are
there two or
more optional
control connected with the
connector for setting
master control?
YES
NO
centralized control
simultaneously.

setting master control is connected
to one controller for centralized
control and reset the power supply
for all optional controllers for
centralized control simultaneously.

again. The controller connected by
control when the malfunction is
cleared is defective and must be
replaced.
(VF081)
188
Si-05C
8.3
Display Under Host Computer Integrate Control Blinks (Repeats Double

Blink)
Remote Controller
Display
under host computer integrated control (Repeats double blink)
Supposed Causes
Central control address (group No.) is not set for indoor unit.
Improper address setting
Improper wiring of transmission wiring
Troubleshooting
Is the central
control address (group No.) set
for the indoor unit?
NO
Set by remote controller the central

control address for all indoor units
connected to the central control line.
YES
Is the switch
for setting each address set
correctly?
YES
Is
the transmission
wiring disconnected or wired
incorrectly?
NO
NO
Set the switch for setting each address

correctly and simultaneously reset the
power supply for all optional controllers
for centralized control.
YES
Replace the PC board of the unified
ON/OFF controller.
(VF082)
189
Appendix
Si-05C
9. Appendix
9.1
Precaution
9.1.1
Precautions When Replacing K Series PC Boards

If you replace the indoor or outside unit PC board, push and hold the RESET button on the outdoor unit PC
Board for 5 seconds.
In this case, the unit will not run for up to 12 minutes.
Precautions when replacing indoor unit PC board
When replacing the indoor unit PC board, the following contents are factory set. Change the settings if
necessary.
1. Field set contents (dirty filter, stop input from outside, etc.)
Change settings with the remote controller.
When using group control or setting by individual indoor units, the indoor unit No. before and after
changing the PC board may differ.
Set after checking the indoor unit No.
2. Central address
Change setting with the remote controller.
3. Capacity display
A capacity setting adaptor must be installed for all models.
Fan phase control is for FXYF, FXYH, FXYA only.
Precautions when replacing outdoor unit PC board
When replacing the outdoor unit PC board, set the following settings again.
1. Field set contents (setting mode 1)
Set cool/heat selection, low noise and sequential start again.
2. Setting mode 2
Change the TC setting, TE setting and defrost setting as required.
9.1.2
Precautions Concerning the Remote Controllers Mode No.

Mode numbers that are not in the list but can be set may be displayed by the remote controller. Do not
change settings not included in the list. If so, we may not be able to guarantee operation.
190
Si-05C
9.2
Appendix
Typical Wiring Mistakes
One of the indoor

units is connected
to outdoor-tooutdoor
transmission
terminals
Installation / test operation

Indoor unit 1 Normal
Indoor unit 2 UF malfunction
Other
Indoor unit 2 U4 malfunction or no malfunction display
191
Appendix
Si-05C
All Indoor Units

Connected to the
Outdoor-toOutdoor Unit
Terminal

Indoor unit 1
Indoor unit 2
UF malfunction
Other
Indoor unit 1
Indoor unit 2
192
U4 malfunction or no malfunction display
Si-05C
Appendix
All Indoor Units

Connected to
Indoor-to-Outdoor
and Outdoor-toOutdoor Unit
Terminals

Indoor unit 1
Indoor unit 2
U4 malfunction
193
Appendix
Si-05C
Extended Indoor
Unit
10 min. after turning power on

Indoor unit 2 U4 malfunction
Push and hold RESET button for 5 sec.
After 12 minutes elapse

194
Si-05C
Appendix
One of the indoor

units of outdoor
unit 1 is connected
to outdoor-tooutdoor
transmission
terminals

Indoor unit 2 UF malfunction
Other
Indoor unit 2 U4 malfunction
195
Appendix
Si-05C
The indoor-tooutdoor terminal of

outdoor unit 1 and
the outdoor-tooutdoor terminal of
outdoor unit 2 are
connected

Indoor unit 3
Indoor unit 4
UH malfunction
The indoor-tooutdoor terminals

of outdoor units 1
and 2 are
connected
Indoor unit 1
Indoor unit 2
Indoor unit 3
UH malfunction
Indoor unit 4
196
Si-05C
3DUW#8
*HQHUDO#,QIRUPDWLRQ
3/86#6HULHV
1. Features of the VRV PLUS Series ......................................................198
1.1 Improved Piping System ......................................................................198
1.2 Improved Piping System .....................................................................201
1.3 Dramatic Reduction of Wiring Saves Time and Labor
When Installing.....................................................................................202
2. System Outline....................................................................................203
2.1 Heat Pump and Cooling Only System..................................................203
2.2 Heat Recovery System.........................................................................204
3. Indoor / Outdoor Unit Combinations....................................................205

3.1 Indoor/Outdoor Unit Combinations.......................................................205
General Information PLUS Series
197
Features of the VRV PLUS Series
Si-05C
1. Features of the VRV PLUS Series

1.1
Improved Piping System

A newly developed function unit realizes a single piping system for the VRV PLUS Series. The series is
designed for use with both heat pump system and heat recovery system type outdoor units. Reduction of
piping not only aids users and designers, but facilitates installation to dramatically reduce the amount of
time and labor required for connection and test operation.
198
Si-05C
Product Features
Saves Labor and Space

Offers 30% reduction of refrigerant piping work cost.
199
Si-05C
Offers approx. 70% reduction of pipe shaft and space.
Combination of outdoor and function units enables selection that matches required capacity.
Single piping system reduces time and labor required for connection check.
200
Si-05C
1.2
Improved Piping System

VRV PLUS Series System Example
Sales Points
Dramatic reduction of wiring saves time and labor when installing.

<Present System>
Transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor units
(double core with polarity)
Central transmission line (double core with polarity)
<Super Wiring System>

Transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor units plus central transmission line
(double core without polarity)
D-III NET Advanced Function Junction
Flexible centralized control system
Central remote controller, unified on/off controller, schedule timer
Total of 128 indoor units can be controlled by centralized control.
Sky Air Series and HRV can be controlled simultaneously.
201
1.3
Si-05C
Dramatic Reduction of Wiring Saves Time and Labor When Installing.

With the existing VRV H Series, the transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor units and central
transmission line for when using a central remote controller are run separately. The VRV PLUS Series
takes maximum advantage of our exclusively developed DIII-NET which boasts high speed and high
performance to realize the use of an super wiring system which enables transmission signals of
transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor units (on/off, cool/heat mode, preset temperature, current
indoor/outdoor temperature, malfunction signals, etc.) to be used with transmission signals on the central
transmission line. The dramatic reduction in wiring realized by doing so reduces wiring cost, facilitates
connection, and reduces the possibility of incorrect connection in the field. Even if wires are incorrectly
connected, the system is equipped with a wiring mistake check function which improves reliability of the
system as a whole. Because the VRV PLUS Series uses an improved wiring system, you can connect
optional controllers for centralized control anywhere on the transmission wiring between indoor and
outdoor units. The system also provides flexibility for situations that may arise when designing or installing.
The double-core, no-polarity wiring doesnt require special care when connecting, so you run wiring without
having to worry about polarity.
1.3.1
202
Less Wiring
Si-05C
System Outline
2. System Outline
2.1
Heat Pump and Cooling Only System
RX(Y)-K
Heat pump
L unit
BL-K
Inverter type outdoor unit
RXY-K
Constant speed type outdoor unit
RNY-K
Cooling only
C unit
BC-K
RX-K
RN-K
Connectable Indoor
Unit Capacity
20type
Indoor Unit
Connection
Capacity
50 - 130% of outdoor unit total capacity
No. of Connectable
Indoor Units
RX(Y)16K ~ 20K Max. 20 units

RX(Y)24K ~ 30K Max. 30 units
203
System Outline
2.2
Si-05C
Heat Recovery System
REY-K
R unit
BR-K
RXY-K
RNY-K
Connectable Indoor
Unit Capacity
20type
Indoor Unit
Connection
Capacity
50 - 130% of outdoor unit total capacity
No. of Connectable
Indoor Units
REY16 ~ 20K Max. 20 units

REY24 ~ 30K Max. 30 units
Refer to the SERVICE MANUAL Si-11.
204
Si-05C
Indoor / Outdoor Unit Combinations
3. Indoor / Outdoor Unit Combinations

3.1
Indoor/Outdoor Unit Combinations
3.1.1
Heat Pump System

Model
Function unit
Combination
Inverter
Constant speed
RXY 8 K
RNY 8 K
RXY10K
RNY 8 K
RXY20K
RXY10K
RNY10K
RXY24K
RXY 8 K
RNY 8 K 2
RXY26K
RXY10K
RNY 8 K 2
RXY10K
RNY 8 K 1
RNY10K 1
RXY10K
RNY10K 2
RXY16K
RXY18K
BL 2 K
BL 3 K
RXY28K
RXY30K
No. of indoor unit to

be connected
20
30
1 Combination Model name
3.1.2
Cooling Only System

Model
Function unit
Combination
Inverter
Constant speed
RX 8 K
RN 8 K
RX10K
RN 8 K
RX20K
RX10K
RN10K
RX24K
RX 8 K
RN 8 K 2
RX26K
RX10K
RN 8 K 2
RX10K
RN 8 K 1
RN10K 1
RX10K
RN10K 2
RX16K
RX18K
BC 2 K
BC 3 K
RX28K
RX30K

be connected
20
30
1 Combination Model name
3.1.3
Heat Recovery System

Model
Function unit
Combination
Inverter
Constant speed
RXY 8 K
RNY 8 K
RXY10K
RNY 8 K
REY20K
RXY10K
RNY10K
REY24K
RXY 8 K
RNY 8 K 2
REY26K
RXY10K
RNY 8 K 2
RXY10K
RNY 8 K 1
RNY10K 1
RXY10K
RNY10K 2
REY16K
REY18K
REY28K
BR 2 K
BR 3 K
REY30K

be connected
20
30
Refer to the SERVICE MANUAL Si-11.
205
Indoor / Outdoor Unit Combinations
206
Si-05C
Si-05C
3DUW#9
)XQFWLRQV
3/86#6HULHV
1. Outdoor Unit Refrigerant System Diagrams........................................208
1.1 Function Unit ........................................................................................208
1.2 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................216
2. Function of Thermistors and Pressure Sensors..................................224

2.1 Function of Thermistors and Pressure Sensors ...................................224
3. List of Safety Devices and Functional Parts Setting Values ...............227

3.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................227
3.2 Function Unit ........................................................................................228
4. Outline of Control ................................................................................229

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
Starting Control ....................................................................................229

Pressure Equalizing Control Before Starting........................................233
Oil Return Control.................................................................................234
Defrost (For Heat Pump System) .........................................................236
Oil Equalization Control........................................................................237
Heating Pump Down Residual Operation (For Heat Pump System)...241
Compressor Oil Temperature Protection Control .................................242
Low Pressure Protection Control Step .................................................243
High Pressure Control Step..................................................................245
Discharge Temperature Protection Control..........................................246
Cooling Overload Control .....................................................................247
Inverter Protection Control ...................................................................248
Standby by Outdoor Temperature When Heating
(For Heat Pump System)......................................................................249
Low Outdoor Temperature Control When Cooling ...............................250
Low Noise and Demand Control ..........................................................251
Compressor Capacity Control ..............................................................252
Backup Operation.................................................................................254
Emergency Operation ..........................................................................255
Pump Down Operation .........................................................................259
5. Flow of Refrigerant in Each Operating Mode ................................................261

5.1 Heat Pump Model.................................................................................261
5.2 Cooling Only Model ..............................................................................274
Functions PLUS Series
207
Outdoor Unit Refrigerant System Diagrams
Si-05C
1. Outdoor Unit Refrigerant System Diagrams

1.1
Function Unit
BL2K
208
Si-05C
A. Solenoid valve (for shutting system 2 gas pipe) Y1S

2-way solenoid valve for shutting the gas pipe of the second system when system 2 outdoor units are
stopped during heating.
(Features)
External pressure equalizing (maintains pressure difference outside the valve in order to drive the valve) 2way solenoid valve that closes when energized and opens when not receiving power (opposite of
conventional solenoid valve). Construction is similar to 4-way valve, and similarly does not operate unless
there is differential pressure (3.5 kg/cm).
B. Solenoid valve (for shutting system 2 equalized pressure gas pipe) Y3S
2-way solenoid valve for shutting the equalized pressure gas pipe of the second system when system 2
outdoor units are stopped during cooling.
(Features)
External pressure equalizing (maintains pressure difference outside the valve in order to drive the valve) 2way solenoid valve that opens when energized and closes when not receiving power. Construction is
similar to 4-way valve, and similarly does not operate unless there is differential pressure (3.5 kg/cm).
C. Solenoid valve (for system 1 devices) Y5S
Solenoid valve primarily for supplying system 2 and 3 outdoor units with excess oil from system 1 outdoor
units during cooling oil equalizing operation. (Pressure equalized pipes are closed at this time.)
D. Solenoid valve (for system 2 bypass) Y6S
Solenoid valve primarily for supplying system 1 outdoor units with excess oil from system 2 outdoor units
during cooling oil equalizing operation. (Pressure equalized pipes are closed at this time.)
E. Solenoid valve (for hot gas egulizing) Y8S
Solenoid primarily for equalizing pressure of refrigerant in liquid pipes when the compressor is stopped, but
is also used for high and low pressure protection.
F. Check valve bridge circuit
Constant high pressure or constant low pressure are created by the check valve in order to provide
solenoid valve A with differential pressure.
209
Si-05C
BL3K
210
Si-05C
A. Solenoid valve (for shutting system 2 gas pipe) Y1S

2-way solenoid valve for shutting the gas pipe of the second system when system 2 outdoor units are
stopped during heating.
(Features)
External pressure equalizing (maintains pressure difference outside the valve in order to drive the valve) 2way solenoid valve that closes when energized and opens when not receiving power (opposite of
conventional solenoid valve). Construction is similar to 4-way valve, and similarly does not operate unless
there is differential pressure (3.5 kg/cm)
B. Solenoid valve (for shutting system 3 gas pipe) Y2S
2-way solenoid valve for shutting the gas pipe of the third system when system 3 outdoor units are stopped
during heating. The valve itself is the same as solenoid valve A.
C. Solenoid valve (for shutting system 2 equalized pressure gas pipe) Y3S
(Features)
D. Solenoid valve (for shutting system 3 equalized pressure gas pipe) Y4S
2-way solenoid valve for shutting the equalized pressure gas pipe of the third system when system 3
outdoor units are stopped during cooling. The valve itself is the same as solenoid valve C.
E. Solenoid valve (for system 1 bypass) Y5S
F. Solenoid valve (for system 2 bypass) Y6S
during cooling oil equalizing operation.
G. Solenoid valve (for system 3 bypass) Y7S
H. Solenoid valve (for hot gas equlizing) Y8S
Solenoid primarily for equalizing pressure of refrigerant in liquid pipes when the compressor is stopped, but
is also used for high and low pressure protection.
I. Check valve bridge circuit
Constant high pressure or constant low pressure are created by the check valve in order to provide
solenoid valve A with differential pressure.
211
Si-05C
BC2K
212
Si-05C
A. Solenoid valve (for shutting system 2 equalized pressure gas pipe) Y3S
(Features)
B. Solenoid valve (for system 1 devices) Y5S
C. Solenoid valve (for system 2 bypass) Y6S
during cooling oil equalizing operation. (Pressure equalized pipes are closed at this time.)
213
Si-05C
BC3K
214
Si-05C
A. Solenoid valve (for shutting system 2 equalized pressure gas pipe) Y3S
outdoor units are stopped during coolling.
(Features)
B. Solenoid valve (for shutting system 3 equalized pressure gas pipe) Y4S
2-way solenoid valve for shutting the equalized pressure gas pipe of the third system when system 3
outdoor units are stopped during cooling. The valve itself is the same as solenoid valve C.
C. Solenoid valve (for system 1 bypass) Y5S
D. Solenoid valve (for system 2 bypass) Y6S
E. Solenoid valve (for system 3 bypass) Y7S
215
1.2
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit
RXY8K / RXY10K (8. 10HP)
216
Si-05C
A. Compressor
A combination of scroll compressor enabling operation at 30 - 106 Hz by inverter and constant speed type
compressor for carrying out on/off control realizes capacity control in 19 steps, and carries out capacity
control for individual and linear control of indoor units. Compressors are equipped with an oil discharge
function for draining excess oil from the high pressure side.
B. Check valve
Prevents refrigerant from collecting in the constant speed type when operating the inverter type units only.
C. Check valve
Installed so that the inverter types oil discharge function functions properly.
D. Oil separator
Device which collected oil discharged from the compressor and returns it to the compressor via capillary
tubes. Also functions as reservoir for holding excess oil.
E. Solenoid valve (for low pressure protection) Y1S
Provides hot gas bypass to prevent low pressure from dropping radically for excessive defrost of load
reduction when the compressor starts.
F. Solenoid valve (for pressure equalization) Y4S
Balances high and low pressure when stopped.
G. Solenoid valve (for liquid injection) Y2S,Y3S
Controls liquid injection to prevent overheating.
H. Solenoid valve (for oil discharge control) Y5S
Discharges excess oil to other outdoor units during oil equalization operation.
I. Outdoor unit electronic expansion valve Y1E
Expansion valve for heating. Senses low pressure and temperature of outdoor unit heat exchanger outlets
and carries out overheating control.
J. High pressure sensor SENPH
Semiconductor pressure sensor for detecting outdoor unit high pressure.
K. Low pressure sensor SENPL
Semiconductor pressure sensor for detecting outdoor unit low pressure.
L. High pressure switches S1HP, S2HP
Switches trip when discharge pressure exceeds 27.50.5K, thus stopping operation.
217
Si-05C
RNY8K / RNY10K (8.10HP)
218
Si-05C
A. Compressor
Controls capacity of 0 - 45 - 100% by combination of constant speed type compressors 1 and 2.
Compressor is equipped with an oil discharge function for draining excess oil from the high pressure side.
B. Check valve
Prevents refrigerant from collecting in the constant speed type compressor 2 when operating constant
speed type compressor 1 only.
C. Check valve
Installed so that constant speed type compressor 1 s oil discharge function functions properly.
D. Oil separator
E. Solenoid valve (for low pressure protection) Y1S
Provides hot gas bypass to prevent low pressure from dropping radically for excessive defrost of load
reduction when the compressor starts.
F. Solenoid valve (for pressure equalization) Y4S
G. Solenoid valve (for liquid injection) Y2S,Y3S
H. Solenoid valve (for oil discharge control) Y5S
I. Outdoor unit electronic expansion valve Y1E
Expansion valve for heating. Senses low pressure and temperature of outdoor unit heat exchanger outlets
and carries out overheating control.
J. High pressure switches S1HP, S2HP
Switches trip when preset pressure exceeds 27.50.5K, thus stopping operation.
K. High pressure switch S3HP
Switch trips when operation pressure exceeds 24.0K and switch on at 17.0K, thus control high pressure.
L. Low pressure switch S1PL
Switches trip when the suction pressure is lower than 00.3K.
219
Si-05C
RX8K / RX10K (8.10HP)
220
Si-05C
A. Compressor
A combination of scroll compressor enabling operation at 30 - 106 Hz by inverter and constant speed type
compressor for carrying out on/off control realizes capacity control in 19 steps, and carries out capacity
control for individual and linear control of indoor units. Compressors are equipped with an oil discharge
function for draining excess oil from the high pressure side.
B. Check valve
Prevents refrigerant from collecting in the constant speed type when operating the inverter type units only.
C. Check valve
Installed so that the inverter type s oil discharge function functions properly.
D. Oil separator
E. Solenoid valve (for pressure equalization) Y4S
F. Solenoid valve (for liquid injection) Y2S,Y3S
G. Solenoid valve (for oil discharge control) Y5S
H. High pressure sensor SENPH
Semiconductor pressure sensor for detecting outdoor unit high pressure.
I. Low pressure sensor SENPL
Semiconductor pressure sensor for detecting outdoor unit low pressure.
J. High pressure switches S1HP, S2HP
Switches trip when discharge pressure exceeds 27.50.5K, thus stopping operation.
221
Si-05C
RN8K / RN10K (8.10HP)
222
Si-05C
A. Compressor
Controls capacity of 0 - 45 - 100% by combination of constant speed type compressors 1 and 2.
Compressor is equipped with an oil discharge function for draining excess oil from the high pressure side.
B. Check valve
Prevents refrigerant from collecting in the constant speed type compressor 2 when operating constant
speed type compressor 1 only.
C. Check valve
Installed so that constant speed type compressor 1 s oil discharge function functions properly.
D. Oil separator
E. Solenoid valve (for pressure equalization) Y4S
F. Solenoid valve (for liquid injection) Y2S,Y3S
G. Solenoid valve (for oil discharge control) Y5S
H. High pressure switches S1HP, S2HP
Switches trip when preset pressure exceeds 27.50.5K, thus stopping operation.
I. High pressure switch S3HP
Switch trips when operation pressure exceeds 24.0K and switch on at 17.0K, thus control high pressure.
J. Low pressure switch S1PL
Switches trip when the suction pressure is lower than 00.3K.
223
Si-05C
2. Function of Thermistors and Pressure Sensors

2.1
RX(Y)8K / RX(Y)10K
224
Si-05C
Notes:
1. R2T and R6T are not fitted on cooling only model.

2. R1T used for Low outdoor temperature control too when cooling, on both heat-pump and cooling only
models.
3. R4T used for Pump down operation too on both heat pump and cooling only models.
4. R5T used for Oil temperature control too on both heat-pump and cooling only models.
225
Si-05C
RN(Y)8K / RN(Y)10K
Notes:
226
1. R6T is not fitted on cooling only model.

2. R1T used for Low outdoor temperature control too when cooling, on both heat-pump and cooling only
models.
3. R4T used for Pump down operation too on both heat pump and cooling only models.
4. R5T used for Oil temperature control too on both heat-pump and cooling only models.
Si-05C
List of Safety Devices and Functional Parts Setting Values
3. List of Safety Devices and Functional Parts Setting Values

3.1
Outdoor Unit
Item
Compressor
Symbol
M1C
M2C
RNY
M1C
M2C
Safety
device
Name
Inverter
Standard
Inverter
Constant speed
RX(Y) 8 K
RX(Y)10K
RN(Y) 8 K
RN(Y)10K
Y1
(kW)
JT100BDVTYE
3.5
JT100BDVTYE
3.5
YAL
(kW)
JT100BDVTYE
3.5
JT100BDVTYE
3.5
Y1
(kW)
JT100BDTYE
2.2
JT160BDTYE
3.75
JT125BDTYE
JT160BDTYE
2.5+3.75
JT160BDTYE
JT200BDTYE
3.75+4.0
YAL
(kW)
JT100BDTYH
2.2
JT160BDTYH
3.75
JT125BDTYH
JT160BDTYH
2.5+3.75
JT160BDTYHJ
T200BDTYH
3.75+4.0
J1HC/
J2HC
Crank case
heater
33W + 33W
R3-1T
R3-2T
Compressor
safety
thermostat
Discharge pipe thermistor

135C OFF
F2C
Over-current
relay
Q1M
Q2M
Fan motor
140W + 230W
Thermal
protector
Q 1 M : OFF 120C
Q 2 M : OFF 135C
S 1 PH
S 2 PH
High pressure
switch
20PS688
S 1 PL
Low pressure
switch
HOE-20FTRA1
10A
HOE-20FTRA1
13A
HOE-26FTRA113A
13A
HOE-26FTRA113A
18A
OFF : 27.5kg/cm
ON : 20.0kg/cm
LCB-LA32
OFF : 0kg/cm
ON : 0.6kg/cm
227
List of Safety Devices and Functional Parts Setting Values
3.2
Function Unit
Item
Safty device
228
Si-05C
Symbol
Name
Fusible plug
BL 2 K
BC 2 K
BL 3 K
BC 3 K
BR2K
BR3K
FPG - 3 D 70 ~ 75 C
Si-05C
Outline of Control
4. Outline of Control
4.1
Starting Control
4.1.1
Soft Start
Starts inverter type by low operation frequency in order to prevent refrigerant pump down when the
compressor starts for both cooling and heating.
INV outdoor unit
STD outdoor unit
Frequency at start
42Hz + OFF
Hot gas bypass
ON
Liquid injection
ON
Hot gas bypass
ON
Frequency at start
42Hz + OFF
INV : Inverter, STD : Standard

Herein after we indicate
INV for inverter and STD for standard.
<In Case of Cooling

Only System>
INV outdoor unit

Function unit (BC)
Liquid injection
ON
Solenoid valveY5, Y6, Y7
ON
229
Outline of Control
4.1.2
Si-05C
Cooling Start Following Layup

When starting for the first time after turning on the power, temporarily starts all outdoor units in order to
discharge refrigerant from the low pressure line and accumulator when outdoor temperature is low.
(k:kg/cm2)
4 minutes elapse
or
Low pressure < 1k
1 minute elapses
Soft start
3 minutes elapse
or
Low pressure < 1k
Liquid discharged
from
accumulators of
all outdoor units
Liquid discharged
from
accumulators of
all outdoor units
Normal control
3
(VF101)
Outdoor Unit Operation During Cooling Accumulation Start

1
Compressor
INV
outdoor
unit
STD
outdoor
unit 1
48+OFF
ON+OFF
Outdoor fan
3 (Initial settings)
STD
outdoor
unit 2
INV
outdoor
unit
STD
outdoor
unit 1
STD
outdoor
unit 2
INV
outdoor
unit
ON+OFF
48+OFF
ON+OFF
ON+OFF
48+OFF
Control by high pressure
STD
outdoor
unit 1
STD
outdoor
unit 2
OFF
OFF
H+ON
Outdoor EEV
2000PLS
2000PLS
2000PLS
2000PLS
2000PLS
2000PLS
2000PLS
0PLS
0PLS
Hot gas bypass
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Hot gas bypass

for equalizing
pressure
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
No1
Td safety
control
Td safety
control
Td safety
control
Td safety
control
Td safety
control
Td safety
control
Td safety
control
OFF
OFF
No2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Oil contral
solenoid valve
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Injection
EEV : Herein after we indicate EEV for Electronic expansion valve.
<In Case of Cooling

Only System>
Outdoor unit and function unit operation during cooling accumulation start
1
INV
outdoor
unit
Compressor
48 + OFF
STD
outdoor
unit 1
ON + OFF ON + OFF
Outdoor fan
Hot gas bypass
for equalizing
pressure
Injection
230
2
STD
outdoor
unit 2
INV
outdoor
unit
48 + OFF
STD
outdoor
unit 1
3 (Initial settings)
STD
outdoor
unit 2
ON + OFF ON + OFF
INV
outdoor
unit
48 + OFF
Control by high pressure
STD
outdoor
unit 1
STD
outdoor
unit 2
OFF
OFF
H ## ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
No.1
Td safety
control
Td safety
control
Td safety
control
Td safety
control
Td safety
control
Td safety
control
Td safety
control
OFF
OFF
No.2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Oil contral
solenoid valve
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Function units
solenoid valve
Y5-ON
Y6-ON
Y7-ON
Y5-ON
Y6-OFF
Y7-OFF
Y5-ON
Y6-OFF
Y7-OFF
Si-05C
4.1.3
Outline of Control
Heating Pump Down Start (For Heat Pump System)

When starting within 3 hours after the compressor stops and pump down residual operation has been
executed before the compressor was stopped, after completing soft start, compressor operating frequency
is held to (60 Hz + OFF) ~ (96 Hz + OFF), the heat exchange pressure equalizing piping solenoid for
standard types 1 and 2 is opened, and the refrigerant in the accumulator of the inverter type is discharged.
The frequency is further maintained at (30 Hz + OFF) for 1 minute, refrigerant in outdoor unit heat
exchangers is evaporated by shutting off hot gas, and operation switches to normal control.
2 minutes elapse
5 minutes elapse
Soft start
1 minute elapses
or
1 minute elapses
or
Low pressure < 1k
High pressure > 14k

Refrigerant
discharged from
heat exchangers
High pressure
differential of INV
outdoor unit reduced
Liquid discharged
from accumulators of
all INV outdoor unit
Compressor frequency limit
EEV of all outdoor units closed
Hot gas bypass On with LP < 0.5k
Normal control
Initial aperture of EEV = 150 PLS
Compressor P1 control
EEV = 0 PLS
30 Hz + OFF maintained
Hot gas bypass OFF
after 30 sec.
(k:kg/cm2)
Indoor unit hot start during this time
Low pressure
change during control
Min. 1.2 k
continues
for 30 sec.
0.9k
9 6 Hz
8 6 Hz
0.8k
Min. 1.1 k
continues
for 30 sec.
0.7k
7 6 Hz
6 0 Hz
Min. 1.0 k
continues
for 30 sec.
4.1.4
(VF104)
Heating Power on Start (For Heat Pump System)

Discharge refrigerant collected in the low pressure side to protect the compressor when starting for the first
time within 6 hours after turning off the power.
After completing soft start, compressor operating frequency is held to (60 Hz + OFF) ~ (96 Hz + OFF).
After the refrigerant in the pressure equalizing line and accumulator of the inverter type is discharged, the
standard compressors start in sequence, and refrigerant is discharged from each respective low pressure
line.
or
15 minutes elapse
High pressure > 16k
Min. 5 min. discharge
Superheating temp.> 30C or
1 minute elapses
Liquid
discharged from
accumulators of
INV outdoor unit
Soft start
(k:kg/cm2)
10 minutes elapse
INV compressor frequency limit

STD outdoor unit 1 EEV = 0 PLS
Hot gas bypass ON for all outdoor units
Fan H + ON for all outdoor units
High pressure > 16k

Liquid
discharged from
heat exchanger
of STD outdoor
unit 1
Liquid
discharged from
heat exchanger
and low pressure
section of STD
outdoor unit 1
5 minutes elapses
EEV for all outdoor units = 0 PLS
Start of INV outdoor unit EEV
Hot gas bypass ON for all outdoor units superheating aperture control
Fan H + ON for inverter compressor
STD outdoor unit 1 fan H + ON
Liquid discharged
from accumulator
of STD outdoor
unit 1
or
High pressure > 16k
3 minutes elapses
or
High pressure > 16k
Low pressure
line of STD
outdoor unit 2 is
opened.
Normal control
Start from 38 Hz + OFF
INV compressor frequency limit INV compressor frequency limit

STD compressor ON + OFF
Start of indoor unit hot start
Start of STD outdoor unit 1
superheating aperture control
Same as heating pump down control
(VF105)
231
Outline of Control
4.1.5
Si-05C
Heating Start Following Layup (For Heat Pump System)

Discharge refrigerant from outdoor unit or pressure equalizing piping when starting if the compressor has
been stopped for 3 hours or more or when starting for the first time after turning on the power. Also
discharges refrigerant when starting for the first time if the 6 or more hours has elapsed since turning on the
power.
After completing soft start, compressor operating frequency is held to (60 Hz + OFF) ~ (96 Hz + OFF),
refrigerant in the pressure equalizing line and low pressure line is discharged and the unit is prepared for
normal compressor control.
Conditions for layup starting after tuning on the power
Inverter comp. oil temp. > outdoor temp. + 15C
OR
Inverter comp. discharge temp. > outdoor temp. + 10C (Outdoor temp. 0C)
Inverter type comp. discharge temp. > 10C (Outdoor tem. 0C)
(k:kg/cm2)
1 minute elapses
or
4 minutes elapses
or
High pressure > 16k
Liquid
discharged from
INV outdoor unit
INV outdoor unit EEV = 0 PLS
STD outdoor unit 1 & 2 EEV = 2000 PLS
Soft start
30 seconds elapses
High pressure > 16k
Starting
preparation for
STD outdoor unit
STD outdoor
unit 1 starts
or

STD outdoor unit compressor : ON + OFF
Indoor unit hot start
20 seconds elapses
High pressure > 17k
Starting preparation
for STD outdoor unit
or
or
10 seconds elapses
High pressure >17k
or
30 seconds elapses
High pressure > 17k
10 seconds elapses.
High pressure > 17k
Discharge superheating temp.
of INV outdoor unit > 20C
for 3 min.

Normal control
Compressor of STD outdoor unit 1 & 2 : ON+OFF STD outdoor
Normal control
unit 2 starts
preparation
Compressor initial frequency limit
=(48Hz + OFF) +
(ON OFF) +
Compressor of STD outdoor unit 1 & 2 : ON+OFF
(ON OFF)
Start of INV outdoor unit EEV superheating aperture control
Same as heating pump down control
232
(VF106)
Si-05C
4.2
Outline of Control
Pressure Equalizing Control Before Starting

If differential pressure remains when the compressor starts, starting current increases and the unit may
stop due to malfunction. In order to prevent this, the hot gas bypass valve is opened for a certain amount of
time just before the compressor starts to equalize the pressure between high and low pressure. After this
control is completed, the unit immediately enters soft control.
Control contents
When cooling
When heating
Hot gas bypass valve ON for INV

outdoor unit and STD outdoor unit 1
Required time
1 minute
2 minutes. However, requires 3 minutes if Tc-Te > T
when 1 minute elapses.
T is a constant determined by outdoor temperature and Te.
<In Case of Cooling

Only System>
Control contents
When cooling
Function units solenoid valveY5, Y6,

Y7 are ON
Required time
1 minute
233
Outline of Control
4.3
Si-05C
Oil Return Control

In order to recover refrigeration oil, when total compressor operation capacity equals the reference values,
the capacity is increased, all solenoid valves in the system are fully opened and the oil is recovered at each
compressor.
4.3.1
Conditions for Executing Oil Control

Total compressor operating time = point when approx. 8 hours elapses (Differs somewhat according to
operation status.)
<Heat Pump System>

(k:kg/cm2)
Operating contents
Step 1: Collected oil is recovered.
INV outdoor unit
When cooling
Compressor
(106Hz + ON)
STD outdoor unit 1

+
(ON + ON)
STD outdoor unit 2

+
(ON + ON)
EEV
2000pls
2000pls
Outdoor unit fan
H + ON
H + ON
H + ON
Condenser
Condenser
Outdoor unit heat exchanger
Condenser
Solenoid valve for oil discharge

Injection
2000pls
OFF
ON + OFF
ON + OFF
Hot gas
ON + OFF
OFF
Outdoor unit suction pipe temp. Te + 10C

at when either 6 min. or 4 min. elapses.
Step 2: Refrigerant is discharged from accumulator.
INV outdoor unit
Compressor
(60Hz + ON)
STD outdoor unit 1

+
EEV
Outdoor unit fan
(ON + OFF)
(ON + OFF)
SH control
H + ON
Condenser
H + ON
H + ON
Condenser
Condenser

Injection
STD outdoor unit 2

+
3 minutes elapses
or suction
pressure < 1.0
Quit
ON
ON + OFF
ON + OFF
Hot gas
ON + OFF
ON at Lp < 1.0 k
When heating
Step 1: 4-way valve switched (30 sec. after start)
Preparation
for oil return
1 minute
elapses
Upper limit frequency

limited to 38 Hz + ON
INV outdoor unit

Compressor
STD outdoor unit 1

+
(ON + OFF)
STD outdoor unit 2

+
(ON + OFF)
EEV
2000pls
2000pls
Outdoor unit fan
H + ON
H + ON
H + ON
Condenser
Condenser

Liquid refrigerant collected in
indoor unit returned to receiver
(38Hz + ON)
Condenser

Injection
2000pls
ON
ON + OFF
ON + OFF
Hot gas
ON + OFF
ON
30 seconds elapse

INV outdoor unit
Compressor
(106Hz + ON)
STD outdoor unit 1

+
(ON + ON)
STD outdoor unit 2

+
(ON + ON)
EEV
2000pls
2000pls
Outdoor unit fan
H + ON
H + ON
H + ON
Condenser
Condenser
Condenser

Injection
2000pls
ON
ON + OFF
ON + OFF
Hot gas
ON + OFF
OFF

Step 3: Refrigerant is discharged from accumulator. (3 minutes)
INV outdoor unit
Compressor
(60Hz + OFF)
EEV
Outdoor unit fan
Hot gas
234
(ON + OFF)
STD outdoor unit 2

+
(ON + OFF )
SH control
H + ON
Evaporator

Injection
STD outdoor unit 1

+
H + ON
H + ON
Evaporator
Evaporator
3 minutes
elapses or
HP > 21k
Quit
OFF
ON + OFF
ON + OFF
ON at Lp < 2.5 k
ON + OFF
(VF107)
Si-05C
Outline of Control
<In Case of Cooling Only System>

(k:kg/cm2)
Operating contents
INV outdoor unit
When cooling
Compressor
Outdoor unit fan
(106Hz + ON)
STD outdoor unit 1

+
H + ON
Condenser

Injection
(ON + ON)
STD outdoor unit 2

+
(ON + ON)
H + ON
H + ON
Condenser
Condenser
OFF
ON + OFF
ON + OFF
ON + OFF

Step 2: Refrigerant is discharged from accumulator.
INV outdoor unit
Compressor
Outdoor unit fan
(60Hz + ON)
H + ON
Condenser

Injection
Function unit's
solenoid valve
STD outdoor unit 1

+
(ON + OFF)
STD outdoor unit 2

+
(ON + OFF)
H + ON
H + ON
Condenser
Condenser
3 minutes elapses
or suction
pressure < 1.0
Quit
ON
ON + OFF
Y5-ON at Lp < 1.0
ON + OFF
ON + OFF
Y6-ON at Lp < 1.0 k
Y7-ON at Lp < 1.0 k

(VF108)
235
Outline of Control
4.4
Si-05C
Defrost (For Heat Pump System)

Melts frost which might collect on outdoor heat exchangers during heating in order to recover their heat
conveying performance.
4.4.1
Conditions for Executing Defrost

(k:kg/cm)
At least 20 minutes have elapsed since completion of oil return or since compressor starts.
High pressure < 19.9k (Tc = 52.4C)
&
Compressor is running at least 30 minutes since completion of previous defrost.

Liquid pipe thermal detection temperature TC for 5 minutes during operation for all outdoor units, or 15
minutes for any one outdoor unit.
T=C (Outdoor temp.) -
(C is constant value)
Forced defrost test pin (MDS) is shorted.

&
Liquid pipe thermal detection temperature < 12.5C for 5 minutes for all units
High pressure < 19.9k (Tc = 52.4C)
Operation
contents
1 minute
elapses
Preparation
for defrost
limited to 38 Hz + ON
Step 1: 4-way valve switched (30 sec. after start)

INV outdoor unit
Compressor
(38Hz + ON)
EEV
Outdoor unit fan
Liquid refrigerant collected in

indoor unit returned to receiver
STD outdoor unit 1

+
(ON + OFF)
2000pls
2000pls
OFF
OFF
Condenser
STD outdoor unit 2

+
2000pls
OFF
Condenser
(ON + OFF)
Condenser
Injection
ON + OFF
ON + OFF
Hot gas
*Only outdoor units

stopped before
defrost ON
ON + OFF
ON
Outdoor unit suction pipe temp.
Te + 10 at when either 6 min. or 4 min. elapses.
Step 2: Defrost operation is executed

INV outdoor unit
Compressor
(106Hz + OFF)
EEV
Outdoor unit fan
STD outdoor unit 1

+
(ON + ON)
2000pls
2000pls
OFF
OFF
Condenser
Condenser
ON + ON
ON + ON

Injection
STD outdoor unit 2

+
(ON + ON)
2000pls
OFF
Condenser
ON
Hot gas
ON + ON
ON
Thermal detection temperature for all heat exchangers

in the system is less than 12.5 C during defrost.
High pressure > 20.5k
10 minutes elapse
Step 3: Refrigerant is discharged from accumulator. (3 minutes)
or
INV outdoor unit

Compressor
(60Hz + OFF)
STD outdoor unit 1

+
(ON + ON)
EEV
H + ON
H + ON
Evaporator
Evaporator
H + ON
Evaporator

Hot gas
(ON + ON)
SH control
Outdoor unit fan
Injection
STD outdoor unit 2

+
OFF
ON + OFF
ON + OFF
ON + OFF
ON at Lp < 2.5 k
3 minutes elapses or HP > 21k
Returns to normal operation
236
(VF109)
Si-05C
4.5
Outline of Control
Oil Equalization Control

Because oil could collect in the outdoor units or between inverter outdoor unit and standard outdoor unit 1
outdoor units when only inverter outdoor unit is operating due to the compressor stopping during operation,
oil that collects in standard outdoor unit 1 is returned to inverter outdoor unit.
4.5.1
When Cooling
<Heat Pump
System>
Oil is moved between inverter outdoor unit and standard outdoor unit 1 units by operating then
simultaneously.
When all three systems are operating, however, oil equalization is not executed because oil separation is
not carried out.
Operation conditions
2-system operation
At least 20 minutes has elapsed since completing start processing, and at least 20 minutes has
elapsed since oil return.
&
At least 28 minutes has elapsed since defrost completion.

At least 10 continuous minutes has elapsed since inverter outdoor unit started.
&
OR
&
INV compressor oil temperature > Te+10C

At least 3 minutes has elapsed since inverter outdoor unit started.
At least A Time has elapsed by total operating time of standard outdoor unit 1 since completion of previous
oil equalization operation.
(k:kg/cm)
Compressor
INV
outdoor unit
STD
outdoor unit 1
STD
outdoor unit 2
P1 control
ON + OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
Outdoor unit fan Outdoor unit EEV for oil discharge Hot gas bypass Discharge temp.
of any unit > 125C
Low pressure
or low pressure < 1.5k
H + ON
2000PLS
ON
protection control
Low pressure
H + ON
2000PLS
ON
protection control
H + ON
0 PLS
OFF
ON
Stop
5 minutes elapse
Quit
Oil return
operation
Return to
normal control
(VF110)
A Time
16Hp
18Hp
20Hp
24Hp
26Hp
28Hp
30Hp
Cooling
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
Heating
3 hours
3 hours
2 hours
3 hours
3 hours
3 hours
2 hours
237
Outline of Control
<In Case of Cooling

Only System>
Si-05C
Oil is moved between inverter outdoor unit and standard outdoor unit 1 units by operating then
simultaneously.
not carried out.
2-system operation
At least 20 minutes has elapsed since completing start processing, and at least 20 minutes has
elapsed since oil return.
&

At least 10 continuous minutes has elapsed since standard outdoor unit 1 started.
&
OR
&

At least 3 minutes has elapsed since inverter outdoor unit started.
At least A Time has elapsed by total operating time of standard outdoor unit 1 since completion of previous
(k:kg/cm)
Compressor
INV
outdoor unit
STD
outdoor unit 1
STD
outdoor unit 2
P1 control
ON + OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve Function unit's

Outdoor unit fan for oil discharge solenoid valve Discharge temp.
of any unit > 125C
Low pressure
or low pressure < 1.5k
H + ON
ON
protection control
Low pressure
H + ON
ON
protection control
H + ON
OFF
Y7-ON
Stop
5 minutes elapse
Quit
Oil return
operation
Return to
normal control
(VF111)
A Time
Cooling
238
16Hp
18Hp
20Hp
24Hp
26Hp
28Hp
30Hp
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
Si-05C
4.5.2
Outline of Control
When Heating
Oil level between both units is equalized in 2 steps: oil transfer from INV outdoor unit to STD outdoor unit 1,
and STD outdoor unit 1 to INV outdoor unit.
not carried out.
2-system operation
At least 20 minutes has elapsed since completing start processing, and at least 20 minutes has elapsed
since oil return.
At least 10 continuous minutes has elapsed since the INV outdoor unit started.
&
OR
OR
&

At least 3 continuous minutes has elapsed since INV outdoor unit started.
At least A Time has elapsed by total operating time of STD outdoor unit since completion of previous
The standard type 1 compressor has start/stopped and defrost has been executed B Times since
completion of previous oil equalization operation.
(k:kg/cm)
Step 1 : Oil collected in inverter type is returned to STD outdoor unit 1.

Compressor
INV
outdoor unit
STD
outdoor unit 1
STD
outdoor unit 2
Outdoor unit fan Outdoor unit EEV
38 + OFF
H + ON
1000PLS
ON + OFF
H + ON
0 PLS
OFF
H + ON
0 PLS
Solenoid valve
for oil discharge Hot gas bypass
Low pressure
ON
protection control
Low pressure
OFF
protection control
5 minutes elapse
OFF
Tc > 55C
ON
Stop
Step 1 complete
Oil return
operation
Return to
normal control
(VF112)
239
Outline of Control
Si-05C
Completion of Step 1
2-system operation
At least 10 continuous minutes has elapsed since the STD outdoor unit 1
compressor started.
&
Oil temp. of INV unit STD compressor > Te+10C
OR
&
At least 3 continuous minutes has elapsed since STD outdoor unit 1

started.
Step 1 complete
Step 2 : Oil collected in STD outdoor unit 1 is returned to INV outdoor unit.
Solenoid valve
Compressor Outdoor unit fan Outdoor unit EEV for oil discharge Hot gas bypass
INV
Low pressure
54 + OFF
H + ON
0 PLS
OFF
outdoor unit
protection control
Low pressure
STD
H + ON
1000PLS
ON
protection control
outdoor unit 1 ON + OFF
STD
OFF
H + ON
0 PLS
OFF
ON
outdoor unit 2
Tc > 55C
Stop
5 minutes elapse
Step 2 complete
Oil return
operation
Return to
normal control
(VF113)
B Time
16Hp
Heating
240
18Hp
20Hp
24Hp
26Hp
28Hp
30Hp
5 times
Si-05C
4.6
Outline of Control
Heating Pump Down Residual Operation (For Heat Pump System)

If refrigerant collects in the accumulator, the liquid refrigerant is sucked into the compressor when it starts.
This dilutes the refrigeration oil in the compressor and lowers the oils ability to provide lubrication. Low
pressure side refrigerant is therefore discharged when the compressor is stopped in order to prevent this
from happening.
4.6.1
Conditions for Pump Down Residual Operation

INV compressor discharge temp. < 95C when off
1. Stopped no more than 10 minutes from compressor start
&
Any one
of these
(1~4)
2. No more than 20 minutes from completion of defrost or oil return

3. Outdoor temp. < -5C
4. INV compressor oil temp. < Te + 10C
Operation contents
Outdoor temp.
Less than -10C

-10C Temp. < 0C
Min. 0C
Outdoor unit function
L unit function
Indoor unit function
Compressor
EEV
Receiver gas purge

solenoid valve
EEV
86Hz + OFF
76Hz + OFF
60Hz + OFF
300 PLS or fully

closed
ON
300 PLS
Outdoor unit EEV are either 300m PLS or fully closed due to low pressure.
Completion conditions (k:kg/cm)
1. Low pressure less than 0.7k after 30 sec. subsequent to start of residual operation
Any one
of these
(1~5)
2. Hp > 22k
3. INV compressor oil temp. > 110C
4. Retry, malfunction
5. 10 minutes have elapsed since start of residual operation
This control is executed if stopped during defrost or oil return.

Pump down is started if a start command is received during residual operation.
241
Outline of Control
4.7
Si-05C
Compressor Oil Temperature Protection Control

1. Even if the compressor is running, if oil temperature of the inverter compressor lowers, the
control crankcase heater (CH3) is energized and refrigerant is discharged from inside the
compressor by evaporation.
Control conditions
Crankcase heater (J3HC) is turned on if inverter compressor oil temp. < 0C.
Control cancel conditions
Crankcase heater (J3HC) is turned off if inverter compressor oil temp. > 40C.
2. Compressor operating capacity is controlled if oil temperature of outdoor units drops below the
reference value.
Control conditions
242
Cancel conditions
Contents
INV outdoor
unit
No more than 30 min. after start or Time given on left has been
no more than 20 min. since
exceeded or INV compressor
completion of defrost or oil return & temp. > -10C
INV compressor temp. < -15C
Limited to either:
106+OFF
(106+OFF) + (ON+OFF)
(106+OFF) + (ON+OFF) +
(ON+OFF)
STD outdoor
unit 1
exceeded or No.1 compressor
completion of defrost or oil return & temp. > -10C
No.1 compressor temp. < -15C
Limited to either:
(106+ON) + (ON+OFF)
(106+ON) + (ON+OFF) +
(ON+OFF)
STD outdoor
unit 2
Limited to
exceeded or No.1 compressor (106+ON) + (ON+ON) +
completion of defrost or oil return& temp. > -10C
(ON+OFF)
No.1 compressor temp. < -15C
Si-05C
4.8
Outline of Control
Low Pressure Protection Control Step

The following types of control are executed if low pressure drops below the reference values in order to
prevent temperature inside the compressor from rising abnormally due to drop of compressor suction
pressure, and in order to maintain oil pressure for supplying oil to the inside of the compressors during
operation.
Low Pressure Protection Control

When cooling
INV outdoor unit only
Lp < 1.2
DSH > 15
Lp < 1.0
30Hz + OFF
Hot gas ON
3 times within
30 min
Up to 2 times within
30 min
Lp < 0.0
Lp < 0.0
Stop due to E4
malfunction
Forced OFF by
thermostat
Cancel
conditions
Lp 0.9
Cancel
conditions
Lp > 0.8
During oil return /

defrost only
(Both cooling and
heating)
During oil return only

(Both cooling and
heating)
Lp < 0.2
Injection ON
Cancel
conditions
Pe > 1.5
Cancel
conditions
Pe > 1.8
OR
DSH < 10
Lp < 0.3
No more than 3
min. following
completion of oil
return / defrost
LP < 2.5
Compressor upper
All hot gas bypass
limit frequency
in same system ON
limited
Cancel
conditions
Lp > 0.8
Cancel
conditions
Oil return /
defrost
complete
All hot gas

bypass ON
When heating
Lp < 0.5
Lp < 0.8
1 step down
All hot gas bypass in
same system ON
Lower limit inverter

frequency limited to 54 Hz
However
BL2K
(60 + OFF) + (ON + OFF)
BL3K
(60 + OFF) + (ON + OFF) + (ON + OFF)
Cancel
conditions
3 min. elapse
following
completion of
oil return /
defrost
Cancel
conditions
Lp >1.1
LP > 0.8 and all

oil temp. in same
system > Te + 10C, or
low pressure > 1.2k and
1 step up
Cancel conditions
LP > 2.5k, or LP > 1.2k and all
oil temp. in same system > Te +
10C, and step down canceled
LP > 3k and hot gas OFF
(VF114)
Control During LPS

Operation of STD
Outdoor Unit
3rd time within

30 min.
30 min
LPS operating
LPS operating
Stop due to E4
malfunction
Forced OFF by
thermostat
Cancel conditions
Operation OFF
(VF115)
243
Outline of Control
Si-05C
Low Pressure Protection Control (In Case of Cooling Only System)

When cooling
3 times within
30 min
30 min
Lp < 0.0
Lp < 0.0
Stop due to E4
malfunction
Forced OFF by
thermostat
Cancel
conditions
Lp 0.9
Cancel
conditions
Lp > 0.8
During oil return /

defrost only
Lp < 0.2
Lp < 0.3
Compressor upper
All hot gas bypass
limit frequency
in same system ON
limited
Cancel
conditions
Lp > 0.8
Cancel
conditions
Oil return /
defrost
complete
BC2K
(60 + OFF) + (ON + OFF)
BC3K
(60 + OFF) + (ON + OFF) + (ON + OFF)
INV outdoor unit only

Lp < 1.0
30Hz R OFF
Hot gas ON
Cancel
conditions
Pe > 1.5
Lp < 1.2
DSH > 15
Injection ON
Cancel
conditions
Pe > 1.8
OR
DSH < 10
No more than 3
min. following
completion of oil
return / defrost
LP < 2.5
Function unit's
solenoid valve
Y5, Y6, Y7 are
ON
Cancel
conditions
3 min. elapse
following
completion of
oil return /
defrost
(VF116)
Control During LPS

Operation of STD
Outdoor Unit (In
Case of Cooling
System)
3rd time within

30 min.
30 min
LPS operating
LPS operating
Stop due to E4
malfunction
Forced OFF by
thermostat
Cancel conditions
Operation OFF
(VF117)
244
Si-05C
4.9
Outline of Control
High Pressure Control Step

In order to regulate high pressure rise, the compressors operation capacity is reduced if high pressure
rises above the reference value. When heating, outdoor unit fans are set to (L + OFF), and indoor unit
solenoid valves are fully opened.
When cooling
Up to 2 times within 30 min

Hp > 27.5
(HPS operation)
Stop due to E3
malfunction
(standard type stopped
due to E0 malfunction)
Cancel
conditions
Operation OFF
Hp 24.7
Hp 24.2
limited 1

1 step down from current
compressor frequency
Cancel
conditions
Restart standby
When heating
step1
1 When indoor unit ON by

thermostat capacity is less than
3 HP
HP 20
AND outdoor
temp. 15 C
2 When no. of indoor units ON

by thermostat changes
Compressor capacity
before limit
INV only running
Capacity after limit

30Hz + OFF
INV and STD outdoor

unit 1 only running
(30Hz+OFF)+(ON+OFF)
INV, STD outdoor unit 1

and STD outdoor unit 2
running
(38Hz+OFF)+(ON+OFF)
+(ON+OFF)
Cancel
conditions
Gas purge
stopped
at Hp < 21.0
Except for cooling only system
HP 21
AND outdoor
temp. < 15 C
1 Compressor capacity after limit
High pressure reduced

by purging gas from receiver
(liquid pressure diverted to
low pressure)
Cancel
conditions
Raised 1 step
at a time
at Hp 23
Cancel
conditions
Limit cancel
at Hp 23
Hp > 25.0
Forced OFF by
thermosta
Hp > 24.0
Compressor: 30 Hz + OFF
(STD outdoor unit OFF)
Fan: L + OFF
Outdoor unit
EEV: Initial value = 0 PLS
Indoor unit EEV: 2000 PLS
(All including units not running)
step2
Hp > 18.0
Outdoor unit fan control
INV
outdoor unit
STD
outdoor unit 1
STD
outdoor unit 2
BL3K
BL2K
OFF
OFF
L + OFF
L + OFF
L + OFF
When HPS of STD outdoor unit 1 or 2 is

turned ON during defrost, high pressure
is reduced by turning the fan of the HPS
ON outdoor unit to H + ON, and hot gas
bypass ON.
Cancel
conditions
Hp < 14
Hp < 17.0 for

30 continuous
seconds
(STD outdoor units OFF)
Fan: L + ON
Outdoor unit EEV: Target evap.
temp. : 1 C
(OFF units not included)
step3
Hp < 16.8 for
30 continuous
seconds
(STD outdoor units OFF)
Fan: H + ON
Outdoor unit EEV: Target
superheating temp. = 10 C
(Thermostat ON units only)
Cancel conditions
Hp < 16.5 for
30 continuous seconds
(VF118)
245
Outline of Control
4.10
Si-05C
Discharge Temperature Protection Control

In order to prevent deterioration of refrigeration oil due to rising discharge temperature, temperature is kept
from rising by reduction of compressor frequency or injection cooling at the following stages when
temperature falls below the reference values.
4.10.1 Both Inverter and Standard Outdoor Units

(k:kg/cm)
2 minutes following 1st compressor

start for each unit
When Cooling/Heating
No.1 compressor discharge temp.

> 110C
or
No.1 compressor superheating temp.
> 55C
Up to 2 times within 100 minutes

Discharge temp. thermostat
95C
Discharge temp.
thermostat 135C
Discharge temp. thermostat

130C
Stop due to
F3 malfunction
Forced OFF by thermostat
Frequency reduction
(every 3 minutes)
Cancel conditions
Restart standby
Cancel conditions
Td 95C
Cancel conditions
Tdi or Tds < 115C
Injection ON
Cancel conditions
No.1 compressor discharge
superheat temp. < 15C
or
2 minutes elapse after compressor
start
2 minutes following
oil return and defrost
completion
Injection ON
Cancel conditions
2 minutes elapse
When cooling
When heating
LP < 3.0 (Te < -6.8C)

&
Upper flow side comp.
discharge temp. > 90C
LP < 2.0 (Te < -15.1C)

&
Upper flow side comp.
discharge temp. > 90C
Injection ON
Injection ON
During oil return and defrost

preparation only
> 35C
Injection ON
> 15C
Oil temp. > 65C
Injection ON
Injection cancel conditions

Injection is canceled if any of the following five conditions are met.
(1) No.1 compressor discharge temp. < 90C

&
No.1 compressor discharge superheating
temp. < 35C
Oil temp. < 55C
(2) Upper flow side comp. discharge temp.
below 105C
&
Upper flow side comp. discharge
superheating temp.< 50C
Oil temp. < Te + 10C
(3) Upper flow side comp. discharge superheating

temp. < 15C
(4) LP > 4.0 (Te > - 0.4C)
or
Upper flow side comp. discharge temp. < 70C
(5) LP > 4.0 (Te > - 10.7C)
or
Upper flow side comp. discharge temp. < 80C
(VF119)
246
Si-05C
4.11
Outline of Control
Cooling Overload Control

Controls electronic expansion valve aperture of indoor units to prevent low pressure from rising abnormally
if many indoor units are operating.
LP > 6.6k
Normal cooling
LP > 7k
or
3 minutes elapse following
STEP 1 with LP > 6.6k
STEP 1
LP > 7k
or
STEP 2
LP > 7k
or
STEP 3
(k:kg/cm2)
STEP 4
Indoor unit EEV

Indoor unit EEV
Indoor unit solenoid valve
Indoor unit EEV
LP < 2k
aperture = 550 PLS
aperture = 450 PLS
aperture = 500 PLS
aperture = 400 PLS
or
LP < 2k
LP < 2k
LP < 2k
10 minutes
or
or
or
elapse following
10 minutes
10 minutes
10 minutes
STEP 1 with LP < 6k
elapse following
elapse following
elapse following
STEP 4 with LP < 6k
STEP 3 with LP < 6k
STEP 2 with LP < 6k
(VF120)
247
Outline of Control
4.12
Si-05C
Inverter Protection Control
4.12.1 Step Down Control by Inverter Current

Reduces compressor operating capacity if current is detected to be in excess of the setting value in order to
protect the inverter from overcurrent.
IN conditions
Control contents
27A or more
detected
Capacity lowered one step from compressor capacity at this point is used as upper limit.
After that, one step is advanced every three minutes if current doesnt exceed the setting
value.
OUT conditions
Upper limit frequency is canceled if:

106 + ON when INV outdoor unit only is operating.
(106 + ON) + (ON + ON) if 2 systems operating
(106 + ON) + (ON + ON) + (On + ON) if 3 systems operating
4.12.2 Step Down Control by Inverter Fin

Reduces compressor operating capacity if current exceeds the setting value in order to prevent the
temperature of the inverter itself from rising above the setting value.
248
IN conditions
Control contents
Fin temp. 92C or

higher detected
Capacity lowered one step from compressor capacity at this point is used as upper limit.
After that, one step is advanced every three minutes if current doesnt exceed 87C.
Si-05C
4.13
Outline of Control
Standby by Outdoor Temperature When Heating (For Heat Pump System)

If outdoor temperature is above 27C when heating, forces the compressor to stop to prevent safety
devices from tripping or sensor malfunction. (Same as off by thermostat.)
249
Outline of Control
4.14
Si-05C
Low Outdoor Temperature Control When Cooling

Controls the fan in order to prevent high-low pressure differential from dropping due to high pressure
reduction if cooling when outdoor temperature is low.
(kg/cm2)
Normal operation mode
HP > 17.0 k (46.1C)

for 30 seconds continuously
HP < 12.0 k
for 3 minutes continuously
Fan upper limit

Cooling low outdoor temp. step 1
8 Hp
10 Hp
HP > 16.5 k (44.9C)

L + ON
HP < 12.0 k
Fan upper limit

HP > 20.0 k
8 Hp
10 Hp
HP > 16.0 k (43.6C)

H + OFF
HP < 12.0 k
Fan upper limit

HP > 20.0 k
8 Hp
10 Hp
L + OFF
1. HP > 16.0 k (38.1C)

or
1. HP < 10.0 k
2. Outdoor temp. > 25.0C
&
3. Indoor unit On by thermostat

capacity 140
(5 HP)
2. Outdoor temp. < 20.0C

3. Indoor unit On by thermostat
capacity < 140
Fan upper limit

Cooling low outdoor temp. step 4-1
1
8 Hp
10 Hp
Cooling low outdoor temp. step 4-2

1
8 Hp
10 Hp
OFF + OFF
INV outdoor unit
HP > 20.0 k
L + OFF
STD outdoor unit OFF + OFF
1: Inverter cooling is insufficient to stop the fan at 4 -1.

When inverter fin temperature reaches 80C or higher,
the inverter is cooled by the inverter fan at step 4-2.
Inverter fin temp. above 80C
Step 4-1
Step 4-2
Inverter fin temp. below 60C
250
(VF121)
Si-05C
4.15
Outline of Control
Low Noise and Demand Control
4.15.1 Low Noise Control

When the outdoor unit operating sound can cause a noise problem during the night, an external contact
input (low-noise input) can be used to operate the outdoor fan and compressor at low speed. This reduces
the operating noise by approximately 2 to 3 dB.
Action During Low

Noise Operation
(Except Oil Return,
Defrost)
(k:kg/cm)
Conditions
Outdoor Fan
H + OFF
L + ON
Limit of compressor freguency

INV outdoor unit
STD outdoor unit
96Hz + OFF
ON + OFF
1 Discharge pressure 24k

2 Discharge pressure > 24k
External control adaptor for outdoor unit is required to the low noise control (OPTION)
4.15.2 Demand Control

By connecting the external contact input to the Demand control input of the outdoor unit external control
adaptor(option), you can save power with limit of compressor frequency.
Upper Limit of
Compressor
Frequency in
Demand Control
(k:kg/cm)
3 outdoor units
2 outdoor units
RX(Y) 24 ~ 30K
REY 24 ~ 30K
(24 ~ 30Hp)
RX(Y) 16 ~ 20K
REY 16 ~ 20K
(16 ~ 20Hp)
Demand input 1
INV (106 + ON)

STD1 (ON + OFF)
STD2 (ON + OFF)
INV (106 + ON)

STD (ON + OFF)
Power comsumption will be

reduced to around 70% of
normal usage.
Demand input 2
INV (60 + ON)

STD1 (ON + OFF)
STD2 (OFF + OFF)
INV (106 + OFF)

STD (OFF + OFF)
Power comsumption will be

reduced to around 40% of
normal usage.
Demand input 3
Capacity saving
Not run
251
Outline of Control
4.16
Si-05C
Compressor Capacity Control
4.16.1 2 Outdoor Units Conbination

RX(Y)16K /
RX(Y)18K /
RX(Y)20K
INV outdoor unit
STD outdoor unit
30Hz + OFF
OFF + OFF
34Hz + OFF
38Hz + OFF
42Hz + OFF
48Hz + OFF
54Hz + OFF
60Hz + OFF
68Hz + OFF
76Hz + OFF
96Hz + OFF
106Hz + OFF
38Hz + ON
48Hz + ON
60Hz + ON
76Hz + ON
86Hz + ON
96Hz + ON
106Hz + ON
38Hz + ON
ON + OFF
48Hz + ON
60Hz + ON
76Hz + ON
86Hz + ON
96Hz + ON
106Hz + ON
38Hz + ON
ON + ON
60Hz + ON
96Hz + ON
106Hz + ON
42Hz + ON
252
: Frequency during soft start
Si-05C
4.16.2
Outline of Control
3 Outdoor Units Combination
RX(Y)24K /
RX(Y)26K /
RX(Y)28K /
RX(Y)30K
INV outdoor unit
STD outdoor unit 1
STD outdoor unit 2
30Hz + OFF
OFF + OFF
OFF + OFF
34Hz + OFF
38Hz + OFF
42Hz + OFF
48Hz + OFF
54Hz + OFF
60Hz + OFF
68Hz + OFF
76Hz + OFF
86Hz + OFF
96Hz + OFF
106Hz + OFF
38Hz + ON
48Hz + ON
60Hz + ON
76Hz + ON
86Hz + ON
96Hz + ON
106Hz + ON
38Hz + ON
ON + OFF
48Hz + ON
60Hz + ON
76Hz + ON
86Hz + ON
96Hz + ON
106Hz + ON
38Hz + ON
ON + OFF
ON + OFF
ON + ON
ON + OFF
ON + ON
ON + ON
60Hz + ON
96Hz + ON
106Hz + ON
38Hz + ON
60Hz + ON
96Hz + ON
106Hz + ON
38Hz + ON
60Hz + ON
96Hz + ON
106Hz + ON
Note:
Combinations other than those given above are possible according to operating status.
(60Hz + OFF) + (ON + OFF) + (ON + OFF)
253
Outline of Control
4.17
Si-05C
Backup Operation
If a STD outdoor unit is faulty, if you restart with the remote controller after it stops due to malfunction, the
system starts operating again without the faulty STD outdoor unit.
Backup operation can be used up to a total of 3 hours of indoor unit operation. When 3 hours elapses, if the
malfunction continues, the unit stops again due to malfunction. If it returns to normal, it can continue to
operate as is.
(Control flow of backup operation)
Malfunction occurs
Restart malfunction
System malfunction stop

Remote controller reset
Backup operation start

Operation without faulty outdoor unit
3 hours elapse
< Malfunction detection >
No malfunction
Returns to normal operation

(VF122)
After the system stops due to malfunction to let you know the system is faulty, backup operation is started
by remote controller.
Three hours after starting backup operation for the reason given above, malfunction detection is once
again carried out, and the system stops due to malfunction if a malfunction still exists.
(All indoor units in the system stop.)
Operation of faulty STD outdoor unit
Faulty STD
outdoor unit
Compressor
Outdoor unit fan
Outdoor unit EEV
Hot gas bypass
OFF
H + ON
0 PLS
ON
<In case of cooling only system>

Faulty STD
outdoor unit
Compressor
Outdoor unit fan
Function units solenoid valve Y5, Y6, Y7
OFF
H + ON
ON
Other outdoor units carry out normal operation.
254
Si-05C
4.18
Outline of Control
Emergency Operation
4.18.1 Emergency Operation 1

If INV outdoor unit cannot operate, you can operate with STD outdoor units only if the outdoor temperature
doesnt exceed the reference temperature. Emergency operation is executed by setting mode 2 to EMG
(emergency operation).
When Cooling (For Heat Pump System)

When Cooling
Emergency operation setting
Control IN conditions &
Outdoor temperature detected to be above 20C
for STD outdoor unit 1
Step 1
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2
: Operates No. 1 compressors only of STD outdoor unit 1 and 2.

Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
Outdoor
unit EEV
Hot gas bypass
0 Hz + OFF
H + ON
0 PLS
ON
ON + OFF
H + ON
2000 PLS
OFF
ON + OFF
H + ON
2000 PLS
OFF
Indoor units execute superheating

control in this mode.
5 minutes elapse
Liquid pipe temp.
of STD outdoor unit 2 < 58C
Step 2
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2
: Operates all compressors of STD outdoor unit 1 and 2.

Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
Outdoor
unit EEV
Hot gas bypass
0 Hz + OFF
H + ON
0 PLS
ON
ON + ON
H + ON
2000 PLS
OFF
ON + ON
H + ON
2000 PLS
OFF
Compressors operate total of 70 min.

following previous oil return.
Oil return
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2
Liquid pipe temp. STD outdoor unit 1 > 60C
3 minutes elapse
: Operates by executing oil return for standard types 1 and 2.

Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
Outdoor
unit EEV
Hot gas bypass
0 Hz + OFF
H + ON
0 PLS
ON
ON + OFF
H + ON
2000 PLS
OFF
ON + OFF
H + ON
2000 PLS
OFF
Either malfunction, retry or outdoor temp. < 15C
Quit
(VF123)
Indoor Unit Fan Control

HPS operation for either STD outdoor unit 1 or 2 Fixed to L tap ON by thermostat unit only.
255
Outline of Control
Si-05C
When Cooling (In Case of Cooling Only System)

Outdoor temperature detected to be above 20C
Step 1
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2

Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
Function unit's solenoid valve
0 Hz + OFF
H + ON
Y5-ON
ON + OFF
H + ON
Y6-OFF
ON + OFF
H + ON
Y7-OFF
Indoor units execute superheating

control in this mode.
5 minutes elapse
Liquid pipe temp.
of STD outdoor unit 2 below 58C
Step 2
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2

Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
0 Hz + OFF
H + ON
Y5-ON
ON + ON
H + ON
Y6-OFF
ON + ON
H + ON
Y7-OFF
Compressors operate total of 70 min.
following previous oil return.
Oil return
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2
Liquid pipe temp. STD outdoor unit 1 > 60C
3 minutes elapse
: Operates by executing oil return for standard types 1 and 2.

Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
0 Hz + OFF
H + ON
Y5-ON
ON + OFF
H + ON
Y6-OFF
ON + OFF
H + ON
Y7-OFF
Either malfunction, retry or outdoor temp.< 15C
Quit
(VF124)
Indoor Unit Fan Control

HPS operation for either STD outdoor unit 1 or 2 Fixed to L tap ON by thermostat unit only.
256
Si-05C
Outline of Control
When Heating
When Heating
Aperture of solenoid valves is fixed
for indoor units in this mode.

Step 1
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2
Outdoor temperature detected to be above -5C

Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
Outdoor
unit EEV
Hot gas bypass
0 Hz + OFF
H + ON
0 PLS
ON
ON + OFF
H + ON
SH control
OFF
ON + OFF
H + ON
SH control
OFF
5 minutes elapse
Step 2
Any unit executing

HPS operation

Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
Outdoor
unit EEV
Hot gas bypass
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
0 Hz + OFF
H + ON
0 PLS
ON
ON + ON
H + ON
SH control
OFF
STD outdoor
unit 2
ON + ON
H + ON
SH control
OFF
Defrost
: Heat exchange temp.

of any unit < -10C.
Oil return / defrost

step 1
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2
Oil return
: Compressors operate total

of 70 min. following previous oil
return.
:Operates by executing oil return for STD outdoor unit 1 and 2.

Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
Outdoor
unit EEV
Hot gas bypass
0 Hz + OFF
H + ON
0 PLS
OFF
ON + OFF
H + ON
2000 PLS
ON
ON + OFF
H + ON
2000 PLS
ON
3 minutes 30 seconds elapse.
30 seconds elapse
step 2
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2
Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
Outdoor
unit EEV
Hot gas bypass
Injection
0 Hz + OFF
H + ON
0 PLS
OFF
OFF
ON + ON
H + ON
2000 PLS
ON
ON
ON + ON
H + ON
2000 PLS
ON
ON
Either malfunction, retry or outdoor temp.< -10C
Quit
(VF125)
Indoor unit fan control

HPS operation for either STD outdoor unit 1 or 2 Fixed to L tap by thermostat ON unit only.
257
Outline of Control
Si-05C
4.18.2 Emergency Operation 2

Setting forced backup operation by setting mode 2 enables emergency operation with INV outdoor unit and
other STD outdoor unit if STD outdoor unit malfunction.
Operation of faulty STD outdoor unit
Faulty STD outdoor
unit
Compressor
Outdoor unit fan
Outdoor unit EEV
Hot gas bypass
OFF
H + ON
0 PLS
ON
In case of cooling only system

Faulty STD outdoor
unit
Compressor
Outdoor unit fan
Function units solenoid valveY5, Y6, Y7
OFF
H + ON
ON
Other outdoor units operate by normal operation.

Difference with Backup Operation
Backup operation is conducted for a maximum of 3 hours, but there is no time limit with this mode.
258
Si-05C
4.19
Outline of Control
Pump Down Operation

When an outdoor unit is faulty, by fully closing both liquid and pressure equalizing valves and switching to
the service mode, you can conduct pump down operation (max. 1 hour) which purges refrigerant from the
faulty unit. When doing so, all indoor units are turned ON by thermostat. Refrigerant is discharged from the
low pressure line of the faulty unit by cooling with outdoor units that are not faulty up to low pressure
equivalent. Pump down operation is quit automatically after one hour. Just before quitting (when approx. 50
minutes elapse), shut the gas pipes stop valve and then stop the outdoor unit. After another 10 minutes
passes, if the pressure in the outdoor unit doesnt exceed outdoor temperature equivalent pressure, the
process is complete.
4.19.1 Heat Pump System
Pump Down
Operation of INV
Outdoor Unit
First fully close the liquid side and pressure equalizing side stop valves of the INV outdoor unit. The
execute low pressure control by setting indoor unit fan to L or off in accordance with the outdoor
temperature and No. 2 system outdoor unit suction pipe temperature.
Step 1
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2
Step 2
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2
Pump Down
Operation of STD
Outdoor Unit

Indoor units execute
Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
Outdoor
unit EEV
Hot gas bypass
0 Hz + OFF
H + ON
500 PLS
ON
ON + OFF
H + ON
2000 PLS
OFF
ON + OFF
H + ON
2000 PLS
OFF
l No. 2 outdoor unit liquid pipe temp.

< 58 C
&
l 5 minutes elapse
Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
Outdoor
unit EEV
Hot gas bypass
0 Hz + OFF
H + ON
500 PLS
ON
ON + ON
H + ON
2000 PLS
OFF
ON + ON
H + ON
2000 PLS
OFF
superheating control in this

mode.
STD outdoor unit 2 liquid

pipe temp. > 60C
(VF126)
First fully close the liquid side and pressure equalizing side stop valves of the STD outdoor unit to be
pumped down. The indoor unit fan is fixed at L tap.
To pump down refrigerant of STD outdoor unit 1
Normal cooling operation is executed by INV outdoor unit and STD outdoor unit 2 only.
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2
Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
Outdoor
unit EEV
Hot gas bypass
P I control
H + ON
2000 PLS
Low pressure
protection control
OFF
H + ON
500 PLS
ON
2000 PLS
Low pressure
protection control
P I control
H + ON

mode.
(VF170)
To pump down refrigerant of STD outdoor unit 2:

Outdoor unit operation is same as STD outdoor unit 1.
259
Outline of Control
Si-05C
4.19.2 In Case of Cooling Only System
Pump Down
Operation of INV
Outdoor Unit
First fully close the liquid side and pressure equalizing side stop valves of the INV outdoor unit. The
execute low pressure control by setting indoor unit fan to L or off in accordance with the outdoor
temperature and No. 2 system outdoor unit suction pipe temperature.
Step 1
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2
Step 2
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2
Pump Down
Operation of STD
Outdoor Unit

Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
Function unit's solenoid
0 Hz + OFF
H + ON
Y5-ON
ON + OFF
H + ON
Y6-OFF
ON + OFF
H + ON
Y7-OFF
l No. 2 outdoor unit liquid pipe temp.

below 58C
&
l 5 minutes elapse
Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
0 Hz + OFF
H + ON
Y5-ON
ON + ON
H + ON
Y6-OFF
ON + ON
H + ON
Y7-OFF

mode.
STD outdoor unit 2 liquid

pipe temp. above 60C
(VF127)
First fully close the liquid side and pressure equalizing side stop valves of the STD outdoor unit to be
pumped down. The indoor unit fan is fixed at L tap.
To pump down refrigerant of STD outdoor unit 1
INV outdoor
unit
STD outdoor
unit 1
STD outdoor
unit 2
Compressor
Outdoor
unit fan
P I control
H + ON
Low pressure
protection control
OFF
H + ON
Y6-ON
H + ON
Low pressure
protection control
P I control

mode.
(VF171)
To pump down refrigerant of STD outdoor unit 2:

Outdoor unit operation is same as STD outdoor unit 1.
260
Si-05C
Flow of Refrigerant in Each Operating Mode
5. Flow of Refrigerant in Each Operating Mode

5.1
Heat Pump Model

The flow of refrigerant in each mode is shown for high pressure gas or condensed liquid refrigerant by the
line, and for evaporated low pressure gas by the
line.
1. Normal cooling
2. Normal heating
3. Oil return (cooling)
4. Oil return (heating)
5. Defrost
6. Oil equalizing operation (cooling)
7. Oil equalizing operation (heating step 1)
8. Oil equalizing operation (heating step 2)
9. Heating pump down residual operation
10. Refrigerant pump down operation
11. Emergency Operation for Inverter Failure (cooling)
12. Emergency Operation for Inverter Failure (heating)
261
5.1.1
Si-05C
Normal Cooling
Function unit
BL3K
Constant speed outdoor unit 2

RNY10K

RNY10K
Inverter outdoor unit

RXY10K
(VE012)
262
Si-05C
5.1.2
Normal Heating
Function unit
BL3K

RNY10K

RNY10K

RXY10K
(VE013)
263
5.1.3
Si-05C
Oil Return (Cooling)

Function unit
BL3K

RNY10K

RNY10K

RXY10K
(VE014)
264
Si-05C
5.1.4
Oil Return (Heating)

Function unit
BL3K

RNY10K

RNY10K

RXY10K
(VE015)
265
5.1.5
Si-05C
Defrost
Function unit
BL3K

RNY10K

RNY10K

RXY10K
(VE016)
266
Si-05C
5.1.6
Oil Equalizing Operation (Cooling)

Function unit
BL3K

RNY10K

RNY10K

RXY10K
(VE017)
267
5.1.7
Si-05C
Oil Equalizing Operation (Heating Step 1)

Function unit
BL3K

RNY10K

RNY10K

RXY10K
(VE018)
268
Si-05C
5.1.8
Oil Equalizing Operation (Heating Step 2)

Function unit
BL3K

RNY10K

RNY10K

RXY10K
(VE019)
269
5.1.9
Si-05C
Heating Pump Down Residual Operation

Function unit
BL3K

RNY10K

RNY10K

RXY10K
(VE020)
270
Si-05C
5.1.10 Refrigerant Pump Down Operation (When Constant Speed Outdoor Unit has a Malfunction)
Function unit
BL3K

RNY10K

RNY10K

RXY10K
(VE021)
271
Si-05C
5.1.11 Emergency Operation for Inverter Failure (Cooling)

Function unit
BL3K

RNY10K

RNY10K

RXY10K
(VE022)
272
Si-05C
5.1.12 Emergency Operation for Inverter Failure (Heating)

Function unit
BL3K

RNY10K

RNY10K

RXY10K
(VE023)
273
5.2
Cooling Only Model

The flow of refrigerant in each mode is shown for high pressure gas or condensed liquid refrigerant by the
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
274
Si-05C
line, and for evaporated low pressure gas by the
line.
Normal cooling
Oil return (cooling)
Oil equalizing operation (cooling)
Refrigerant pump down operation
Emergency Operation for Inverter Failure (cooling)
Si-05C
5.2.1
Normal Cooling
Function unit
BC3K

RN10K

RN10K

RX10K
(VE024)
275
5.2.2
Si-05C
Oil Return (Cooling)

Function unit
BC3K

RN10K

RN10K

RX10K
(VE025)
276
Si-05C
5.2.3
Oil Equalizing Operation (Cooling)

Function unit
BC3K

RN10K

RN10K

RX10K
(VE026)
277
5.2.4
Si-05C
Refrigerant Pump Down Operation

Function unit
BC3K

RN10K

RN10K

RX10K
(VE027)
278
Si-05C
5.2.5
Emergency Operation for Inverter Failure (Cooling)

Function unit
BC3K

RN10K

RN10K

RX10K
(VE028)
279
280
Si-05C
Si-05C
3DUW#:
7HVW#2SHUDWLRQ
3/86#6HULHV
1. Test Operation ....................................................................................282
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
Test Operation PLUS Series
Procedure and Outline .........................................................................282

Operation When Power is Turned On ..................................................284
Outdoor Unit PC Board Assy...............................................................285
Switch Settings According to Number of Outdoor Units.......................287
Setting Modes ......................................................................................288
Sequential Start....................................................................................296
(DTA104A61 DTA104A62).................................................................297
Cool/Heat Mode Switching (*Except for Cooling Only System) ...........300
Low Noise Operation............................................................................304
Demand Control ...................................................................................305
Wiring Check Operation .......................................................................306
281
Test Operation
Si-05C
1. Test Operation
1.1
Procedure and Outline

The operation sequence is the most important thing for test operation. Follow the following outline.
1.1.1
Check The Following Before Turning Power On.
Mistaken power wiring, loose screws
Mistaken control transmission wiring, loose screws
Piping size, presence of thermal insulation
Measurement of main power circuit insulation
Use a 500V megar-tester.
Outdoor No. switch of constant speed type outdoor unit (SS2)
Addition or replenishment of refrigerant as needed
Be sure to record addition or replenishment.
Fully close respective stop valves on liquid,

gas and pressure equalizing sides of function unit,
inverter type and constant speed type units.
(VF128)
1.1.2
Turn Power On.
Turn on outdoor unit power.
Be sure to turn the power on 6 hours before

starting operation in order to supply electricity
to the crankcase heater.
Set various selectable modes on the function unit PC board.
For field settings, see setting modes.
Turn on indoor unit power.

(VF129)
Refer to Setting Modes on P288
282
Si-05C
1.1.3
Test Operation
Check Operation.
Carry out wiring check operation,

and check wiring and piping connections.
Set the operation mode to cool.
Set to the test operation mode

and operate using the remote controller.
Normal operation
For wiring check operation procedure, see wiring check

operation.
Even if it's the heating season, set to cooling mode in

order to prevent liquid from backing up. You may
however run the unit in the heating mode if the outdoor
temperature is -5 C or lower.
To enter the test operation mode, push the inspection /

test operation button of the indoor unit remote
controller 4 times. Push once more to return to the
normal operation mode.
Make sure cold air (or warm air) is coming from the
indoor unit.
Run the indoor units one at a time, and make sure
that the corresponding outdoor units also run.
(VF130)
Refer to Wiring Check Operation on P306
283
Test Operation
Si-05C
1.2
Operation When Power is Turned On
1.2.1
When Turning On Power for First Time

The unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the master power and address (indooroutdoor address, etc.).
Function unit ... Test lamp (H2P) blinks
Can also be set during operation described above.
Outdoor unit ... Warning lamp (HWL) lights
Indoor unit ... If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the UH malfunction indicator
blinks. (Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.)
1.2.2
When Turning On Power The Second Time and Subsequent

Tap the RESET button on the function unit PC board. Operation becomes possible after setting up for
about 2 minutes. If you do not push the RESET button, the unit cannot be run for up to 10 minutes to
automatically set master power.
Function unit ... Test lamp (H2P) blinks
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit ... If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the operation lamp lights but the
compressor does not operate. (Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.)
1.2.3
When an Outdoor Unit, Indoor Unit or BS Unit Has Been Added, or Indoor Unit PC Board Has
Been Changed
Be sure to push and hold the wiring change button for 5 seconds or longer. If not, the addition cannot be
recognized. In this case, the unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the address
(indoor-outdoor address, etc.).
Function unit ... Test lamp (H2P) goes off
Indoor unit ... If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the ##UH## or ##U4##
malfunction indicator blinks. (Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.)
Note:
284
Concerning compressor frequency when starting

Starting control is executed to stop operation frequency from rising to protect the compressor, and
is carried out in accordance with the time elapsed since turning on the power, how long the
compressors have been stopped, and outdoor temperature. The operating frequency of the
compressor is held down during this time, and is not a malfunction.
1. When cooling
Max. 7 minutes if outdoor temp. is low
2. When heating
Max. 33 minutes if starting first time since turning power on
Max. 15 minutes is starting second time or subsequent since turning power on
Si-05C
1.3
Test Operation
Outdoor Unit PC Board Assy
Function Unit and

Outdoor Unit
(Inverter Type)
285
Test Operation
Si-05C
Transmission terminal
Indoor unit, Cool/Heat selector
Outdoor - Outdoor
Note: The R unit is not
provided with the cool/heat
select remote control
terminals.
Transmission terminal
Function unit - Each outdoor
unit Series connection
Function setting mode switch

and LED
Outdoor unit No. setting (SS2) Presettable for constant-speed outdoor unit only 2: Second unit, 3: Third
unit
Note: This setting is not
available on the inverter type
LED
2 3
Outdoor
unit No.
SS2
(VL115)
286
Function of setting between

cooling and heating(Except
for cooling only system)
Outdoor unit connections

setting (SS3)
Note: This setting is not
available on the BL2K and
BR2K.
Set the number of outdoor units being connected.
2 3
Outdoor
unit
connections
SS3
(VL117)
Si-05C
1.4
Test Operation
Switch Settings According to Number of Outdoor Units

The switches of the function unit and constant speed type outdoor unit PC boards must be set to match the
number of outdoor units.
1.4.1
If there are 3 outdoor units:
1.4.2
If there are 2 outdoor units:
There is no switch for setting the number of outdoor units (SS3) for BL2K and BR2K.
NOTE:
1.
2.
Switch the switches described above before turning on the power.

Factory settings
Function unit switch for setting the number of outdoor units (SS3) ... 3
Constant speed type outdoor unit switch for setting the number of outdoor units (SS2) ... 2
287
Test Operation
1.5
Si-05C
Setting Modes
There are the following three setting modes.
Setting mode 1 (H1P off)
Used to select the cool/heat setting, low-noise run and sequential start.
Setting mode 2 (H1P on)
Used to modify the running status and to program addresses, etc. Usually used in servicing the system.
Monitor mode (H1P flashing)
Used to check the programs made in the setting modes, the number of units being connected, and other
entries.
Functions of Pushbutton Switches

MODE TEST
C / H select
IND
L.N.
SEQ.
Used to set the cool/heat select.
MASTER SLAVE O.P START

IN/D OUT/D
UNIT UNIT
H1P H2P
H3P
H4P
MODE
SET
BS1
BS2
H5P
H6P
H7P
RETURN WIRING CHECK RESET
Used to rearrange the addresses in modifying the

cabling or increasing the number of indoor units.
C/H
SELECT
SS1
Used to check for wrong cabling.

BS3
BS4
BS5
Used for field programming.

Used to change the setting modes.
(VL120)
Mode Change
Using the MODE button, the modes can be changed as follows.
Press the MODE
button once.
Monitor mode
MODE
(Normal)
Setting mode 1
MODE
Flashing
H1P
Off
H1P
Hold down the MODE

button for 5 seconds.
Setting mode 2
Press the MODE
button once.
MODE
On
H1P
(VL121)
288
Si-05C
Test Operation
Mode Changing Procedure

Set : Use the SET button to make settings.
Press the MODE button.
Press the
SET button.
3 Monitor mode
Select check items with
the operation button.
Hold down the MODE

button for 5 seconds.
1 Setting mode 1
(initial status)
Set
Press the
RETURN button.
Contents displayed
Press the
RETURN button.
Select cool/heat run

with the operation button.
Note. 1
Press the
RETURN button.
Select low-noise run with

the operation button.
Set
Press the
RETURN button.
Select sequential start
Press the MODE

button.
Set
Set
Press the
RETURN button.
2 Setting mode 2
Select items with the
operation button.
Set
Press the
RETURN button.
Select setting items
Set
Press the
RETURN button.
Contents displayed
Press the
RETURN button.
Press the
MODE button.
(VF131)
Note:
No cool/heat selection for cooling only system
289
Test Operation
1.5.1
Si-05C
Setting Mode 1
Cool/heat selection setting

(SS1)
MODE
H1P
TEST
H2P
If carried out from the indoor unit remote controller:

IN/D OUT/D C/H
UNIT UNIT SELECT
SS1
H4P
H5P
H6P
IN/D OUT/D H/C

UNIT UNIT SELECT
SS1
(Factory set)
The factory settings are:

Individual (C/H SELECT), OFF (L.N.O.P.), ON (SEQ. START)
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
If carried out from the cool/heat selector:
You can change the cool/heat selection permission, low noise and
sequential start settings by pushing the SET switch.
H7P
To skip settings you don't want to change, push the RETURN switch
and go to the next setting.
SET
Change cool/heat
selection to MASTER.
An optional adaptor for outside control of outdoor units is required

if you have set cool/heat selection to MASTER or SLAVE.
SET
MODE
TEST
H1P
H2P
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
SET
MODE
TEST
H1P
H2P
Change low noise operation to "ON".
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
SET
MODE
TEST
H1P
H2P
MODE
TEST
H1P
H2P
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
RETURN
External control adaptor for outdoor unit is required

if low noise operation is set to "ON".
SET
MODE
TEST
H1P
H2P
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
SET
Change sequential start to "OFF".
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
RETURN
SET
MODE
TEST
H1P
H2P
Setting complete
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
SET
MODE
TEST
TEST
H1P
H2P
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
H1P
H2P
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
MODE
MODE
Monitor mode
Setting mode 2
Note:
MODE
RETURN
GROUP MASTER (cool/heat selection),

ON (low noise), OFF (sequential start)
290
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
(VF133)
External control adaptor for outdoor unit is required if cool/heat selection set to MASTER or SLAVE, or if
low noise operation is set to ON.
Si-05C
1.5.2
Test Operation
Setting Mode 2
To switch from setting mode 1 (normal) to setting mode 2, you must push and hold the next page button
(BS1) for 5 seconds. (You cannot enter setting mode 2 while setting mode 1 is set.)
Setting Procedure
Note:
1. Push the SET button and match with the setting item (LED display). (All 10 settings)
2. Push the RETURN button (BS3) and the present settings flicker (LED display).
3. Push the SET button (BS2) and match with each setting (LED flicker display).
4. Push the RETURN button (BS3) and enter the settings.
5. Push the RETURN button (BS3) and return to the initial status.
1. If you become unsure of how to proceed, push the MODE button (BS1) and return to setting mode 1.
2. The initial status of setting mode 2 is the status of setting item No. 1 in mode 2.
291
Test Operation
Si-05C
Setting Items
Setting item
Description
LED display
LED display
EMG
(Emergency
operation 1)
Cool/heat
Address for
unified address cool/heat
unified
operation
Address
Binary number
(5 digits)
Low noise /
demand
address
Address for
low noise /
demand
operation.
Address
Binary number
(5 digits)
Forced fan
switch
Indoor unit fan

turns while unit
is stopped.
Indoor unit
forced
operation
Frequency fix
Allows operation of
indoor unit from
outdoor unit.

(H tap)
Normal operation
Indoor unit forced
operation
Normal operation
Emergency
operation when
inverter type
outdoor unit
malfunctions.
Emergency operation
(Operates by constant speed outdoor unit
only.)
Normal operation
0
1
2
~
31
0
1
2
~
31
Fixes compressor
frequency.
INV : (60Hz+OFF)
STD1: (ON+OFF)
STD2: (ON+OFF)
Frequency fix
Normal operation
TE setting
Low pressure
setting for
cooling.
8 TC setting
High pressure
setting for
Note 1 heating
9 Defrost setting Temperature
setting for
Note 1 defrost.
10 Air NET
Address for
address
Air NET
High
Low
Quick defrost
Slow defrost
Address
0
Binary number
1
(6 digits)
2
~
63
11 Pump down
operation 1
Pump down
operation of
INV outdoor
unit.
12 Pump down
operation 2
Pump down
operation of STD
1 outdoor unit.
13 Pump down
operation 3
Pump down
operation of STD
2 outdoor unit.
14 Forced backup
operation
(Emergency
operation 2)
Executes
emergency
operation when
constant speed
outdoor unit is
faulty.
Pump down operation
Normal operation
When constant speed

outdoor unit 2 is faulty:
When constant speed
outdoor unit 1 is faulty:
Normal operation
(VF169)
Note:
292
TC setting and Defrost setting are not applicable to cooling only system.
Si-05C
Test Operation
No Setting item
Description
1 EMG
(Emergency
operation 1)
Emergency operation
when Inverter type
outdoor unit malfunctions.
2 Cool/heat
unified
address
Address for cool/heat

unified operation
LED display
LED display
LED display
Emergency operation
R
Normal operation
Address
Binary number
(6 digits)
31
S
3 Low noise /
demand
address
Address for low noise

/ demand operation
Address
Binary number
(6 digits)
31
S
4 Forced fan
switch
Indoor unit fan turns

while unit is stopped.

R (H tap)
Normal operation
S
Push 3 times
Allows operation of
indoor unit from
outdoor unit
5 Indoor unit
forced
operation

R (H tap)
Normal operation
7 TE setting
Low pressure setting

for cooling
Frequency fix
R
Normal operation
TC setting
High pressure setting
Note 1 for heating
S
Push 3 times
9 Defrost
setting
High
Low
Temperature setting
for defrost
Fixes compressor frequency.

INV : (60Hz + OFF)
STD 1 : (ON+OFF)
STD 2 : (ON+OFF)
S
6 Frequency fix
Quick defrost
S
R Normal (factory set)

S
Note 1
Slow defrost
S
10 Air Net
address
Address for
Air Net
Address
Binary number
(6 digits)
63
S
11 Pump down
operation 1
Pump down operation

of INV outdoor unit
12 Pump down
operation 2
Pump down operation

of STD 1 outdoor unit
Pump down
operation
13 Pump down
operation 3
Pump down operation

of STD 2 outdoor unit
S
Push 4 times
14 Forced back
up operation
(Emergency
operation 2)
Executes emergency
operation when
constant speed
outdoor unit is faulty.
Normal operation
Constant speed outdoor

unit 2 has broken
R Constant speed outdoor
unit 1 has broken
S
S
Normal operation
S
R
S
RETURN BUTTON
SET BUTTON
(VF134)
293
Test Operation
1.5.3
Si-05C
Monitor Mode
MODE
TEST
C/H SELECT
SEQ.
L.N.O.P.
START
IND MASTER SLAVE
To enter the monitor mode, push the MODE button when in setting mode 1.
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
MODE
The lower 4 digits indicate the setting in each of the frames

below.
No 0
RETURN
High
Low
Tc (high pressure for heating)
High
Low
Te (low pressure for cooling)
SET
Defrost
(temperature setting for defrost)
EMG
(emergency operation when
malfunction occurs)
SET
No 1
RETURN
Quick defrost
Slow defrost
ON
OF
Push the SET button and match with the LEDs No. 1 - 15, push the RETURN button,
and enter the data for each setting.
* Data such as addresses and number of units is expressed as binary numbers; the two
ways of expressing are as follows:
The No. 1 cool/heat group address is expressed as a
binary number consisting of the lower 6 digits. (0 - 63)
SET
16
(1 to 15 times)
32
4
8
In (1), the address is 010110 (binary number), which

translates to 16 + 4 + 2 = 22 (base 10 number). In other
words, the address is 22.
RETURN
2
No 16
No12
64
16
128 32
4
No13
1
2
The number of terminal blocks for No. 12 and 13 is

expressed as an 8-digit binary number which is the
combination of four upper and four lower digits for No.
12 and 13 respectively. (0 - 128)
In (2), the address for No. 12 is 0101, the address for
No. 13 is 0110, and the combination of the two is
01010110 (binary number), which translates to 64 + 16
+ 4 + 2 = 86 (base 10 number). In other words, the
number of terminal blocks is 86.
See the following page for a list of the data for No. 1 - 16.
(VF135)
After making sure the data is correct, push the RETURN button and return to No. 0, or push the
MODE button and return to setting mode 1.
294
Si-05C
Test Operation
Monitor Mode Data

Mode No.
LED
Data
Display
method
Size (binary number)
No 1
{OOOOO{
No 2
{OOOO{ O
0 ~ 31
Lower 6 digits
Low noise / demand address
0 ~ 31
No 3
{ OOOO{ {
Not used
Lower 6 digits
0 ~ 63
Lower 6 digits
0 ~ 63 units
Lower 6 digits
No 4
{OOO{OO
Not used
No 5
{OOO {O{
Number of connected units
No 6
{OOO { {O
Number of connected BS units
0 ~ 63 units
Lower 6 digits
No 7
{OOO{ { {
Number of connected zone units

(excluding outdoor and BS units)
0 ~ 63 units
Lower 6 digits
No 8
{OO {OOO
Number of outdoor units
0 ~ 63 units
Lower 6 digits
No 9
{OO{OO{
Number of BS units
0 ~ 128 units
No 10
{OO{O{O
Number of BS units
0 ~ 128 units
No 11
{OO{O{ {
Number of zone units (excluding

outdoor and BS units)
0 ~ 63 units
Lower 6 digits
No 12
{OO{ {OO
0 ~ 128 units
No 13
{OO { {O{
0 ~ 128 units
No 14
{OO{ { {O
Not used
No 15
{OO{ { { {
Not used
No 16
{O{OOOO
Not used
295
Test Operation
1.6
Si-05C
Sequential Start
Separates path timing of commercial power supply compressors by 3 seconds each in order to prevent
overcurrent when more than 1 compressor are to be started at the same time.
Improved wiring system enables sequential start of up to 5 function units and 10 outdoor units.
If you want to carry out sequential start, connect outdoor unit - outdoor unit transmission wiring as shown
below.
The function unit PC board (EC) is factory set to sequential start.
296
Si-05C
1.7
Test Operation
External Control Adaptor for Outdoor Units (DTA104A61 DTA104A62)
Objective/Use
By adding an adaptor for outside control of outdoor units to BS units or indoor units connected in a DIIINET, you can simultaneously select cool/heat mode for several outdoor units in the system, and it enables
demand control and low noise control.
Part Names and Functions
Note:
1.7.1
SS2 is not applicable to cooling only system.
(1) Cool/Heat Mode Unified Selection (For Detailed Example of Wiring, See The Page
Describing Cool/Heat Mode Control.)
Refer to Cool/Heat Mode Switching on P300
System Outline
297
Test Operation
Settings of
Switches on The
PC Board Adaptor
Si-05C
l SS1
l SS2
l DS12
C/H
BOTH C / H
DE
"BOTH" is selected when

demand control is carried out
at the same time.
OFF
OFF
ON
Set the same address as the cool/heat

mode address of the function unit.
(VL193)
Note:
1.7.2
Set the SS1 cool/heat selector switch on the function unit to outdoor. You must also set cool/heat selector
master or slave by pushbutton switch.
Demand / Low Noise Control (Except for Cooling Only System)

Connecting control input to the adaptor for outside control of outdoor units enables demand and low noise
control.
Demand control (figures indicate demand rate)
When short circuit between (1) and (C): Approx. 70% as a guideline
When short circuit between (3) and (C): Forced fan operation
Low noise control (Outdoor unit)
Running noise can be reduced by 2~ 3dB by controlling capacity of outdoor unit.
<System General>
298
When each system is set to the same address, the same demand control operation is conducted.
Si-05C
Test Operation
Address Setting (DS1 / DS2)

Decide the address for each control unit from 0~9 and set.
[Common]
Control Input Specifications

Input signal
Constant contact a
Input current is approx. 12 - 24 VDC, 10 mA per contact.
Use a micro-current contact for the relay contact.
(Max. 12 VDC, 1 mA)
Outside wiring specifications
Recommended electric wiring: Sheathed vinyl cord or cable 0.75~1.25 mm (double core)
Wiring length: Max. 150 m
Run separate from power line in order to prevent malfunction.
Note:
Be sure to make the address No. of the PC board adaptor described above match the address No. of
function unit or outdoor unit (BS unit if using heat recovery type).
(For detailed settings, see the installation manual.)
Refer to the INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION
299
Test Operation
1.8
Si-05C
Cool/Heat Mode Switching (Except for Cooling Only System)

The VRV PLUS Series cool/heat switching system offers the following 4 cool/heat modes.
1. Set cool/heat separately for each outdoor system by indoor unit remote controller.
2. Set cool/heat separately for each outdoor system by cool/heat selector.
3. Set cool/heat for more than one outdoor unit system simultaneously in accordance with unified master
outdoor unit by indoor unit remote controller.
4. Set cool/heat for more than one outdoor unit system simultaneously in accordance with unified master
outdoor unit by cool/heat selector.
Details of each setting mode are explained below.
(For modes 3 and 4, perform power supply reset of the outdoor unit external control adaptor after changing
the setting.
1.8.1
Set Cool/Heat Separately for Each Outdoor System by Indoor Unit Remote Controller.
It doesnt matter whether or not there is outdoor - outdoor unit wiring.
Set function unit PC board SS1 to indoor (factory set).
Set cool/heat switching to individual for setting mode 1 (factory set).
300
Si-05C
1.8.2
Test Operation
Set Cool/Heat Separately for Each Outdoor System by C/H SELECTOR.

It doesnt matter whether or not there is outdoor - outdoor unit wiring.
Set function unit PC board SS1 to outdoor.
Set cool/heat switching to individual for setting mode 1 (factory set).
301
Test Operation
1.8.3
Si-05C
Setting of Cool/Heat by Outdoor Unit System Group in Accordance with Group Master
Outdoor Unit by Indoor Unit Remote Controller
302
Si-05C
1.8.4
Test Operation
Setting of Cool/Heat by Outdoor Unit System Group in Accordance with Group Master
Outdoor Unit by COOL/HEAT Selector Remote Controller
Set SS1 of the outdoor unit PCB to OUT/DOOR UNIT (factory set).
303
Test Operation
1.9
Si-05C
Low Noise Operation

By connecting the external contact input to the low noise input of the outdoor unit external control adaptor
for outdoor unit (optional), you can save power and lower operating noise by 2 -3 dB.
Instructions for
Demand Control
Operation
1. Outdoor unit field setting

Setting mode 1: Set low noise operation to ON.
Setting mode 2: Match low noise operation and demand control address with address of outdoor unit
external control adaptor.
2. Outdoor unit external control adaptor setting
Function switch (SS1)
Set to BOTH or DE.
Address setting switches (DS1, DS2)
Match with outdoor unit low noise operation and demand control address.
3. Short-circuit the low noise input of outdoor unit external control adaptor for outdoor unit.
Low Noise Control

System Example
304
Si-05C
1.10
Test Operation
Demand Control
By connecting the external contact input to the demand input of the outdoor unit external control adaptor
(option), the compressor operating conditions can be controlled for reduced power consumption.
Demand 1 Approximately 70% level
Demand 2 Approximately 40% level
Demand 3 Forced thermostat OFF
Instructions for
Demand Control
Operation
1. Outdoor unit field setting

Setting mode 1: Set low noise operation to ON.
Setting mode 2: Match low noise operation and demand control address with address of outdoor unit
external control adaptor.
2. Outdoor unit external control adaptor setting
Function switch (SS1)
Set to BOTH or DE.
Address setting switches (DS1, DS2)
Match with outdoor unit low noise operation and demand control address.
3. Select one from demand input terminals 1 through 3 on the outdoor unit external control
adaptor, and short the corresponding terminals.
Demand 1 Short 1-C.
Demand 2 Short 2-C.
Demand 3 Short 3-C.
Demand Control
System Example
305
Test Operation
1.11
Si-05C
Wiring Check Operation

If within 12 hours of stopping cooling or heating, be sure to run all indoor units in the system you want to
check in the fan mode for about 60 minutes in order to prevent mis-detection.
Operation Method
Note:
306
1. In the monitor mode, check the number of connected indoor units. (See monitor mode.)
2. Push and hold the WIRING CHECK button (BS4) for 5 seconds to perform wiring check operation.
While running, TEST (H2P) lights and goes off when finished.
If TEST (H2P) flickers (wiring check operation failure), push and hold the RESET button (BS5) for 5
seconds, and then repeat the procedure from the beginning.
3. About 1 minute after you finish running the system, once again check the number of connected indoor
units in the monitor mode and make sure the number agrees with the first time you checked. If not, it
indicates that there is a wiring mistake. Fix the wiring of the indoor unit whose remote controller displays
UF when its ON/OFF switch is turned ON.
Other settings are not accepted during wiring check operation.
Si-05C
3DUW#;
7URXEOHVKRRWLQJ
3/86#6HULHV
1. Troubleshooting for VRV PLUS Series ...............................................309
1.1 Troubleshooting for VRV PLUS Series ................................................309

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24

Outdoor Unit: Acturation of High Pressure Switch ...............................314
Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperture...........................317
Outdoor Unit: Defect of Pressure Switch for High Pressure Control ....318
Outdoor Unit: Defect of Pressure Switch for Low Pressure Control.....319
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) for Header ..................324
Excessive Number of Indoor Units .......................................................332
Refrigerant System not set, Incompatible Wiring/Piping ......................333
Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined..........334

5. How to Use The Monitor Switch On The Inverter PC Board ...............336

5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
How to Use The Monitor Switch On The Inverter PC Board ................336

Actuation of Fin Thermal ......................................................................337
Defect of Compressor Coil ...................................................................338
Compressor Overload ..........................................................................339
Defect of Compressor ..........................................................................340
Malfunction of Connection Between The Inverter Unit and
Outdoor Unit PC Board ........................................................................341
5.7 Power Supply Insufficient .....................................................................342
Troubleshooting PLUS Series
307
Si-05C
5.8 Open Phase .........................................................................................343

5.9 Defect of Radiator Fin Temperature Sensor ........................................344
308
Si-05C
Troubleshooting for VRV PLUS Series
1. Troubleshooting for VRV PLUS Series

1.1
Troubleshooting for VRV PLUS Series

You can troubleshoot by the malfunction code displayed on the indoor units remote controller same as
other series. The HWL lamp lights to let you know which of the outdoor units is malfunctioning. The function
unit is not equipped with a HWL.
Example:If an E0 malfunction is displayed on the remote controller and HWL is lit for constant speed type
outdoor unit 1. This tells you that the malfunction was caused by a safety device of the constant speed type
outdoor unit tripping.
309
Si-05C
2. Diagnosis by Malfunction Code

2.1

Malfunction Code
310
Malfunction Contents
Fan Operation
Page
E0
311, 312
E1
313
E3
Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch
314
E4
315
E9
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion

Valve (Y1E)
316
F3
Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature
317
H3
Outdoor Unit: Defect of Pressure Switch for High Pressure

Control
318
H4
Outdoor Unit: Defect of Pressure Switch for Low Pressure

Control
319
H9
320
J3
321
J5
322
J6
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Heat

Exchanger
323
J7
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) for Header
324
JA
325
JC
326
JH
327
U0
Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic

Expansion Valve Failure
328
U1
"Negative Phase, Open Phase
329
U4
Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units
330
U7
Malfunction of Transmission between Outdoor Units
331
UA
332
333
UF
"Refrigerant System not set, Incompatible Wiring/Piping
UH
"Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined
334
L4
Actuation of Fin Thermal
337
L5
Defect of Compressor Coil
338
L8
Compressor Overload
339
L9
Defect of Compressor
340
LC
Malfunction of Connection between The Inverter Unit and

Outdoor Unit PC Board
341
U2
Power Supply Insufficient
342
P1
Open Phase
343
P4
Defect of Radiator Fin Temperature Sensor
344
Si-05C
Troubleshooting
3. Troubleshooting
3.1
Remote Controller
Display
(3
Applicable Models
Inverter type units HWL is lit.
Supposed Causes
Tripped outdoor unit safety device (INV outdoor unit / constant speed outdoor unit)
Faulty outdoor unit PC board (INV outdoor unit / constant speed outdoor unit)
Troubleshooting
Connectors
or terminals are
connected to X8A - X11A and
X1S - X2S of the outdoor
unit PC board
(A1P).
NO
Connect the connectors or

terminals and operate.
YES
The F2C (X1S - X2S)
contact is open.
YES
Standard type unit magnetic

switch OC 1
NO
The Q1M
(X8A) or Q2M (X9A)
contact is open.
YES
Tripped fan motor safety

thermostat 2
NO
Operates
normally when operated by
remote controller.
YES
NO
There was an instantaneous

power failure or a safety
device was tripped. Check
the refrigerant system again.
Outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
replace
(VF136)
1: Magnetic switch OC
Faulty compressor
Power supply voltage malfunction
Faulty magnetic switch
Other
2: Tripped fan motor safety thermostat
Faulty fan motor
Faulty condenser
Other
311
Troubleshooting
3.2
Si-05C
Remote Controller
Display
(3
Applicable Models
HWL of constant speed outdoor Unit is lit
Supposed Causes
Tripped outdoor unit safety device (INV outdoor unit / constant speed outdoor unit)
Faulty outdoor unit PC board (INV outdoor unit / constant speed outdoor unit)
Troubleshooting
Connectors
or terminals are
connected to X8A - X11A and
X1S - X4S of the outdoor
unit PC board
(A1P).
NO
Connect the connectors or

terminals and operate.
YES
The F1C (X1S - X2S)
contact is open.
YES
Standard 1 type unit

magnetic switch OC 1
NO
The F2C (X3S-X4S)
contact is open.
YES
Standard 2 type unit

magnetic switch OC 1
NO
The Q1M (X8A) or
Q2M (X9A) contact
is open.
YES
Tripped fan motor safety

thermostat 2
NO
Operates normally
when operated by remote
controller.
YES
NO

exchange
(VF137)
1: Magnetic switch OC
Faulty compressor
Power supply voltage malfunction
Faulty magnetic switch
Other
2: Tripped fan motor safety thermostat
Faulty fan motor
Faulty condenser
Other
312
Si-05C
3.3
Troubleshooting
Remote Controller
Display
(4
Supposed Causes
Faulty outdoor unit PC board (FUNCTION UNIT, INVERTER OUTDOOR UNIT, CONSTANT SPEED
OUTDOOR UNIT)
Trobleshooting
A.Change the outdoor unit PC board of the inverter type or constant speed type outdoor unit for which the
HWL is lit.
B.If the HWL for the inverter type or constant speed type outdoor unit is not lit, change the function units
PC board. (The function unit is not equipped with a HWL.)
313
Troubleshooting
3.4
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit: Acturation of High Pressure Switch
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
(6
Actuation of outdoor unit high pressure switch
Trobleshooting
The S1HP (X10A)
or S2HP (X11A) contact
is open.
NO
YES
Operates
normally when operated by
remote controller.
YES
NO
Actuation of high pressure

switch 1

exchange
(VF138)
1: Actuation of high pressure switch (HPS)

The outdoor unit PC boards connector is disconnected.
Is the outdoor unit heat exchanger dirty?
Defect of outdoor fan
Is the refrigerant over-filled?
314
Si-05C
3.5
Troubleshooting
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
(7
Abnormal drop of low pressure (0 kg/cm [0 MPa])
Defect of low pressure sensor
Trobleshooting
Low
pressure at stop due
to malfunction is
0.0 kg / cm
NO
Measure
the voltage (VL)
of X21A pin No. (2) - (3)
of outdoor PC board (A1P). 1
Is the relationship between
low voltage and VL
normal? 2
YES
YES
Out of gas, refrigerant

system clogging, wiring and
piping wrong connection
Replace the low pressure

sensor.
NO
Replace outdoor unit PC
board INV outdoor unit: A1P
Constant speed outdoor unit:
EC
(VF139)
2: Refer to the pressure sensor, pressure - voltage characteristics table.

Refer to Pressure Sensor Voltage Output / Detected Pressure Characteristics on P410
315
Troubleshooting
3.6
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E)
Remote Controller
Display
(<
Supposed Causes
Defect of moving part of electronic expansion valve

Trobleshooting
Troubleshooting the outdoor unit for which the HWL is lit in accordance with the following flow chart.
Electronic
expansion valve is
unit PC board
(A1P).
YES
Normal
when coil check
(1) of the moving part of
the electronic expansion
valve is checked.
NO
After connecting, turn the

power off and then back on
again.
NO
Replace the moving part of

the electronic expansion
valve.
YES
The
connecting cable
is short-circuited or
disconnected.
YES
Replace the connecting

cable.
NO

board.
INV outdoor unit : EC1
Constant speed outdoor unit :
A1P
(VF140)
1 Coil check method for the moving part of the electronic expansion valve Disconnect the electronic
expansion valve from the PC board and check the continuity between the connector pins.
(Normal)
Pin No.
1White
1 White
2 Yellow
3 Orange
4 Blue
5 Red
2Yellow
3Orange
4Blue
5Red
6Brown
6 Brown
: Continuity Approx. 300
{: Continuity Approx. 150
: No continuity
316
Si-05C
3.7
Troubleshooting
Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperture
Remote Controller
Display
)6
Supposed Causes
Trobleshooting
Troubleshooting the outdoor unit for which HWL is lit in accordance with the following flow chart.
Abnormal discharge pipe temperature

Defect of discharge pipe thermistor (5K: R3T 8K, 10K: R3-1T, R3-2T)
Discharge pipe thermistor wrong connection
Liquid injection solenoid valve wrong connection
Discharge
pipe temperature is 135C
or higher.
YES
8, 10K:
Is there a wrong connection of the
discharge pipe thermistor?
INV outdoor unit
R3-1T (inverter side) X17A
R3-2T (standard side) X18A
Constant speed outdoor unit
R3-1T (standard 1 side) X17A
R3-2T (standard 2 side) X18A
NO
NO
8, 10K:
Is there a wrong
connection of the injection
solenoid valves Y2S
and Y3S?
NO
Are the
characteristics of the
discharge pipe thermistor
normal? (3.5k~
400k)
YES
NO
YES
YES
Connect correctly and turn on again.
Out of gas, compression defect, etc.

Defect of the refrigerant system
Replace the discharge pipe
thermistor.
INV outdoor unit : A1P
Constant speed outdoor unit : A1P
(VF141)
317
Troubleshooting
3.8
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit: Defect of Pressure Switch for High Pressure Control
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
+6
Defect of pressure swich for high pressure control
Disconnected or faulty wiring connector
Trobleshooting
Is connector
connected to X26A of the
outdoor unit PC
board?
YES
Stop
running of
S3HP (X26A) contact
is open. (Disconnect the
connecter and check
the continuity)
NO
NO
YES
Connect the wiring and turn

on again.
Replace the pressure switch

for low pressure control
(S3HP)
board.
(VF142)
318
Si-05C
3.9
Troubleshooting
Outdoor Unit: Defect of Pressure Switch for Low Pressure Control
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
+7
Defect of pressure swich for low pressure control
Disconnected or faulty wiring connector
Trobleshooting
Is connector
connected to X23A of the
outdoor unit PC
board?
YES
Stop
running of
S1LP (X23A) contact is
open. (Disconnect the
connecter and check
the continuity)
NO
NO
YES
Connect the wiring and turn

on again.
Replace the pressure switch

for low pressure control
(S1LP)
board.
(VF143)
319
Troubleshooting
3.10
Si-05C
Remote Controller
Display
+<
Supposed Causes
Defect of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor unit outdoor air intake

Troubleshooting
Troubleshoot the outdoor unit for which the HWL is lit in accordance with the following flow chart.
Connector
outdoor PC board.
NO
Connect the thermistor and

turn on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
the thermistor (R1T) from the
(3.5k~
360k)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor

(X20A)

board.
A1P
(VF144)
320
Si-05C
3.11
Troubleshooting
Remote Controller
Display
-6
Supposed Causes
Defect of thermistor (R3T, R3-1T, R3-2T) for outdoor unit discharge pipe
Troubleshooting
Connector is
connected to X17A (18) of
outdoor unit PC
board.
YES
Resistance
is normal
when measured after
(R3T, R3-1T, R3-2T) from
the indoor unit PC
board. (3.5k~
400k)
NO
NO

turn on again.
Replace the thermistor (R3T,

R3-1T, R3-2T)
YES
board.
A1P
(VF145)
321
Troubleshooting
3.12
Si-05C
Remote Controller
Display
-8
Supposed Causes
Defect of thermistor (R4T) for outdoor unit suction pipe

Troubleshooting
Connector
outdoor unit PC
board .
YES
Resistance
is normal when
indoor unit PC board.
(3.5k~
360k)
YES
NO
NO

turn on again.

board.
A1P
(VF146)
322
Si-05C
3.13
Troubleshooting
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Heat Exchanger
Remote Controller
Display
-9
Supposed Causes
Defect of thermistor (R2T) for outdoor unit coil

Troubleshooting
Connector
s connected to X19A of
outdoor unit PC
board.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
(3.5k~
360k)
YES
NO
NO

turn on again.

board.
A1P
(VF147)
323
Troubleshooting
3.14
Si-05C
Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) for Header
Remote Controller
Display
-:
Supposed Causes
Defect of thermistor (R6T) for outdoor unit header

Troubleshooting
Connector
s connected to X13A of
outdoor unit PC
board.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
(3.5k~
360k)
YES
NO
NO

turn on again.

board.
A1P
(VF148)
324
Si-05C
3.15
Troubleshooting
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
-$
Defect of high pressure sensor system
Connection of low pressure sensor with wrong connection.
Troubleshooting
The
high pressure
sensors connected to X22A
(red) of outdoor unit
PC board.
NO
Connect the high pressure

sensor and turn on again.
YES
The
relationship
between the 1
VH and high pressure
is normal (see 2) when
voltage is measured between
X22A pins (1) and (3) of
outdoor unit PC
board (A1P)
(see 1).
YES

board A1P.
NO
Replace the high pressure
sensor.
(VF149)
2: Refer to pressure sensor, pressure / voltage characteristics table.

Refer to Pressure Sensor Voltage Output / Detected Pressure Characteristics on P410
325
Troubleshooting
3.16
Si-05C
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
-&
Defect of low pressure sensor system
Connection of high pressure sensor with wrong connection.
Troubleshooting
The low
pressure sensor is
connected to X21A (blue) of
(A1P).
NO
Connection of high pressure

sensor with wrong
connection.
YES
The
relationship
between the 1
VH and low pressure is
normal (see 2) when voltage
is measured between X21A pins
(2) and (3) of outdoor unit
PC board (A1P)
(see 1).
YES

board A1P.
NO
Replace the low pressure
sensor.
(VF150)
2: Refer to pressure sensor, pressure/voltage characteristics table.

Refer to Pressure Sensor Voltage Output / Detected Pressure Characteristics on P410.
326
Si-05C
3.17
Troubleshooting
Remote Controller
Display
-+
Supposed Causes
Defect of oil temperature thermistor (R5T)

Troubleshooting
Is theconnector
is connected to X15A of the
outdoor PC board ?
NO

and turn on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured with thermistor
(R5T) disconnected from the
(3.5k~360k)
YES
NO
Replace thermistor (R5T).

board.
A1P
(VF151)
327
Troubleshooting
3.18
Si-05C
Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion

Valve Failure
Remote Controller
Display
83
Supposed Causes
Troubleshooting
Out of gas or refrigerant system clogging (incorrect piping)

Defect of thermistor (R2T, R4T) of INV outdoor unit
Defect of low pressure sensor of INV outdoor unit
Defect of outdoor unit PC board of INV outdoor unit
Cooling
YES
Low pressure is
1.0 kg/cm (0.098 MPa)
or less.
NO
YES
NO
The
voltage of
X21A pins (2) and
(3) on both sides of outdoor
unit PC board (A1P)
is 0.8 VDC
or less.
NO
The suction
pipe temperature minus
coil temperature is 20C
or higher.
YES
YES

refrigerant system.
Replace low pressure sensor.

refrigerant system.
NO
Resistance
is normal when
measured with the suction
pipe thermistor (R4T) and coil
thermistor (R2T) disconnected
from the outdoor unit
PC board.
YES
NO
Replace the outdoor unit PC board :

A1P
(VF152)
328
Si-05C
3.19
Troubleshooting
Negative Phase, Open Phase
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
84
Power supply negative phase
Power supply open phase
Defect of outdoor PC board A1P
Troubleshooting
There
is an open phase
at the power supply terminal
section (TeS1) of the
outdoor unit.
YES
Fix the open phase. Requires

inspection of field power
supply section.
NO
Operation
is normal if one place
of power supply line phase
is replaced.
NO
YES
Negative phase
Disposal of the problem is
completed by phase
replacement.
board A1P.
(VF153)
329
Troubleshooting
3.20
Si-05C
Malfunction of Transmission Between Indoor Units
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
87
Short circuited indoor or outdoor unit transmission wiring (F1, F2) or wiring mistake
Function unit power supply OFF
Incorrect system address
Faulty function unit PC board
Faulty indoor unit PC board
Trobleshooting
Was
he indoor unit
PC board or function
unit PC board unit changed,
or outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission unit
wiring modified?
YES
Push and hold the wiring change

button on the function unit PC
Board for 5 seconds.
Cannot operate for up to 12
minutes.
NO
All indoor
remote controllers of
same refrigerant system are
displaying "U4."
NO
Is
indoor-outdoor
and outdoor-outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
YES
NO
YES
Indoor unit PC board replacement
Fix transmission wiring.
Power supply reset
The
microcomputer
normal monitor (HAP) on
the function unit PC
board is
linking.
YES
The standby lamp (H2P)
is blinking.
NO
NO
Supply 220 V.
YES
NO
YES
The function
unit PC Board's fuse
is burnt.
YES
Fuse replacement
NO
Voltage on the
transformer secondary side
is approx. 22 V.
Wait until the lamp goes off.
Is
indoor-outdoor and
outdoor-outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
YES
There is
220 V between the LN
terminals of the function
unit PC board.
YES
NO
NO
Transformer replacement
Function unit PC board replacement

(VF154)
330
Si-05C
3.21
Troubleshooting
Malfunction of Transmission Between Outdoor Units
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
8:
Incorrect outdoor unit No. setting for constant speed type outdoor unit
Incorrect outdoor - outdoor unit transmission wiring connection (Q1Q2)
Incorrect function unit - outdoor unit external control adaptor transmission wiring connection
Incorrect C/H setting
Incorrect C/H unified address setting (function unit, outdoor unit external control adaptor)
Faulty function unit PC board
Faulty outdoor unit external control adaptor
Trobleshooting
Is the
constant speed
type outdoor unit outdoor
unit No. setting switch
(SS2) set correctly?
NO
Set the switch correctly and turn the

power back on.
YES
Is outdoor-outdoor
unit transmission wiring
normal?
NO
YES
C/H setting is set to "IND"
YES
NO
C/H is to be switched all
together.
Is indoor-outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
NO
YES
Fix indoor - outdoor unit

NO
Set C/H setting to "IND"
YES
C/H setting is set to
"MASTER"
YES
The same C/H unified address is

used for more than one outdoor unit
in outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission. Reset the address.
Are the following items

normal?
NO
C/H setting is set to
"SLAVE"
YES
Are the following items

normal?
NO
Fix faulty part.
Outdoor unit external control adaptor

Is the adaptor receiving power?
Is the C/H unified address set correctly?
Outdoor unit (unified master unit)
Is the unit receiving power?
Is the C/H unified address set correctly?
YES
Does the
malfunction occur again
when the C/H setting is
set to "IND"
YES
NO
Outdoor unit external control

adaptor replacement
(VF155)
331
Troubleshooting
3.22
Si-05C
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
8$
The number of connectable indoor units has been exceeded.
Function unit PC board
Troubleshooting
The
total
number of
indoor units connected
to the refrigerant system for
which "UA" is displayed
does not exceed
30 units.
NO
The number of connectable

indoor units has been
exceeded. Change the
number of units connected.
YES
Push and hold the wiring change
button for 5 seconds on the
function unit PC board.
Does malfunction still occur?
NO
Normal
YES
Function unit PC board
replacement
(VF156)
The number of indoor units that can be connected to outdoor unit 1 system differs according to outdoor
unit model.
RXY16K, RXY18K, RXY20K: Max. 20 units
RXY24K, 26K, 28K, 30K: 30 units
Refer to Indoor / Outdoor Unit Combinations on P205
332
Si-05C
3.23
Troubleshooting
Refrigerant System not set, Incompatible Wiring/Piping
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
8)
Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor unit and outdoor unit, or outdoor and
outdoor unit
Failure to execute wiring check operation
Troubleshooting
Wiring check operation
carried out?
NO
Is indoor-outdoor
transmission wiring
normal?
YES
YES
NO
Is indoor-outdoor
transmission wiring
normal?
YES
NO

seconds.
minutes.
Wiring check may not have been
carried out successfully.
(VF157)
Wiring check may not be successful if carried out after the outdoor unit has been off for more than 12
hours, or if it is not carried out after running all connected indoor units in the fan mode for at least an hour.
333
Troubleshooting
3.24
Si-05C
Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
8+
Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor unit and outdoor unit, or outdoor and
outdoor unit
Defect of function unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Is
electricity
being introduce for
the first time after installation
or after an indoor or outdoor
unit PC board has
been replaced?
YES
NO
YES
seconds.
NO
Normal
YES
NO
Is indoor-outdoor and
outdoor-outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
Does
a malfunction
occur even after 12
minutes elapses from the time
when electricity is introduced
to indoor and outdoor
units?

and hold the RESET button on
the outdoor unit PC board for 5
seconds.
The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
NO
Normal
YES
Does a
"UH" malfunction occur
for all indoor units in
the system?
YES
NO
Replace function unit PC board.

(VF158)
334
Si-05C
4. Failure Diagnosis for Inverter System

4.1
Points of Diagnosis
The main causes for each malfunction code are given in the table below. (For details refer to the next page
and those following.
: Failure is probable
{ : Failure is possible
: Failure is improbable
: Failure is impossible
Malfunction Contents of
Code
Malfunction
Location of Failure
Inverter
PC
Board
Power
Unit
Compressor
Refrigerant
System
Other
Point of Diagnosis
Outdoor
Unit PC
Board
Other
Field
Cause
L4
Radiator fin
temperature
rise
Is the intake port of

the radiator fin
clogged?
L5
Instantaneous
over-current
Inspect the
compressor.
L8
Electronic
thermostat
Inspection the
compressor and
refrigerant system.
L9
Stall
prevention
Inspection the
compressor and
refrigerant system.
LC
Malfunction of
transmission
between
inverter PC
board and
outdoor unit
PC board
Inspect the
connection between
the inverter PC
board and outdoor
unit PC board.
Next, inspect the
inverter PC board.
U2
Abnormal
current/
voltage
Inspect the fuse on

the inverter PC
board.
Check the DC
voltage.
P1
Over-ripple
protection
Open phase
Current/voltage
imbalance
Defect of main
circuit wiring"
P4
Defect of
radiator fin
temperature
sensor
Inspect the radiator

fin thermistor.
335
How to Use The Monitor Switch On The Inverter PC Board
Si-05C
5. How to Use The Monitor Switch On The Inverter PC Board

5.1

The monitor lets you know the contents of the latest stop due to malfunction by LED display on the inverter
PC Board. The inverter is equipped with a retry function that retries operation each time stop due to
malfunction occurs, and malfunction is therefore not ascertained by merely entering the five minutes
standby while retry is attempted the prescribed number of times. If the number of retry times is exceeded
within 60 minutes, malfunction is ascertained, and the corresponding malfunction code is displayed on the
indoor unit remote controller.
LED
: Blink
: On
: Off
336
Malfunction Contents
Retry Times
Normal
Malfunction of fin thermistor
Sensor malfunction
Insufficient voltage
Instantaneous over-current
Electronic thermistor
Stall prevention
Open phase detection
Malfunction of microcomputer
Unlimited
Si-05C
5.2
Actuation of Fin Thermal
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
/7
Actuation of fin thermal (Actuates at min. 90C and resets at max. 80C)
Defect of inverter PC board
Defect of fin thermistor
Troubleshooting
Temperature
of the radiator fin rises.
Actuates at min. 90C
Resets at max. 80C
YES
NO
Characteristic
check of the radiator fin
thermistor (Refer to thermistor
characteristics
table.)
Abnormal
Defect of power unit radiation

Intake port is clogged
Radiator fin is dirty
Outdoor temperature is high
Normal
Is reset possible?
NO
Replace the inverter.
YES
Reset and operate.
(VF159)
337
5.3
Si-05C
Defect of Compressor Coil
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
/8
Defect of compressor coil (disconnected, defective insulation)
Compressor start-up malfunction (mechanical lock)
Troubleshooting
The compressor's
coil is disconnected or the
insulation is defective.
YES
NO
Disconnect the
the connection between
the compressor and
inverter.
Inverter
output voltage
check Inverter output
YES
(Normal if within 8 V [Y1, YAL])
(Note) Must be measured
when frequency is
stable.
NO
"L5" blinks again.
Inspect according to the
diagnosis procedure for odd
noises, vibration and
operating status of the
compressor.
(VF160)
When you measure output voltage of an inverter, the reading is higher than the actual voltage.
338
Si-05C
5.4
Compressor Overload
Remote Controller
Display
/;
Supposed Causes
Compressor overload
Compressor coil disconnected
Troubleshooting
Output current check
The
secondary
current of the inverter
is higher than 27.5A (TAL)
or 15 A (Y1, YAL)
for each phase.
YES
Compressor overload
Inspection of the compressor
and refrigerant system is
required.
NO
Disconnect
he compressor and
inverter.
NO
YES
Compressor
inspection The compressor's
coil is disconnected.
Inverter
output voltage
NO
when frequency is
stable.
YES

"L8" blinks again.
compressor.
(VF161)
339
5.5
Si-05C
Defect of Compressor
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
/<
Pressure differential start
Troubleshooting
The
difference
between high and
low pressure when starting
is 2kg/cm=
(0.196 MPa).
NO
Unsatisfactory pressure
equalization
Check refrigerant system.
YES
Disconnect the
the connection between the
compressor and
inverter.
Inverter
output voltage
when frequency is
stable.
NO
YES
"L9" blinks again.
compressor.
(VF162)
340
Si-05C
5.6
Malfunction of Connection Between The Inverter Unit and Outdoor Unit PC

Board
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
/&
Malfunction of connection between the inverter unit and outdoor unit PC board
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (transmission section)
Defect of noise filter (NF1)
Troubleshooting
Are
X3A on the
and X3A on the inverter
unit connected
securely.
NO
Connect transmission wiring

and turn on again.
YES
The
transmission
wiring between the outdoor
unit PC board and inverter
unit is disconnected.
YES
Fix the disconnection and turn

on again.
NO
The
microcomputer monitor
(green) on the inverter
unit is blinking.
YES
Defect of outdoor PC board or

defect of inverter unit
NO
The voltage
between red and white
of CN on the inverter unit is
220~240 V (50Hz).
NO
Check the
noise filter (NF1) for
disconnection, and check
the power supply wiring
for the inverter
unit.
YES
"LC" blinks again.

board.
(VF163)
341
5.7
Si-05C
Power Supply Insufficient
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
85

Instantaneous failure
Open phase
Defect of outdoor PC board
Defect of K1M.
Main circuit wiring defect
Troubleshooting
Turn on again.
Turn K1M ON.

YES
The
voltage between
the P and N terminals is
320 VDC (Y1, YAL) or more
when the compressor
is running.
NO
Is 220~240 V
of power reaching the K1M
coil?
YES
Replace K1M.
NO
Does
the voltage
between terminals P
and N gradually rise to 339
VDC (Y1, YAL) after
turning on?
YES
NO
"U2" blinks again.
Monitor field power supply.
Is 220~240 V at
the connector of X1A.
NO
Is 220~240 V of
power reaching X5A of outdoor
PCboard side?
NO
Replace the outdoor unit

PC board.
YES
Check the
transmission wiring
between the outdoor unit PC
board and inverter
unit.
342
(VF164)
Si-05C
5.8
Open Phase
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
34
Open phase
Voltage imbalance between phases
Defect of main circuit capacitor
Defect of K1M
Improper main circuit wiring
Troubleshooting
Imbalance
in supplied voltage is
in excess of 20 V (Y1,
YAL). 1
YES
Open phase?
NO
NO
Is the
voltage imbalance
applied to the inverter in
excess of 20 V (Y1,
YAL)? 2
NO
YES
Fix power supply voltage

imbalance.
YES
When voltage monitoring is possible:
Using a device capable of constant

recording of power supply voltage
record power supply voltage
between 3 phases (L1~L2, L2~L3,
L3~L1) for about one continuous
week.
Power supply voltage imbalance

Disposal
Explanation for users
Open phase
Normalize field cause.
Part or wiring defect

After turning the power
supply OFF, check and
repair the main circuit wiring
or parts.
(1) Loose or disconnected
wiring between power
supply and inverter
(2) K1M contact disposition,
fusion or contact is poor.
(3) Loose or disconnected
noise filter
1.
Measure voltage at the Z1F power
supply terminal block.
2.
Measure voltage at terminals L1, L2 and
L3 of the diode module inside the
inverter while the compressor is
running.
In accordance with "notification of inspection results" accompanying spare parts.
Give the user a copy of "notification of inspection results"and leave it up

to him to improve the imbalance.
Be sure to explain to the user that

there is a "power supply imbalance"
for which DAIKIN is not responsible.
Contact QC div.
Be sure to send a product report of the imbalance.
(VF165)
343
5.9
Si-05C
Defect of Radiator Fin Temperature Sensor
Remote Controller
Display
Supposed Causes
37
Defect of radiator fin temperature sensor
Troubleshooting
Turn on
again after letting 30
minutes or more pass
after occurrence of
malfunction.
"P4" occurs again.
Replace the radiator fin thermistor.
(VF166)
344
Si-05C
3DUW#<
6SHFLDO#6HUYLFH#0RGH
3/86#6HULHV
1. Backup and Emergency Operation .....................................................346
1.1 Backup and Emergency Operation ......................................................346
2. Pump Down Operation when Replacing The Compressor .................350

2.1 Pump Down Operation when Replacing The Compressor...................350
Special Service Mode PLUS Series
345
Backup and Emergency Operation
Si-05C
1. Backup and Emergency Operation

1.1

The PLUS Series is equipped with a function whereby, if one outdoor unit becomes unable to
operate, the system continues to operate without the faulty unit. You should note that this is
accomplished by other methods for other VRV Series.
1.1.1
Backup Operation:
Lets you operate by remote controller when a constant speed type outdoor unit malfunctions.
If a constant speed type outdoor unit malfunctions, if you restart operation by remote controller after the
unit stops due to malfunction, you can continue to operate the system minus the faulty constant speed type
outdoor unit. Operation however cannot be continued for some error types. (See the table below.)
The system can run by backup operation for up to 3 hours of total indoor unit operating time. When 3 hours
is exceeded and the malfunction still remains, the system once again stops due to malfunction. If the
malfunction returns to normal, the system continues to operate as is.
Backup Operation
Control Flow
Malfunction
occurs again.
Malfunction occurs.
System stops due to malfunction.

Remote controller reset
Backup operation starts.
Operates without faulty outdoor
unit.
3 hours elapse.
Malfunction detection
No malfunction
Returns to normal operation.
(MF168)
After the system briefly stops due malfunction in order to call attention to the problem, backup operation is
started by remote controller.
For the reason described above, after about 3 hours of backup operation, the system again carries out
malfunction detection, and the system once again stops due to malfunction if an error is detected.
346
Si-05C
Malfunctions for
which Backup
Operation can or
cannot Be
Executed
Malfunction
Malfunction Code
PC Board Type
EB9446~9A
EB9446~9B (Applies to items

manufactured from June on.)
Tripped Safety Device
E0
Cannot Operate
Can Operate
Faulty PC Board
E1
Cannot Operate
Cannot Operate
Tripped LPS
E4
Cannot Operate
Can Operate
Solenoid Valve Malfunction
E9
Cannot Operate
Can Operate
Discharge Pipe
Temperature Malfunction
F3
Cannot Operate
Can Operate
Faulty Control HPS
H3
Cannot Operate
Cannot Operate
Faulty Control LPS
H4
Cannot Operate
Cannot Operate
Air Thermistor Malfunction
H9
Can Operate
Can Operate
Discharge Pipe Thermistor

Malfunction
J3
Cannot Operate
Can Operate
Suction Pipe Thermistor

Malfunction
J5
Can Operate
Can Operate
Heat Exchange Thermistor

Malfunction
J6
Can Operate
Can Operate
Oil Temperature Thermistor

Malfunction
JH
Can Operate
Can Operate
Header Thermistor
Malfunction
J7
Can Operate
Can Operate
Reverse Phase / Negative

Phase
U1
Cannot Operate
Cannot Operate
Outdoor - L Transmission
Malfunction
U7
Cannot Operate
Cannot Operate
347
1.1.2
Si-05C
Emergency Operation:
Set in setting mode 2. Operates the system when an outdoor unit malfunctions.
1. When an inverter type outdoor unit malfunctions (with exception of 13 HP)
When an inverter type outdoor unit malfunctions, you can continue operation using constant speed type
outdoor units only. (Emergency operation cannot be carried out if the inverter type outdoor units PC board
or pressure sensor is malfunctioning.)
Emergency Operation Method

When cooling:
1. Shut the stop valves of the pressure equalizing and liquid pipe of inverter type outdoor unit.
2. Set to EMG in setting mode 2.
3. The indoor unit is turned by thermostat at the following minimum capacities:
BL2K, BC2K -- 16.8 kW
BL3K, BC3K -- 33.6 kW
BR2K, BR3K -- All indoor units cool on by thermostat
When heating:
1. Shut the stop valves of the gas and liquid pipes of inverter type outdoor unit. (Pressure equalizing pipe
open)
2. Set to EMG in setting mode 2.
3. The indoor unit is turned by thermostat at the following minimum capacities:
BL2K ------------ 16.8 kW
BL3K ------------ 33.6 kW
BR2K, BR3K -- All indoor units cool on by thermostat
Note:
348
Operating range
When cooling: Outdoor temp. 10C or higher
When heating: Outdoor temp. -5C or higher
(Safety devices may trip when the outdoor temperature is high.)
Do not perform emergency operation for 24 hours or more.
In some cases the indoor unit fan may be L tap when cooling.
Si-05C
Malfunctions for which emergency operation can or cannot be executed when an inverter type outdoor unit
malfunctions
Malfunction
Malfunction Code
Emergency Operation
E0
Can Operate
Faulty PC Board
E1
Cannot Operate
Tripped HPS
E3
Can Operate
Tripped LPS
E4
Can Operate
E9
Can Operate
Discharge Pipe Temperature Malfunction
F3
Can Operate
H9
Can Operate
Discharge Pipe Thermistor Malfunction
J3
Can Operate
Suction Pipe Thermistor Malfunction
J5
Can Operate
Heat Exchange Thermistor Malfunction
J6
Can Operate
Oil Temperature Thermistor Malfunction
JH
Can Operate
Header Thermistor Malfunction
J7
Can Operate
High Pressure Sensor Malfunction
JA
Cannot Operate
Low Pressure Sensor Malfunction
JC
Cannot Operate
Faulty Inverter System
L0
Can Operate
Faulty Inverter Cooling
L4
Can Operate
Compressor Motor Ground Fault
L5
Can Operate
Compressor Overload, Disconnection
L8
Can Operate
Compressor Lock
L9
Can Operate
Inverter Outdoor Unit PC Board Transmission Malfunction
LC
Can Operate
Power Supply Voltage Imbalance
P1
Can Operate
Power Unit Temperature Sensor Malfunction
P4
Can Operate
Reverse Phase / Negative Phase
U1
Cannot Operate
Power Supply Voltage Malfunction, Instantaneous Failure
U2
Can Operate
Indoor - Outdoor Unit Transmission Failure
U4
Cannot Operate
Outdoor L Transmission Malfunction
U7
Cannot Operate
2. When a constant speed type outdoor unit malfunctions

When a constant speed type outdoor unit malfunctions, you can continue to operate by setting to forced
backup operation in setting mode 2. With backup operation, you can continue to operate for up to 3 hours,
but there is no time restriction for this mode.
Malfunctions for which emergency operation can or cannot be executed when a constant speed type
outdoor unit malfunctions
Malfunction
Malfunction Code
E0
Can Operate
Faulty PC Board
E1
Cannot Operate
Tripped LPS
E4
Can Operate
E9
Can Operate
Discharge Pipe Temperature Malfunction
F3
Can Operate
Faulty Control HPS
H3
Cannot Operate
Faulty Control LPS
H4
Cannot Operate
H9
Can Operate
Discharge Pipe Thermistor Malfunction
J3
Can Operate
Suction Pipe Thermistor Malfunction
J5
Can Operate
Heat Exchange Thermistor Malfunction
J6
Can Operate
Oil Temperature Thermistor Malfunction
JH
Can Operate
Header Thermistor Malfunction
J7
Can Operate
Reverse Phase / Negative Phase
U1
Cannot Operate
Outdoor L Transmission Malfunction
U7
Cannot Operate
Emergency Operation
349
Pump Down Operation when Replacing The Compressor
Si-05C
2. Pump Down Operation when Replacing The Compressor

2.1

Pump down operation is when refrigerant is removed from an outdoor unit if it malfunctions. In this
case, outdoor units operate in the cooling mode and indoor units are automatically turned on by
thermostat.
2.1.1
Method
1. Fully shut stop valves of the liquid and pressure equalizing pipes of the unit from which you
want to pump down refrigerant.
(Pressure equalizing pipe open for simultaneous cool/heat type)
2. Set to pump down mode in setting mode 2 and execute pump down operation.
(See the following page for details.)
For the simultaneous cool/heat type, it takes 3~10 minutes for the compressor to start
operating.
LED 23~26 are for monitoring low pressure during operation.
Outdoor units stop for approximately 1 hour.
3. After about 50 minutes, shut the stop valve of the gas pipe. (Outdoor units stop for
approximately 1 hour.)
4. Operation is complete if after 10 minutes elapse the pressure of the pumped down outdoor unit
is ambient temperature equivalent saturation pressure or lower. If not, repeat steps 1~4.
5. Purge the remaining pressure and perform servicing.
6. After sealing and vacuum drying, fill with gas until ambient temperature equivalent saturation
pressure is reached.
7. Shut the stop valve.
Note:
350
Perform the procedure when outdoor temperature is in the range of 10C~35 0C.
Si-05C
2.1.2
Setting Mode 2 Pump Down Procedure

Normal mode
MODE
MODE
MODE
Push and hold the Mode

button (BS1) for 5 seconds.
MODE button (BS1)
SET
SET button (BS2)
RETURN button (BS3)

(k: kg/cm2)
Setting mode 2
LED display
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
No
Setting item
Setting contents
EMG
Emergency operation when

inverter type outdoor unit
malfunctions
Push SET 14 times.
11
Pump down
operation 1
Pump down operation

for inverter type
SET
12
Pump down
operation 2
Pump down
operation
Pump down operation for constant

speed type outdoor unit 1
SET
SET
Normal
operation
SET
13
Pump down
operation 3
Pump down operation for constant

speed type outdoor unit 2
(When malfunctioning)
Mode
display
Low pressure
display
Mode
display
Low pressure
display
Compressor operation
Pump down operation

The indoor unit will not accept
remote controller operation
when "under centralized
control" is displayed.
Mode
display
Low pressure
display
Low pressure display

: Low pressure > 3.5k
: Low pressure < 3.5k
or 60 minutes elapse or stop due to malfunction
Mode
display
Low pressure
display
(Normal complete)
Mode
display
Low pressure
display
(Stop due to malfunction)
(VF167)
351
352
Si-05C
Si-05C
3DUW#43
$SSHQGL[
,QYHUWHU#.#6HULHV
3/86#6HULHV
1. Wiring Diagrams (Outdoor Unit)..........................................................355
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
Inverter K Series (Product Produced Before July 99)..........................355

Inverter K Series (Product Produced After Aug. 99)............................365
PLUS Series Function Unit...................................................................370
PLUS Series.........................................................................................374
2. Wiring Diagrams (Indoor Unit).............................................................378

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double-Flow)....................................378

Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi-Flow) .......................................380
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Built-In Type ...............................................384
Floor Standing Type / Concealed Floor Standing Type .......................390
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (Low Silhouette Type - Cooling Only) ......392
3. Wiring Diagrams (Outdoor Unit) Model for China ...............................396

3.1 Cooling Only/Heat Pump......................................................................396
4. Wiring Diagrams (Indoor Unit) Model for China ..................................398

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
Ceiling Mounted Cassette (Double-Flow) Type....................................398

Ceiling Mouted Cassette (Multi-Flow) Type .........................................400
Ceiling Mounted Built-In Type ..............................................................402
Floor Standing Type/Concealed Floor Standing Type .........................407
5. Characteristics ....................................................................................408
5.1 Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics .........................408
5.2 Pressure Sensor Voltage Output /
Detected Pressure Characteristics.......................................................410

Diode Modules...............................................................................................411
6.1 Method of Replacing The Inverters Power Transistors and
Diode Modules .....................................................................................411
7. Wiring Adaptor ....................................................................................413

7.1 Wiring Adaptor for Electrical Appendices (KRP2A6162).....................413
7.2 Wiring Adaptor for Group Electrical Appendices
(KRP4A51 / KRP4A52 / KRP4A53)......................................................418
7.3 Adaptor for Wiring (KRP1B61 / KRP1B2 / KRP1B3)............................421
Appendix Inverter K Series / PLUS Series
353
Si-05C
7.4 Interface Adaptor for Skyair Series (DTA102A52) ...............................423

7.5 Wiring Adaptor for Other Air Conditioners (DTA103A51).....................425
7.6 External Control Adaptor for Outdoor Units
(DTA104A61 DTA104A62).................................................................428
7.7 Unification Adaptor for Computerized Control (DCS302A52) ..............431
354
Si-05C
Wiring Diagrams (Outdoor Unit)
1. Wiring Diagrams (Outdoor Unit)

1.1
Inverter K Series (Product Produced Before July 99)
1.1.1
Heat Pump
RSXY5KY1 (*Products produced before July 99)

[50Hz 380~415V]
355
Si-05C
RSXY8KY1 / RSXY10KY1 (*Products produced before July 99)

[50Hz 380~415V]
356
Si-05C
RSXY5KYAL (*Products produced before July 99)

[60Hz 380V]
357
Si-05C
RSXY8KYAL / RSXY10KYAL (*Products produced before July 99)

[60Hz 380V]
358
Si-05C
RSXY5KTAL (*Products produced before July 99)

[60Hz 220V]
359
Si-05C
RSXY8KTAL / RSXY10KTAL (*Products produced before July 99)

[60Hz 220V]
360
Si-05C
1.1.2
Cooling Only
RSX5KY1 (*Products produced before July 99)

[50Hz 380~415V]
361
Si-05C
RSX8KY1 / RSX10KY1 (*Products produced before July 99)

[50Hz 380~415V]
362
Si-05C
RSX5KTAL (*Products produced before July 99)

[60Hz 220V]
363
Si-05C
RSX8KTAL / RSX10KTAL (*Products produced before July 99)

[60Hz 220V]
364
Si-05C
1.2
Inverter K Series (Product Produced After Aug. 99)
1.2.1
Cooling Only/Heat Pump
RSX5KY1(E) / RSXY5KY1(E) (*Products produced after Aug. 99)
DU229-5136D
[50Hz 380~415V]
365
Si-05C
RSX8KY1(E) / RSXY8KY1(E) / RSX10KY1(E) / RSXY10KY1(E) (*Products produced after Aug. 99)
DU233-576D
[50Hz 380~415V]
366
Si-05C
RSX5KTAL(E) / RSXY5KTAL(E) (*Products produced after Aug. 99)
DU229-5141B
[60Hz 220V]
367
Si-05C
RSX8KTAL(E) / RSXY8KTAL(E) / RSX10KTAL(E) / RSXY10KTAL(E) (*Products produced after Aug. 99)
DU233-584B
[60Hz 220V]
368
Si-05C
1.2.2
Heat Pump
RSXY8KYAL(E) / RSXY10KYAL(E) (*Products produced after Aug. 99)
DU233-578D
[60Hz 380V]
369
1.3
Si-05C
PLUS Series Function Unit
BL2K
370
Si-05C
BL3K
371
Si-05C
BC2K
372
Si-05C
BC3K
373
1.4
PLUS Series
1.4.1
Inverter Type (Heat Pump)
Si-05C
RXY8K / RXY10K
374
Si-05C
1.4.2
Constant Speed Type (Heat Pump)
RNY8K / RNY10K
375
1.4.3
Si-05C
Inverter Type (Cooling Only)
RX8K / RX10K
376
Si-05C
1.4.4
Constant Speed Type (Cooling Only)
RN8K / RN10K
377
Wiring Diagrams (Indoor Unit)
Si-05C
2. Wiring Diagrams (Indoor Unit)

2.1
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double-Flow)
FXYC20KVE / FXYC25KVE / FXYC32KVE / FXYC63KVE
378
Si-05C
FXYC40KVE / FXYC50KVE / FXYC80KVE / FXYC125KVE
379
2.2
Si-05C
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi-Flow)
FXYF32KVE / FXYF40KVE / FXYF50KVE / FXYF63KVE / FXYF80KVE / FXYF100KVE / FXYF125KVE
380
Si-05C
FXYF32KGV1 / FXYF40KGV1 / FXYF50KGV1 / FXYF63KGV1
381
Si-05C
FXYF80KGV1 / FXYF100KGV1 / FXYF125KGV1
382
Si-05C
2.3
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type
FXYK25KV1 / FXYK32KV1 / FXYK40KV1 / FXYK63KV1

FXYK25KVAL / FXYK32KVAL / FXYK40KVAL / FXYK63KVAL
383
2.4
Si-05C
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Built-In Type
FXYS20KV1 / FXYS25KV1 / FXYS32KV1 / FXYS40KV1 / FXYS50KV1 / FXYS63KV1

FXYS20KVAL / FXYS25KVAL / FXYS32KVAL / FXYS40KVAL / FXYS50KVAL / FXYS63KVAL
384
Si-05C
FXYS80KV1 / FXYS100KV1 / FXYS125KV1

FXYS80KVAL / FXYS100KVAL / FXYS125KVAL
385
2.5
Si-05C
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type
FXYM40KVE / FXYM50KVE / FXYM63KVE / FXYM80KVE / FXYM100KVE / FXYM125KVE
386
Si-05C
FXYM200KVE / FXYM250KVE
387
2.6
Si-05C
Ceiling Suspended Type
FXYH32KVE / FXYH63KVE / FXYH100KVE
388
Si-05C
2.7
Wall Mounted Type
FXYA25KVE / FXYA32KVE / FXYA40KVE / FXYA50KVE / FXYA63KVE
389
2.8
Si-05C
Floor Standing Type / Concealed Floor Standing Type
FXYL25KV1 / FXYL40KV1 / FXYL63KV1 / FXYL25KVAL / FXYL40KVAL / FXYL63KVAL

FXYLM25KV1 / FXYLM40KV1 / FXYLM63KV1 / FXYLM25KVAL / FXYLM40KVAL / FXYLM63KVAL
390
Si-05C
FXYL20KJVE / FXYL25KJVE / FXYL32KJVE / FXYL40KJVE / FXYL50KJVE / FXYL63KJVE

FXYLM20KJVE / FXYLM25KJVE / FXYLM32KJVE / FXYLM40KJVE / FXYLM50KJVE / FXYLM63KJVE
3D003923
391
2.9
Si-05C
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (Low Silhouette Type - Cooling Only)
FXD20KVE / FXD25KVE / FXD32KVE / FXD40KVE / FXD50KVE / FXD63KVE
3D05996C
392
Si-05C
FXD80KVE / FXD100KVE / FXD125KVE
3D005997C
393
Si-05C
FXYD20KVE / FXYD25KVE / FXYD32KVE / FXYD40KVE / FXYD50KVE / FXYD63KVE
3D012621A
394
Si-05C
2.10
FXYM200KJVE / FXYM250KJVE
3D011012
395
Wiring Diagrams (Outdoor Unit) Model for China
Si-05C
3. Wiring Diagrams (Outdoor Unit) Model for China

3.1
Cooling Only/Heat Pump
DU229-5136D
RSX(Y)5KY1C(E)
396
Si-05C
DU233-576D
RSX(Y)8KY1C(E) / RSX(Y)10KY1C(E)
397
Wiring Diagrams (Indoor Unit) Model for China
Si-05C
4. Wiring Diagrams (Indoor Unit) Model for China

4.1
Ceiling Mounted Cassette (Double-Flow) Type
FXYC20KVEC / FXYC25KVEC / FXYC32KVEC / FXYC63KVEC
DU229-5139C
398
Si-05C
FXYC40KVEC / FXYC50KVEC / FXYC80KVEC / FXYC125KVEC
DU230-522C
399
4.2
Si-05C
Ceiling Mouted Cassette (Multi-Flow) Type
FXYF25KVEC / FXYF32KVEC / FXYF40KVEC / FXYF50KVEC / FXYF63KVEC / FXYF80KVEC / FXYF100KVEC /

FXYF125KVEC
3D005759B
400
Si-05C
4.3
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type
FXYK25KV1C / FXYK32KV1C / FXYK40KV1C / FXYK63KV1C
DU227-544C
401
4.4
Si-05C
Ceiling Mounted Built-In Type
FXYS20KV1C / FXYS25KV1C / FXYS32KV1C / FXYS40KV1C / FXYS50KV1C / FXYS63KV1C
DU227-545C
402
Si-05C
FXYS80KV1C / FXYS100KV1C / FXYS125KV1C
DU230-519C
403
4.5
Si-05C
FXYM40KVEC / FXYM50KVEC / FXYM63KVEC / FXYM80KVEC / FXYM100KVEC / FXYM125KVEC
DU229-5140B
404
Si-05C
4.6
Ceiling Suspended Type
FXYH32KVEC / FXYH63KVEC / FXYH100KVEC
DU228-531C
405
4.7
Si-05C
Wall Mounted Type
FXYA25KVEC / FXYA32KVEC / FXYA40KVEC / FXYA50KVEC / FXYA63KVEC
DU221-561E
406
Si-05C
4.8
Floor Standing Type/Concealed Floor Standing Type
FXYL20KVEC / FXYL25KVEC / FXYL32KVEC / FXYL40KVEC / FXYL50KVEC / FXYL63KVEC

FXYLM20KVEC / FXYLM25KVEC / FXYLM32KVEC / FXYLM40KVEC / FXYLM50KVEC / FXYLM63KVEC
3D003923
407
Characteristics
Si-05C
5. Characteristics
5.1
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics

Indoor unit
Outdoor unit
For air suction
R1T
For liquid pipe
R2T
For gas pipe
R3T
For outdoor air
R1T
For coil
R2T
For suction pipe
R4T
For oil
R5T
For header
R6T
TC
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
408
0.0
197.81
186.53
175.97
166.07
156.80
148.10
139.94
132.28
125.09
118.34
111.99
106.03
100.41
95.14
90.17
85.49
81.08
76.93
73.01
69.32
65.84
62.54
59.43
56.49
53.71
51.09
48.61
46.26
44.05
41.95
39.96
38.08
36.30
34.62
33.02
31.50
30.06
28.70
27.41
26.18
25.01
23.91
22.85
21.85
20.90
20.00
19.14
18.32
17.54
16.80
16.10
0.05
192.08
181.16
170.94
161.36
152.38
143.96
136.05
128.63
121.66
115.12
108.96
103.18
97.73
92.61
87.79
83.25
78.97
74.94
71.14
67.56
64.17
60.96
57.94
55.08
52.38
49.83
47.42
45.14
42.98
40.94
39.01
37.18
35.45
33.81
32.25
30.77
29.37
28.05
26.78
25.59
24.45
23.37
22.35
21.37
20.45
19.56
18.73
17.93
17.17
16.45
15.76
TC
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
0.0
16.10
15.43
14.79
14.18
13.59
13.04
12.51
12.01
11.52
11.06
10.63
10.21
9.81
9.42
9.06
8.71
8.37
8.05
7.75
7.46
7.18
6.91
6.65
6.41
6.65
6.41
6.18
5.95
5.74
5.14
4.96
4.79
4.62
4.46
4.30
4.16
4.01
3.88
3.75
3.62
3.50
3.38
3.27
3.16
3.06
2.96
2.86
2.77
2.68
2.60
2.51
(k)
0.05
15.76
15.10
14.48
13.88
13.31
12.77
12.25
11.76
11.29
10.84
10.41
10.00
9.61
9.24
8.88
8.54
8.21
7.90
7.60
7.31
7.04
6.78
6.53
6.53
6.53
6.53
6.06
5.84
5.43
5.05
4.87
4.70
4.54
4.38
4.23
4.08
3.94
3.81
3.68
3.56
3.44
3.32
3.21
3.11
3.01
2.91
2.82
2.72
2.64
2.55
2.47
Si-05C
Characteristics
Outdoor
Thermistors for
Discharge Pipe
(R3T, R3-1T, R3-2T)
TC
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
0.0
640.44
609.31
579.96
552.00
525.63
500.66
477.01
454.60
433.37
413.24
394.16
376.05
358.88
342.58
327.10
312.41
298.45
285.18
272.58
260.60
249.00
238.36
228.05
218.24
208.90
200.00
191.53
183.46
175.77
168.44
161.45
154.79
148.43
142.37
136.59
131.06
125.79
120.76
115.95
111.35
106.96
102.76
98.75
94.92
91.25
87.74
84.38
81.16
78.09
75.14
72.32
0.5
624.65
594.43
565.78
538.63
512.97
488.67
465.65
443.84
423.17
403.57
384.98
367.35
350.62
334.74
319.66
305.33
291.73
278.80
266.51
254.72
243.61
233.14
223.08
213.51
204.39
195.71
187.44
179.57
172.06
164.90
158.08
151.57
145.37
139.44
133.79
128.39
123.24
118.32
113.62
109.13
104.84
100.73
96.81
93.06
89.47
86.04
82.75
79.61
76.60
73.71
70.96
TC
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
0.0
72.32
69.64
67.06
64.60
62.24
59.97
57.80
55.72
53.72
51.98
49.96
48.19
46.49
44.86
43.30
41.79
40.35
38.96
37.63
36.34
35.11
33.92
32.78
31.69
30.63
29.61
28.64
27.69
26.79
25.91
25.07
24.26
23.48
22.73
22.01
21.31
20.63
19.98
19.36
18.75
18.17
17.61
17.07
16.54
16.04
15.55
15.08
14.62
14.18
13.76
13.35
0.5
70.96
68.34
65.82
63.41
61.09
58.87
56.75
54.70
52.84
50.96
49.06
47.33
45.67
44.07
42.54
41.06
39.65
38.29
36.98
35.72
34.51
33.35
32.23
31.15
30.12
29.12
28.16
27.24
26.35
25.49
24.66
23.87
23.10
22.36
21.65
20.97
20.31
19.67
19.05
18.46
17.89
17.34
16.80
16.29
15.79
15.31
14.85
14.40
13.97
13.55
13.15
TC
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
0.0
13.35
12.95
12.57
12.20
11.84
11.49
11.15
10.83
10.52
10.21
9.92
9.64
9.36
9.10
8.84
8.59
8.35
8.12
7.89
7.68
7.47
7.26
7.06
6.87
6.69
6.51
6.33
6.16
6.00
5.84
5.69
5.54
5.39
5.25
5.12
4.98
4.86
4.73
4.61
4.49
4.38
4.27
4.16
4.06
3.96
3.86
3.76
3.67
3.58
3.49
3.41
(k))
0.5
13.15
12.76
12.38
12.01
11.66
11.32
10.99
10.67
10.36
10.06
9.78
9.50
9.23
8.97
8.71
8.47
8.23
8.01
7.78
7.57
7.36
7.16
6.97
6.78
6.59
6.42
6.25
6.08
5.92
5.76
5.61
5.46
5.32
5.18
5.05
4.92
4.79
4.67
4.55
4.44
4.32
4.22
4.11
4.01
3.91
3.81
3.72
3.62
3.54
3.45
3.37
409
Characteristics
5.2
410
Si-05C
Pressure Sensor Voltage Output / Detected Pressure Characteristics
Si-05C
Method of Replacing The Inverters Power Transistors and Diode Modules

Diode Modules
6.1
[Decision according to continuity check by analog tester]

Before checking, disconnect the electric wiring connected to the power transistor and diode module.
6.1.1
Power Transistor (On Inverter PC Board)
(Decision)
If other than given above, the power unit is defective and must be replaced.
Note:
If using a digital tester, and continuity may be reversed.
411
6.1.2
Si-05C
Diode Module
(Decision)
If other than given above, the diode module is defective and must be replaced.
Note:
412
If using a digital tester, and continuity may be reversed.
Si-05C
Wiring Adaptor
7. Wiring Adaptor
7.1
Wiring Adaptor for Electrical Appendices (KRP2A6162)

Various remote control (remote control mode, remote temperature setting, display of operation, display of
malfunction) can be carried out by mounting this optional accessory in the indoor unit. Up to 64 groups of
indoor units can be monitored and controlled all at once by one adaptor PC board. The wiring adaptor for
electrical appendices cannot however be used in combination with other optional controllers for centralized
control (central remote controller, unified on/off controller, schedule timer, DDS, etc.).
7.1.1
Outline of System
1. Individual control (controls indoor units individually)
2. Group control (Simultaneously controls group-controlled indoor units [max. 16 units] all together)
In the case of individual display, install a wiring PC board adaptor for electrical appendices in the indoor
unit.
3. Zone control
Simultaneously controls up to 64 groups consisting of up to 16 group-controlled indoor units each all
together (max. 64 groups 16 units = 1,024 units).
413
Wiring Adaptor
7.1.2
Si-05C
Wiring
Operation Signal
Combined use of constant contact (a) and instantaneous contact (a)

Combined use of voltage 12~24 VDC, no valtage
Control Mode
Remote control mode selector switch (Control contents differ according to input mode. See the following
page for details.)
Display Signal
Fetch
Display of malfunction signal (no voltage contact [a])

Display of operation (no voltage contact [a])
Remote temperature setting (Can be set from 16~32C.)
Note:
414
For voltage input, approximately 10 mA of input current per contact is required.

In the case of input, use a micro-current contact as the input contact.
There is no polarity for valtage input.
Either plus common or minus common can be used for terminal BC.
Temperature input is resistance value input of 0~135.
Si-05C
7.1.3
Wiring Adaptor
Wiring to Outside (Host Computer Monitor Panel, Etc.)
Input for Remote

Control (Control
Mode)
Wire according to the following procedure depending on whether input is voltage input or no voltage
input.
Voltage input
No voltage input
Wiring specifications: Min. 0.18 mm sheathed vinyl cord, length within 150 m
Setting of remote control mode selector switch (RS1)
A) Set to position 0 (direction of arrow) if input is to be disregarded for connection check, etc., or if using as
dedicated display function for individual display (connected to any unit other than unit No. 0).
B) If controlling operation using constant input for input A:
Position
Function
Contents of input A when ON
Remote controller inhibit ON (remote controller normally

inhibited)
Centralized priority
OFF by remote controller ON + OFF by remote controller only

enabled
enabled (ON by remote controller
inhibited)
Remote controller
enabled / OFF
Contents of input A when OFF

OFF + remote controller inhibited
ON + remote controller inhibited
Remote controller only enabled (ON by

remote controller inhibited)
Input B is for forced OFF. When ON, contents become OFF + ON/OFF control impossible by remote
controller, and input A is disregarded. When OFF, even when input A is ON, the contents when input A are
not achieved; input A must be input over again.
C) If controlling operation using instantaneous input for input A:
(Use instantaneous input of min. 200 msec ON time.)
Position
Function
Contents of input A
Remote controller inhibit (When ON) Operation stops when input A is ON

(When OFF) Runs when input A is ON
Individual
(When ON) Operation stops when input A is ON

(When OFF) Runs when input A is ON (Remote controller normally
enabled)
Input B has a forced OFF function (when input B is ON, operation stops and input A is disregarded).
When input B is OFF, function of input A is restored.)
415
Wiring Adaptor
Si-05C
If demand controlling using input B:
Position
Function of input A
Remote controller inhibit

(Same as position 5)
Forced thermostat OFF command
Individual (Same as
position 6)
D
E
F
Function of input B
Forced temperature shift

Forces indoor unit to run the fan only.
Raises preset temperature 2C when cooling, and lowers 2C when heating.
Note:
For zone control, because the units run when RY1 is ON and go off when RY1 is OFF, when in the last
command priority mode, some units remain off during operation. At this time even if input A is ON,
operation goes off and all units stop running.
D) If operating by two inputs using instantaneous input for input A and B (Use instantaneous input of min.
200 msec ON time.):
Position
Note:
Display Signal
Fetch
Function
Contents of input A when ON
Contents of input B when ON
Remote controller inhibit ON (remote controller normally

inhibited)
OFF + remote controller inhibited
Centralized priority
OFF by remote controller ON + OFF by remote controller only

enabled
enabled (ON by remote controller
inhibited)
Remote controller
enabled / OFF
Remote controller only enabled (ON by

remote controller inhibited)
Individual
ON (remote controller normally enabled) OFF (remote controller normally

enabled)
ON + remote controller enabled
With positions 7~A, if constant input is used there is a forced OFF function (input A disregarded). With
position B, constant input cannot be used for input B.
Normal operation output terminals (W1, W2) and malfunction output terminals (W3, W4) are no voltage,
constant contact output.
(Allowable current is 10 mA~3 A per contact.)
Output for each system is as given in the table below.

Output Both RY1 and RY2 OFF
Only RY1 ON
Only RY2 ON
System
416
Individual control
or individual
display
OFF
Normal operation
Stop due to malfunction or

transmission malfunction between
adaptor PC board and indoor unit
Group control
OFF
All normal operation
Even one unit stopped due to

malfunction or transmission
malfunction between adaptor PC
board and indoor unit
Zone control
All OFF
Even one unit operating

normally without malfunction

Si-05C
Wiring Adaptor
Temperature
Setting Input
For wiring specifications, we recommend a min. 1.25 mm sheathed vinyl cord, length within 70 m.
The relationship of preset temperature and resistance is as given in the table below.
Note:
7.1.4
Preset
temperature
(C)
16
Resistance
()
0
~
3.4
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
5
13.8 22.4 31 39.4 48.2 56.6 65.2 73.8 82.4
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
11.6 20 28.4 36.4 44.8 52.8 61.2 69.4 77.8 85.8
27
91
~
94
28
29
30
31
32
99.4 108.6 117.2 125.8 134.2

~
~
~
~
~
102.2 110.4 119.2 127
140
Resistance given in the table includes resistance of the wiring.
Wiring Adaptor PC Board for Electrical Appendices Optional Accessories and Mounting
Position
(See adaptor for wiring for details on mounting position.)
Model name
FXYC-K
FXYK-K
FXYS-K
FXYA-K
FXYL-K
FXYM-K
Adaptor PC board optional accessories name
KRP2A61
KRP2A61
Adaptor PC board mounting box optional

accessories name
KRP1896
Adaptor PC board and mounting box storage

position
Note:
FXYF-K
FXYH-K
KRP2A62
KRP2A62
KRP1A90
KRP1B93
The mounting position of mounting boxes FXYF~H is inside the unit if using one adaptor PC board. If
equipped with an air cleaner unit, however, the mounting box is mounted on the side of the main body. If
using two types of adaptor PC boards, two mounting boxes must be mounted on the side of the main body.
417
Wiring Adaptor
7.2
Si-05C
Wiring Adaptor for Group Electrical Appendices

(KRP4A51 / KRP4A52 / KRP4A53)
The wiring adaptor for group electrical appendices cannot be used in combination with a central remote
controller, unified ON/OFF controller, schedule timer, data station, etc.
<Objective / use>
The wiring adaptor for group electrical appendices is used for turning units on/off and setting temperature
from a remote location, display of operation, and invoking display of malfunction. A single adaptor enables
unified control of groups connected to the remote controller transmission line (N/P).
7.2.1
7.2.2
Wiring to Outside (Host Computer Monitor Panel, Etc.)
Input for Control by

Electric
Appendices (On/Off
Control)
Wire as descibed below depending on whether input is voltage input or non-voltage input.
Voltage input
No-voltage input
418
Si-05C
Wiring Adaptor
Remote control mode selector switch (RS1) setting
Position
Function
Operation by input mode A and B

Input A (between B1~Bc)
Note:
Input B (between B2~Bc)
Disregard input
Remote controller
inhibited
Operates by ON and stops by OFF
Central priority
Operates by ON (remote controller

permitted) and stops by OFF (remote
controller inhibited)
Remote controller
permitted / inhibited
Same as mode 1 (OFF by remote

controller always permitted)
Remote controller
permitted / inhibited /
OFF
ON by remote controller permitted, stops

by OFF (remote controller inhibited)
Remote controller
inhibited
ON / OFF (cyclic)
Individual
Same as mode 5 (only OFF by remote

Stops by ON, remote controller

inhibited Remote controller
permitted by OFF
Remote controller
inhibited
Operates by ON
Stops by ON
Central priority
Operates by ON (remote controller

permitted)
Inhibited by ON (remote
controller inhibited)
OFF by remote controller Same as mode 7 (OFF by remote

permitted
Same as mode 7
Remote controller
permitted / inhibited /
OFF
ON by remote controller permitted
Remote controller inhibited by

ON
Individual
Same as mode 7 (remote controller

always permitted)
Same as mode 7
Mode 5 + energy
efficiency control
Same as mode 5
Forced OFF by thermostat by

ON
Mode 5 + room
temperature setting shift
Mode 6 + energy
efficiency control
Mode 6 + room
temperature setting shift
Stops by ON, remote controller

inhibited Disregard input A Input
A permitted by OFF
Room temperature shift

operation by ON
Same as mode 6
Forced OFF by thermostat by

ON
Room temperature shift
operation by ON
Forced off (disregard input A) is effected when using input B constant input at positions 7~A. Input B
constant input cannot be used by B.
Example of when the remote control selector switch (RS1) is set to No. 6
Below are remote control commands relative to input signal and indoor unit time chart
419
Wiring Adaptor
Display Signal
Fetch
Si-05C
Normal operation output terminals (W1, W2) and malfunction output terminals (W3, W4) are no voltage,
constant contact output.
(Allowable current is 10 mA~3 A per contact.)
Output for each system is as given in the table below.

Output Both RY1 and RY2 OFF
Only RY1 ON
Only RY2 ON
System
Individual control
or individual
display Group
control
Temperature
Setting Input
OFF
All normal operation

For wiring specifications, we recommend a min. 1.25 mm2 sheathed vinyl cord, length within 70 m.
The relationship of preset temperature and resistance is as given in the table below.
Note:
7.2.3
420
Preset
temperature
(C)
16
Resistance
()
0
~
3.4
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
5
13.8 22.4 31 39.4 48.2 56.6 65.2 73.8 82.4
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
11.6 20 28.4 36.4 44.8 52.8 61.2 69.4 77.8 85.8
27
91
~
94
28
29
30
31
32
99.4 108.6 117.2 125.8 134.2

~
~
~
~
~
102.2 110.4 119.2 127
140
Resistance given in the table includes resistance of the wiring.
Applicable Models and Whether Mounting Box is Required or Not

Model name Adaptor
Mounting box / plate
Mounting position
FXYC-K
FXYK-K
FXYS-K
FXYM-Ka
FXYL(M)-K
FXYA-K
Not required
Mounted inside electrical parts box

of main unit
KRP4A51
FXYH-K
KRP4A52
KRP1B93
Mounted outside main unit
FXYF-K
KRP4A53
KRP1A90
Mounted outside main unit
Si-05C
7.3
Wiring Adaptor
Adaptor for Wiring (KRP1B61 / KRP1B2 / KRP1B3)

<Objective / use>
Enables you to fetch compressor and fan operation output when optional accessories (auxiliary electric
heater, humidifier, fresh air intake kit [with fan duct])are installed.
7.3.1
KRP1B61KRP1B2
KRP1B3
421
Wiring Adaptor
7.3.2
7.3.3
422
Si-05C
Applicable Models and Whether Optional Accessories are Required or Not

Model name Adaptor
Mounting
box / plate
FXYC-K
Not required
Electric
heater
Natural
Ultrasonic
evaporation humidifier
humidifier
Other required
optional
accessories
FXYK-K
FXYS-K
Hot water heater
FXYM-K
Hot water heater
FXYL(M)-K
FXYH-K
KRP1B61
FXYF-K
KRP1B2
KRP1A90
FXYA-K
KRP1B3
Not required
Duct fan
Mounting position
Mounted inside
electrical parts box
of main unit
Mounted inside
main unit
Mounted inside
electrical parts box
of main unit
Operation Display Fetch
Si-05C
7.4
Wiring Adaptor
Interface Adaptor for Skyair Series (DTA102A52)

<Objective / use>
The interface adaptor for SKY AIR series lets you connect optional controllers for centralized control
(central remote controller, unified ON/OFF controller, schedule timer) with SKY AIR.
<System Outline>
If using VRV System Inverter in common with transmission line, connect either A indoor-to-outdoor unit
transmission wiring or B outdoor-to-outdoor unit transmission wiring.
423
Wiring Adaptor
7.4.1
Si-05C
Connection
Interface adaptor for SKY AIR series

Independent control
Group control
HRV energy efficient operation
Pair
Multi
424
Si-05C
7.5
Wiring Adaptor
Wiring Adaptor for Other Air Conditioners (DTA103A51)

This optional accessory is a contact input/output interface adaptor for optional controllers for centralized
control and apparatus that cannot be directly connected to them. Connecting this optional accessory to an
optional controller for centralized control lets you turn the apparatus on/off by optional remote controller for
centralized control and monitor normal operation and malfunctions. This optional accessory can be
connected with a power consumption counting unit or data station.
7.5.1
Outline of System
7.5.2
Wiring
Setting of group No. for centralized control

Set from among 1~4 with setting switch RS1.
Set from among 0~9 and A~F with RS2.
Be careful not to duplicate a group No. of other apparatus when setting.
Output for Control
ON output terminals (W1, W2) and OFF output terminals (W3, W4) are no voltage contact output.
Contact specifications are 2 A~1 mA for 220~240VAC, and 3 A~1 mA for 5~24 VDC.
Output mode changeover
switch SW3
Constant
Instantaneous
Ry1
Ry2
Instruction from optional controller for centralized control is ON.
ON
OFF
Instruction from optional controller for centralized control is OFF.
OFF
ON
Instruction from optional controller for centralized control is ON.
(ON)
OFF
Instruction from optional controller for centralized control is OFF.
OFF
(ON)
(ON): Instantaneous output of 1 second ON

An adaptor for wiring is required for remote control in order to receive output for control of wiring adaptor
for other air conditioners such as ordinary air conditioner, etc.
425
Wiring Adaptor
Input for Monitoring
Si-05C
Wire according to the following procedure depending on whether input is voltage or no voltage.
For voltage input:
Set the voltage / no voltage changeover switch (SS1) to voltage. (Factory set setting complete)
For no voltage input:

Set the voltage / no voltage changeover switch (SS1) to no voltage.
If you want to connect output which is to be ON when apparatus is operating normally, disconnect the
short circuit wire between B1 and BC and connect output of the apparatus here.
Connect output which is to be ON when apparatus is malfunctioning between B2 and BC. (You can
fetch stop malfunction in the case of stop malfunction.)
When operating from optional controllers for centralized control, if between B2 and BC is ON or stop
malfunction with / without switch (SS3) is set to with, in the case of between B1 - BC being ON,
optional controllers for centralized control display a malfunction (malfunction code A1).
After switching from OFF to ON with an optional controller for centralized control, it takes 10 - 30 for the
monitor to display a malfunction.
Individual
Changeover Switch
(SS2)
Switch for toggling between individual mode and dedicated central mode (stop cannot be effected from
other air conditioner).
For without individual, stop can be effected from optional central controller only.
For with individual, stop can be effected from other air conditioner as well.
(Factory set is without individual.)
Malfunction Signal
Switch (SS3)
Switch for carrying out malfunction detection for stop operation from optional central controller.
In the case of with stop malfunction, if operation concerning stop does not follow, the optional central
controller carries out display of malfunction.
In the case of without stop malfunction, even if operation concerning stop does not follow, the optional
central controller does not carry out display of malfunction.
(If SS2 is set to with last command priority, this switch becomes inoperable.)
(Factory set is without stop malfunction.)
Output Changeover
Switch (SS4)
Switch for toggling relay output between constant and instantaneous.

(Factory set is instantaneous.)
Display of optional controllers for centralized control that make monitor input status by combination of
various switches
Setting
Individual
Stop
malfunction
With
With
Combination
1
With ON input
2
3
4
426
Central display when there is an ON instruction from

optional controller for centralized control
Without ON input With malfunction input
ON
OFF
Malfunction
With
ON
Malfunction
Malfunction
Without
ON
ON
Malfunction
Without
Without
Si-05C
7.5.3
Wiring Adaptor
Mounting of DTA103A51
Storage box is field supplied.
Outer dimensions: 230(W)230(D)60(H)
427
Wiring Adaptor
7.6
Si-05C
External Control Adaptor for Outdoor Units (DTA104A61 DTA104A62)

Objective/use
By adding an adaptor for outside control of outdoor units to BS units or indoor units connected in a DIIINET, you can simultaneously select cool/heat mode for several outdoor units in the system, and it enables
demand control and low noise control.
7.6.1
7.6.2
Cool/Heat Mode Unified Selection

(For Detailed Example of Wiring, See the Page Describing Cool/Heat Mode Control.)
Refer to Cool/Heat Mode Switching on P300.
<System Outline>
428
Si-05C
Wiring Adaptor
<Settings of
Switches on The
PC Board Adaptor>
Note:
7.6.3
For PLUS Series

Set the SS1 cool/heat selector switch on the function unit to outdoor. You must also set cool/heat selector
master or slave by pushbutton switch.
Demand / Low Noise Control

Connecting control input to the adaptor for outside control of outdoor units enables demand and low noise
control.
Demand Control
(Figures Indicate
Demand Rate)
When short circuit between (3) and (C): Forced fan operation
Low Noise Control

(Outdoor Unit)
Running noise can be reduced by 2~3dB by controlling capacity of outdoor unit.
<System Outline>
429
Wiring Adaptor
Common Address
Setting (DS1 / DS2)
Note:
Si-05C
Decide the address for each control unit from 0~9 and set.
1. Setting is within 8 groups when using a cool/heat central remote controller. Set from No. 0~No. 7.
2. Be sure to make the address No. of the PC board adaptor described above match the address No. of
function unit or outdoor unit (BS unit if using cool/heat simultaneous selection type).
(For detailed settings, see the installation manual.)
Refer to the INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION.
Common Control
Input
Specifications
430
Input signal
Constant contact a
Input current is approx. 12 - 24 VDC, 10 mA per contact.
Use a micro-current contact for the relay contact.
(Max. 12 VDC, 1 mA)
Outside wiring specifications
Recommended electric wiring: Sheathed vinyl cord or cable 0.75~1.25 mm (double core)
Wiring length: Max. 150 m
Run separate from power line in order to prevent malfunction.
Si-05C
7.7
Wiring Adaptor
Unification Adaptor for Computerized Control (DCS302A52)

Connecting a unification adaptor for computerized control to the central remote controller enables unified
display on the host computer monitor panel (display of operation and malfunction), and unified control from
the host computer monitor panel (on/off commands).
7.7.1
System Outline
Unified Display
Displays operation and malfunctions of all indoor units controlled by central remote controller on a host
computer monitor panel.
Unified Control
Enables unified display of all indoor units controlled by central remote controller and unified ON/OFF
control from a host computer monitor panel.
7.7.2
Wiring General
431
Wiring Adaptor
Wiring to Central
Remote Controller
7.7.3
Si-05C
Connect the unification adaptor for computerized control to connector No. CN2 of the central remote
controller with the attached wiring for transmission.
Wiring
Part Names and

Functions
External Control
Input (Wiring to
Host Computer
Monitor Panel, Etc.)
7.7.4
Specifications of wiring for transmission

0.75~1.25 mm sheathed vinyl cord or cable (double core), Max. length 150 m
Control Input (Unified ON/OFF Control)

Wire as described below according to whether input is voltage or no voltage.
Contact a Input for

Both Input A and B
(Voltage)
Set the changeover switch (SS1) to voltage.

(Factory set: Voltage)
The black part shows the position of the switch.
432
Si-05C
Wiring Adaptor
Contact a Input for

Both Input A and B
(No Voltage)
Set the changeover switch (SS1) to no voltage.

(Factory set: Voltage)
The black part shows the position of the switch.
7.7.5
Control Mode Switch (RS) Setting

You can select control mode at input A and B with the control mode switch on the PC board adaptor.
(Factory set: 2)
1. If you want to disregard input for wiring check, set to position 1 (direction of arrow).
2. If operating using input A for constant input:
Position
2
Input A
Unified ON by switching from OFF to ON
Unified OFF by switching from ON to OFF
Input B is disregarded.
3. If operating using instantaneous input for input A and input B, use instantaneous input of at least 400
msec ON time.
Position
3
Input A
ON: Unified ON
Input B
ON: Unified OFF
Set all switches before turning on the power supply.
External Control
Input (Wiring to
Host Computer
Monitor Panel, Etc.)
Fetching the display signal

Normal operation output terminals (W1, W2) and malfunction output terminals (W3, W4) are for contact
output with no voltage. (Allowable current per contact is 10 mA~3 A.)
Output is as described below.

RY1 and RY2 both OFF
RY1 only ON
All indoor units are

stopped.
No malfunction has occurred and at least At least 1 unit has stopped due to
one unit is operating.
malfunction, or a malfunction of
transmission has occurred between
central remote controller and indoor unit.
RY2 only ON
433
Wiring Adaptor
7.7.6
Si-05C
Installation of DCS302A2
Install inside the control panel in the same place as the central remote controller in the field. (Length of
attached wiring is approx. 5 m.)
Fasten securely with the attached screws.
434
Si-05C
,QGH[
$
A0 .........................................................................130
A1 .........................................................................131
A3 .........................................................................132
A6 .........................................................................133
A7 .........................................................................134
A9 .........................................................................135
Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature ...............147
Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperture .................317
Actuation of Fin Thermal ......................................337
Actuation of High Pressure Switch .......................144
Actuation of Low Pressure Switch ................145, 315
Actuation of Safety Device ...................142, 311, 312
Acturation of High Pressure Switch ......................314
Adaptor for Wiring
(KRP1B61 / KRP1B2 / KRP1B3) ..................421
Address Duplication of
Central Remote Controller ............................163
AF .........................................................................136
AJ .........................................................................137
Applicable Remote Controller Models
(Wired Type) ...................................................77
Applicable Wireless Remote Controller Models .....79
%
Backup and Emergency Operation ......................346
Backup Operation ................................................254
&
C4 .........................................................................138
C5 .........................................................................139
C9 .........................................................................140
Central Remote Controller
(DCS302A51 / DCS302B61) ...........................98
Centralized Control Group No. Setting ...................85
Changes in K Series Functions / Parts ....................6
CJ .........................................................................141
Combining Different Types of
Centralized Control Devices .........................112
Compatibility of Old and
New VRV System Inverter ................................9
Compressor Capacity Control ........................41, 252
Compressor Oil Temperature
Protection Control .........................................242
Compressor Overload ..........................................339
Conditions for Executing Oil Control ....................234
Control by Remote Controller (Double Remote
Controllers, Group, Remote) ...........................81
Control During Low Outdoor Air Temperature
Cooling ............................................................37
Cool / Heat Mode Selection ...................................67
Cool/Heat Mode Switching
(*Except for Cooling Only System) ...............300
Cooling Only Model ..............................................274
Cooling Overload Control .....................................247
Index
Cooling Start Following Layup ............................ 230
'
Defect of Compressor ......................................... 340
Defect of Compressor Coil .................................. 338
Defect of Pressure Switch
for High Pressure Control ............................. 318
for Low Pressure Control ............................. 319
Defect of Radiator Fin Temperature Sensor ....... 344
Defrost ........................................................... 32, 266
Defrost (For Heat Pump System) ........................ 236
Demand Control .................................... 40, 251, 305
Diagnosis by Malfunction Code ................... 128, 310
Discharge Temperature Protection Control ......... 246
Drain Level above Limit ....................................... 136
Drain Pump Control ............................................... 45
(
E0 ........................................................ 142, 311, 312
E1 ................................................................ 143, 313
E3 ................................................................ 144, 314
E4 ................................................................ 145, 315
E9 ................................................................ 146, 316
Emergency Operation ................................. 255, 348
Emergency Operation for Inverter Failure
(Cooling) ............................................... 272, 279
(Heating) ...................................................... 273
Equalized Oil Level Operation ............................... 30
Error of External Protection Device ..................... 130
Excessive Number of Indoor Units .............. 162, 332
External Control Adaptor for Outdoor Unit ............ 64
(DTA104A61 DTA104A62) ................. 297, 428
)
F3 ................................................................ 147, 317
Failure Diagnosis for Inverter System ......... 166, 335
Failure Diagnosis for Optional Controllers
for Centralized Control ................................. 129
Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload ........................ 133
Features of the VRV PLUS Series ...................... 198
Flow of Refrigerant in Each Operating Mode ...... 261
Freeze Prevention ................................................. 51
Function of Thermistors and
Pressure Sensors ................................... 26, 224
*
Gas Depletion Alarm ............................................. 44
+
H3 ........................................................................ 318
H4 ........................................................................ 319
H9 ................................................................ 148, 320
i
Si-05C
Heating Lay-Up Start ..............................................29

Heating Power on Start
(For Heat Pump System) ..............................231
Heating Pump Down Residual
Operation ........................................33, 241, 270
Heating Pump Down Start
Heating Start Following Layup
High Pressure Control Step .................................245
How to Use The Monitor Switch
On The Inverter PC Board ............................336
,
Indoor / Outdoor Unit Combinations .....................205
Indoor Field Setting ................................................83
Indoor Unit Operation Flowchart ..........................119
Indoor Unit PCB Assy ............................................75
Indoor/Outdoor Unit Combinations ...........................4
Interface Adaptor for Skyair Series
(DTA102A52) ................................................423
Inverter Failure Diagnosis ....................................129
Inverter Instantaneous Over-Current ...................169
Inverter Over-Ripple Protection ............................175
Inverter Protection Control ...................................248
Inverter Stall Prevention, Compressor Lock .........171
Inverter Thermostat Sensor,
Compressor Overload ...................................170
J3
J5
J6
J7
JA
JC
JH
.................................................................149, 321
.................................................................150, 322
.................................................................151, 323
.........................................................................324
.................................................................152, 325
.................................................................153, 326
.................................................................154, 327
/
L4 .................................................................168, 337
L5 .................................................................169, 338
L8 .................................................................170, 339
L9 .................................................................171, 340
LC .................................................................172, 341
List of Safety Devices and
Functinal Parts Setting Values ........................27
List of Safety Devices and
Functional Parts Setting Values
Function Unit .................................................228
Outdoor Unit ..................................................227
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt ..............48
Low Noise / Demand Operation .............................72
Low Noise and Demand Control ..........................251
Low Noise Control ..........................................39, 251
Low Noise Operation ............................................304
Low Outdoor Temperature Control
When Cooling ...............................................250
Low Pressure Drop Due to
Refrigerant Shortage or
Electronic Expansion Valve Failure ......155, 328
Low Pressure Protection Control Step .................243
ii
0
M1 ............................................................... 177, 182
M8 ............................................................... 178, 183
MA ............................................................... 179, 184
Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device .... 137
Malfunction of Connection Between The Inverter
Unit and Outdoor Unit PC Board .................. 341
Malfunction of
Discharge Pipe Pressure Sensor ......... 152, 325
Malfunction of
Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R3T) ........ 149, 321
Malfunction of
Drain Level Control System (33H) ............... 132
Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise ........................................ 168
Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise Sensor ............................ 174
Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic
Expansion Valve (Y1E) ................ 135, 146, 316
Malfunction of Oil Temperature Thermistor
(R5T) .................................................... 154, 327
Malfunction of Suction Pipe Pressure
Sensor .................................................. 153, 326
Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S) .............. 134
Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System
Address Undefined ............................... 165, 334
Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Air Inlet ....... 140
Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T)
for Heat Exchanger .............................. 151, 323
for Liquid Pipe .............................................. 138
Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes ... 139
for Suction Pipe .................................... 150, 322
Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) for Header ........ 324
Malfunction of Thermistor for Outdoor Air
(R1T) .................................................... 148, 320
Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor
in Remote Controller .................................... 141
Malfunction of Transmission Between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System .............. 161
Malfunction of Transmission
Between Indoor Units ........................... 157, 330
between Inverter and Control PC Board ...... 172
Slave Remote Controllers ............................ 160
Between Outdoor Units ........................ 159, 331
Malfunction of Transmission Between Remote
Controller and Indoor Unit ............................ 158
MC ............................................................... 180, 185
Method of Replacing The Inverters Power
Transistors and Diode Modules ................... 411
Model Change of Centralized Control Devices ..... 95
Monitor Mode ................................................ 61, 294
1
Negative Phase, Open Phase ..................... 156, 329
NOMENCLATURE .................................................. 2
Normal Cooling ........................................... 262, 275
Index
Si-05C
Normal Heating ....................................................263
2
Oil Equalization Control ........................................237
Oil Equalizing Operation (Cooling) ...............267, 277
Oil Equalizing Operation (Heating Step 1) ...........268
Oil Equalizing Operation (Heating Step 2) ...........269
Oil Return (Cooling) .....................................264, 276
Oil Return (Heating) .............................................265
Oil Return Control ................................................234
Oil Return Operation ..............................................31
Oil Temperature Sensor (8 and 10 Hp only) ..........47
Open Phase .........................................................343
Operation Flowcharts ...........................................119
Test Operation Button .....................................92
Operation When Power is Turned On ..................284
Outdoor Unit Operation Flowchart .......................124
Outdoor Unit PC Board Assy .........................55, 285
Outdoor Unit Refrigerant System Diagram ............12
Function Unit .................................................208
Outdoor Unit ..................................................216
3
P1 .................................................................174, 343
P4 .................................................................175, 344
PC Board Defect ..................................131, 143, 313
Power Supply Insufficient .....................................342
Power Supply Insufficient or
Instantaneous Failure ...................................173
Precautions Concerning the Remote
Controllers Mode No. ...................................190
Precautions
When Replacing K Series PC Boards ...........190
Pressure Equalizing Control Before Starting ........233
Pressure Sensor Voltage Output /
Detected Pressure Characteristics ...............410
Pump Down Operation .........................................259
Pump Down Operation
when Replacing The Compressor .................350
Pump Down Start ...................................................29
5
Refrigerant Pump Down Operation ......................278
(When Constant Speed Outdoor Unit has
a Malfunction) ...............................................271
Refrigerant System not set,
Incompatible Wiring/Piping ...................164, 333
Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function ...........89
Remote Controller Service Mode ...........................93
Remote Controllers (Wired and Wireless) ..............76
Restart Safety Timer ..............................................28
6
Schedule Timer (DST301A51 / DST301B61) ......108
Sequential Start ..............................................63, 296
Setting Items ........................................................292
Setting Mode 1 ...............................................58, 290
Setting Mode 2 ...............................................59, 291
Index
Setting Modes ............................................... 57, 288

Setting of Master Remote Controller ..................... 87
Soft Start ....................................................... 28, 229
Standby by Outdoor Temperature
When Heating .............................................. 249
Starting Control ................................................... 229
Step Down / Safety Control
Standby (Forced Thermostat OFF)
Stop Due to Malfunction ............................ 35
Step Down Control by Inverter Current ............... 248
Step Down Control by Inverter Fin ...................... 248
Switch Settings According to Number of
Outdoor Units ............................................... 287
System Outline .................................................... 203
7
Te / Tc Setting ....................................................... 43
Test Operation .............................................. 54, 282
Thermistor Resistance /
Temperature Characteristics ........................ 408
Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller .............. 49
Address Duplication, Improper Setting ......... 180
Improper Combination of Optional Controllers
for Centralized Control ..................... 179
between Central Remote Controller
and Indoor Unit ................................ 176
between Optional Controllers
PC Board Defect ........................................... 177
Address Duplication, Improper Setting ......... 185
Improper Combination of Optional Controllers
between Central Remote Controller
and Indoor Unit ................................ 181
between Optional Controllers
PC Board Defect ........................................... 182
Display Under Host Computer
Integrate Control Blinks
(Repeats Double Blink) .................... 189
Display Under Host Computer
Integrate Control Blinks
(Repeats Single Blink) ..................... 187
Operation Lamp Blinks ................................. 186
Troubleshooting for VRV PLUS Series ............... 309
Typical Wiring Mistakes ....................................... 191
8
U0
U1
U2
U4
U5
U7
................................................................ 155, 328

................................................................ 156, 329
................................................................ 173, 342
................................................................ 157, 330
........................................................................ 158
................................................................ 159, 331
iii
Si-05C
U8 .........................................................................160
U9 .........................................................................161
UA ................................................................162, 332
UC ........................................................................163
UE ................................................................176, 181
UF ................................................................164, 333
UH ................................................................165, 334
Unification Adaptor for Computerized Control
(DCS302A52) ................................................431
Unified ON/OFF Controller
(DCS301A51/ DCS301B61) ..........................105
9
VRV System Inverter K Series System Outline ........5
:
Wiring Adaptor for Electrical Appendices
(KRP2A6162) ...............................................413
(KRP4A51 / KRP4A52 / KRP4A53) ..............418
Wiring Adaptor for Other Air Conditioners
(DTA103A51) ................................................425
Wiring Check Operation .................................74, 306
iv
Index
Si-05C
'UDZLQJV#)#)ORZ#&KDUWV
$
Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperture .................317
Actuation of Fin Thermal ......................................337
Actuation of Low Pressure Switch .......................315
Actuation of Safety Device .......................... 311, 312
Acturation of High Pressure Switch ......................314
Adaptor for Wiring (KRP1B61 / KRP1B2 / KRP1B3)
KRP1B3 .........................................................421
KRP1B61KRP1B2 ........................................421
Operation Display Fetch ................................422
Applicable Remote Controller Models
(Wired Type) ...................................................77
Applicable Wireless Remote Controller Models .....79
%
Backup and Emergency Operation ......................346
Backup Operation ................................................254
&
Central Remote Controller
(DCS302A51 / DCS302B61)
A Group of Indoor Units ...................................99
Control Section ..............................................101
Display Section ..............................................100
How to Select Operation Mode ......................104
System Configuration ......................................98
Wiring Outline ................................................101
Wiring to Indoor Units ....................................103
Zone Control by Central Remote Controller ....99
Centralized Control Group No. Setting ...................85
Check Operation. .................................................283
Check The Following
Before Turning Power On. ............................282
Combining Different Types of
Centralized Control Devices
Electric Wiring ................................................114
Example of DCS302A51 / DCS301A51/
DST301A51 Systems .......................112
Compressor Overload ..........................................339
Conditions for Executing Oil Control ....................234
Connectable Combinations ......................................9
(Double Remote Controllers, Group, Remote)
Double Remote Controllers .............................81
Group Control ..................................................81
Remote Control ...............................................82
Control Input (Unified ON/OFF Control) ...............432
Control Mode Switch (RS) Setting .......................433
Cool / Heat Mode Selection
Setting Methed ................................................71
Setting of Cool / Heat
by Individual Outdoor Unit System
by Cool/Heat Selector .........................68
Drawings & Flow Charts

by Individual Outdoor Unit System
by Indoor Unit Remote Controller ...... 67
by Outdoor Unit System Group
in Accordance with Group Master
Outdoor Unit by Indoor Unit
Remote Controller .............................. 69
Supplement ..................................................... 70
Cooling Overload Control .................................... 247
Cooling Start Following Layup ............................ 230
'
Defect of Compressor ......................................... 340
Defect of Compressor Coil .................................. 338
for High Pressure Control ............................ 318
for Low Pressure Control ............................. 319
Defect of Radiator Fin Temperature Sensor ....... 344
Defrost ........................................................... 32, 266
Defrost (For Heat Pump System) ........................ 236
Demand / Low Noise Control
(*Except for Cooling Only System)
Address Setting (DS1 / DS2) ........................ 299
Demand Control .................................................. 305
Demand Control System Example ...................... 305
Diode Module ...................................................... 412
Discharge Temperature Protection Control ......... 246
Drain Pump Control
When the Float Switch is Tripped and
AF is Displayed on the Remote
Controller ........................................... 46
When the Float Switch is Tripped
During Cooling OFF by Thermostat ... 45
When the Float Switch is Tripped
During Heating Operation .................. 46
When the Float Switch is Tripped While
the Cooling Thermostat is ON ........... 45
(
Emergency Operation 1
When Cooling ............................................... 255
When Cooling
(In Case of Cooling Only System) ... 256
When Heating ............................................... 257
(Cooling) .............................................. 272, 279
(Heating) ...................................................... 273
Excessive Number of Indoor Units ...................... 332
External Control Adaptor for Outdoor Unit
Part Names and Functions ............................. 64
Switch Settings on the Adaptor PCB .............. 65
Si-05C

(DTA104A61 DTA104A62)
Common Address Setting (DS1 / DS2) .........430
Cool/Heat Mode Unified Selection .................428
Low Noise Control (Outdoor Unit) .................429
Part Names and Functions ................... 297, 428
Settings of Switches
on The PC Board Adaptor ................298
System Outline ..............................................297
)
Failure Diagnosis
by Wireless Remote Controller .......................91
Freeze Prevention ..................................................51
*
Gas Depletion Alarm
When cooling ...................................................44
When heating ..................................................44
+
Heating Power on Start
Heating Pump Down Residual Operation ..... 33, 270
Heating Pump Down Start
Heating Start Following Layup
High Pressure Control Step .................................245
How to Enter the Service Mode .............................93
,
Improved Piping System ............................. 198, 201
Indoor Field Setting
Wired Remote Controller .................................83
Wireless Remote Controller .............................83
Indoor Unit Operation Flowchart ..........................119
Indoor Unit PCB Assy ...........................................75
Installation of DCS302A2 .....................................434
Interface adaptor for SKY AIR series ...................424
Interface Adaptor for Skyair Series
(DTA102A52) ................................................423
/
Less Wiring ..........................................................202
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt ..............48
Low Noise / Demand Operation .............................72
Low Noise Control System Example ....................304
Low Noise Operation ...........................................304
Low Outdoor Air Cooling IN Conditions .......... 37, 38
Low Outdoor Temperature Control
When Cooling ...............................................250
Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage
or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure ..........328
Low Pressure Protection Control Step .................243
0
Malfunction of Connection Between The Inverter
Unit and Outdoor Unit PC Board ...................341
Malfunction of
Discharge Pipe Pressure Sensor ..................325
vi
Malfunction of
Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R3T) ................ 321
Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E) ............... 316
Malfunction of Oil Temperature Thermistor
(R5T) ............................................................ 327
Malfunction of Suction Pipe Pressure Sensor ..... 326
Malfunction of System,
Refrigerant System Address Undefined ....... 334
for Heat Exchanger ...................................... 323
for Suction Pipe ............................................ 322
Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) for Header ....... 324
Malfunction of Thermistor for Outdoor Air
(R1T) ............................................................ 320
Between Indoor Units ................................... 330
Between Outdoor Units ................................ 331
Method of Replacing The Inverters Power
Transistors and Diode Modules ................... 411
Method of Sequential Start .................................... 63
Mode Changing Procedure ................................... 57
Model Change of Centralized Control Devices
Main Modifications Changes
(Model A to Model B) ......................... 95
When Using Model A Centralized Control
Device ................................................ 96
When Using Model B Centralized Control
Device ................................................ 97
Monitor Mode ................................................ 61, 294
Mounting of DTA103A51 ..................................... 427
1
Negative Phase, Open Phase ............................. 329
NOMENCLATURE
Indoor Unit ........................................................ 2
Outdoor Unit ..................................................... 3
Normal Cooling ........................................... 262, 275
Normal Heating ................................................... 263
2
Oil Equalization Control ....................................... 237
Oil Equalizing Operation (Cooling) .............. 267, 277
Oil Equalizing Operation (Heating Step 1) .......... 268
Oil Equalizing Operation (Heating Step 2) .......... 269
Oil Return (Cooling) .................................... 264, 276
Oil Return (Heating) ............................................ 265
Oil Temperature Sensor (8 and 10 Hp only)
Prevention of Oil Dilution During Defrost ........ 47
Prevention of Wetness During Heating ........... 47
Open Phase ........................................................ 343
Test Operation Button .................................... 92
Outdoor Unit Operation Flowchart ...................... 124
Outdoor Unit PC Board Assy ........................ 55, 285
Outdoor Unit Refrigerant System Diagram
RSX5K Series ........................................... 12, 16
RSX8, 10K Series ........................................... 22
RSX8K10K Series ......................................... 18
Si-05C
RSXY5K Series ...............................................14

RSXY8, 10K Series .........................................20
RSXY8K, 10K Series .......................................24
3
PC Board Defect ..................................................313
Power Supply Insufficient .....................................342
Power Transistor (On Inverter PC Board) ............411
Pressure Sensor Voltage Output /
Detected Pressure Characteristics ...............410
Product Features .................................................199
Pump Down Operation
Operation of INV Outdoor Unit ............. 259, 260
Operation of STD Outdoor Unit ............ 259, 260
Inverter Current Control .................................. 36

Low Pressure (Lp) Control .............................. 35
Switch Settings According to Number of
Outdoor Units ............................................... 287
System Outline
REY-K ........................................................... 204
RX(Y)-K ........................................................ 203
7
Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller
Cooling ............................................................ 49
Heating ........................................................... 50
Troubleshooting for VRV PLUS Series ............... 309
Turn Power On. ................................................... 282
Typical Wiring Mistakes ...................................... 191
Refrigerant Pump Down Operation ......................278

(When Constant Speed Outdoor Unit has
a Malfunction) ...............................................271
Refrigerant System not set,
Incompatible Wiring/Piping ...........................333
Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function ...........89
Remote Controllers (Wired and Wireless) ..............76
Restart Safety Timer ..............................................28
Unification Adaptor for Computerized Control

(DCS302A52) ............................................... 431
Unified ON/OFF Controller
(DCS301A51/ DCS301B61)
A Group of Indoor Units ................................ 106
System Configuration ................................... 105
Wiring for Indoor Unit .................................... 107
Wiring Outline ............................................... 106
Schedule Timer (DST301A51 / DST301B61)

Control Section ..............................................111
Display Section ..............................................110
System Configuration ....................................108
Wiring for Transmission .................................109
Sequential Start ...................................................296
Set Cool/Heat Separately for Each Outdoor
System by C/H SELECTOR. .........................301
Set Cool/Heat Separately for Each Outdoor
System by Indoor Unit Remote Controller. ...300
Setting Items ........................................................292
Setting Mode 1 .............................................. 58, 290
Setting Mode 2 .......................................................59
Setting Mode 2 Pump Down Procedure ...............351
Setting Modes
Functions of Pushbutton Switches ................288
Mode Change ................................................288
Mode Changing Procedure ............................289
Setting of Cool/Heat by Outdoor Unit System
Group in Accordance with Group Master
Outdoor Unit by COOL/HEAT Selector
Remote Controller .........................................303
Setting of Cool/Heat by Outdoor Unit System
Group in Accordance with Group Master
Outdoor Unit by Indoor Unit
Remote Controller .........................................302
Setting of Master Remote Controller ......................87
Soft Start ..............................................................229
Soft Start of Compressor .......................................28
Step Down / Safety Control
Standby (Forced Thermostat OFF)
Stop Due to Malfunction
Discharge Pipe Temperature (Td) Control ......35
High Pressure (Hp) Control .............................35
VRV System Inverter K Series System Outline ....... 5
:
Wiring Adaptor for Electrical Appendices
(KRP2A6162)
Group control ................................................ 413
Individual control ........................................... 413
Wiring ............................................................ 414
Wiring to Outside (Host Computer
Monitor Panel, Etc.) ......................... 415
Zone control .................................................. 413
(KRP4A51 / KRP4A52 / KRP4A53)
Part Names and Functions ........................... 418
Wiring to Outside (Host Computer
Monitor Panel, Etc.) ......................... 418
Wiring Adaptor for Other Air Conditioners
(DTA103A51) ............................................... 425
Wiring Check Operation ................................ 74, 306
FXD20KVE / FXD25KVE / FXD32KVE /
FXD40KVE / FXD50KVE /
FXD63KVE ...................................... 392
FXD80KVE / FXD100KVE / FXD125KVE ..... 393
FXYA25KVE / FXYA32KVE / FXYA40KVE /
FXYA50KVE / FXYA63KVE ............. 389
FXYC20KVE / FXYC25KVE / FXYC32KVE /
FXYC63KVE .................................... 378
FXYC40KVE / FXYC50KVE / FXYC80KVE /
FXYC125KVE .................................. 379
FXYD20KVE / FXYD25KVE / FXYD32KVE /
FXYD40KVE / FXYD50KVE /
FXYD63KVE .................................... 394
vii
Si-05C
FXYF32KGV1 / FXYF40KGV1 / FXYF50KGV1 /

FXYF63KGV1 ...................................381
FXYF32KVE / FXYF40KVE / FXYF50KVE /
FXYF63KVE / FXYF80KVE /
FXYF100KVE / FXYF125KVE ..........380
FXYF80KGV1 / FXYF100KGV1 /
FXYF125KGV1 .................................382
FXYH32KVE / FXYH63KVE /
FXYH100KVE ...................................388
FXYK25KV1 / FXYK32KV1 /
FXYK40KV1 / FXYK63KV1
FXYK25KVAL / FXYK32KVAL /
FXYK40KVAL / FXYK63KVAL .........383
FXYL20KJVE / FXYL25KJVE / FXYL32KJVE /
FXYL40KJVE / FXYL50KJVE /
FXYL63KJVE
FXYLM20KJVE / FXYLM25KJVE /
FXYLM32KJVE / FXYLM40KJVE /
FXYLM50KJVE / FXYLM63KJVE .....391
FXYL25KV1 / FXYL40KV1 / FXYL63KV1 /
FXYL25KVAL / FXYL40KVAL /
FXYL63KVAL
FXYLM25KV1 / FXYLM40KV1 /
FXYLM63KV1 / FXYLM25KVAL /
FXYLM40KVAL / FXYLM63KVAL ....390
FXYM200KJVE / FXYM250KJVE ..................395
FXYM200KVE / FXYM250KVE .....................387
FXYM40KVE / FXYM50KVE / FXYM63KVE /
FXYM80KVE / FXYM100KVE /
FXYM125KVE ..................................386
FXYS20KV1 / FXYS25KV1 / FXYS32KV1 /
FXYS40KV1 / FXYS50KV1 /
FXYS63KV1
FXYS20KVAL / FXYS25KVAL /
FXYS50KVAL / FXYS63KVAL .........384
FXYS80KV1 / FXYS100KV1 / FXYS125KV1
FXYS125KVAL .................................385
FXYA25KVEC / FXYA32KVEC /
FXYA40KVEC / FXYA50KVEC /
FXYA63KVEC ..................................406
FXYC20KVEC / FXYC25KVEC /
FXYC32KVEC / FXYC63KVEC ........398
FXYC40KVEC / FXYC50KVEC /
FXYC80KVEC / FXYC125KVEC ......399
FXYF25KVEC / FXYF32KVEC /
FXYF100KVEC / FXYF125KVEC .....400
FXYH32KVEC / FXYH63KVEC /
FXYH100KVEC ................................405
FXYK25KV1C / FXYK32KV1C /
FXYK40KV1C / FXYK63KV1C .........401
FXYL20KVEC / FXYL25KVEC /
FXYL32KVEC / FXYL40KVEC /
FXYL50KVEC / FXYL63KVEC
FXYLM20KVEC / FXYLM25KVEC /
FXYLM32KVEC / FXYLM40KVEC /
FXYLM50KVEC / FXYLM63KVEC ...407
viii
FXYM40KVEC / FXYM50KVEC /
FXYM63KVEC / FXYM80KVEC /
FXYM100KVEC / FXYM125KVEC .. 404
FXYS20KV1C / FXYS25KV1C /
FXYS50KV1C / FXYS63KV1C ........ 402
FXYS125KV1C ................................ 403
BC2K ............................................................ 372
BC3K ............................................................ 373
BL2K ............................................................. 370
BL3K ............................................................. 371
RN8K / RN10K .............................................. 377
RNY8K / RNY10K ......................................... 375
RSX5KTAL ................................................... 363
RSX5KTAL(E) / RSXY5KTAL(E) .................. 367
RSX5KY1 ...................................................... 361
RSX5KY1(E) / RSXY5KY1(E) ...................... 365
RSX8KTAL / RSX10KTAL ............................ 364
RSX8KTAL(E) / RSXY8KTAL(E) /
RSX10KTAL(E) /
RSXY10KTAL(E) ............................. 368
RSX8KY1 / RSX10KY1 ................................ 362
RSX8KY1(E) / RSXY8KY1(E) /
RSX10KY1(E) / RSXY10KY1(E) ..... 366
RSXY5KTAL ................................................. 359
RSXY5KY1 ................................................... 355
RSXY5KYAL ................................................. 357
RSXY8KTAL / RSXY10KTAL ....................... 360
RSXY8KY1 / RSXY10KY1 ............................ 356
RSXY8KYAL / RSXY10KYAL ....................... 358
RSXY8KYAL(E) / RSXY10KYAL(E) ............. 369
RX8K / RX10K .............................................. 376
RXY8K / RXY10K ......................................... 374
RSX(Y)5KY1C(E) ......................................... 396
RSX(Y)8KY1C(E) / RSX(Y)10KY1C(E) ........ 397
Head office:
Umeda Center Bldg., 4-12, Nakazaki-Nishi 2-chome,
Kita-ku, Osaka, 530-8323 Japan
Zandvoordestraat 300, B-8400 Oostende, Belgium
Tokyo office:
Shinjuku Sumitomo Bldg., 6-1 Nishi-Shinjuku
2-chome, Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo, 163-0235 Japan
z For further improvement, specifications or designs are subject to change without prior notice.
Printed in Japan 09/1999 AK

Cara Servis Manual RX10KY1 Si - 05c

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cara Servis Manual RX10KY1 Si - 05c

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cara Servis Manual RX10KY1 Si - 05c

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Si-05C

Outdoor Unit Refrigerant System Diagram.............................................12

When Power is Turned On .....................................................................54

2. Diagnosis by Malfunction Code...........................................................128

Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device ..................................130

Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller..141

4. Failure Diagnosis for Inverter System .................................................166

6. Troubleshooting (OP: Central Remote Controller) ..............................176

6.4 Improper Combination of Optional Controllers

7. Troubleshooting (OP: Schedule Timer)...............................................181

8. Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller) .............................186

3. Indoor / Outdoor Unit Combinations....................................................205

2. Function of Thermistors and Pressure Sensors..................................224

3. List of Safety Devices and Functional Parts Setting Values ...............227

4. Outline of Control ................................................................................229

Defrost (For Heat Pump System) .........................................................236

5. Flow of Refrigerant in Each Operating Mode ......................................261

Procedure and Outline .........................................................................282

2. Diagnosis by Malfunction Code...........................................................310

Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Safety Device.............................................311

3.6 Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of

4. Failure Diagnosis for Inverter System .................................................335

5. How to Use The Monitor Switch On The Inverter PC Board ...............336

How to Use The Monitor Switch On The Inverter PC Board ................336

2. Pump Down Operation when Replacing The Compressor .................350

Inverter K Series (Product Produced Before July 99)..........................355

2. Wiring Diagrams (Indoor Unit).............................................................378

Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double-Flow)....................................378

3. Wiring Diagrams (Outdoor Unit) Model for China ...............................396

4. Wiring Diagrams (Indoor Unit) Model for China ..................................398

Ceiling Mounted Cassette (Double-Flow) Type....................................398

6. Method of Replacing The Inverters Power Transistors and

7. Wiring Adaptor ....................................................................................413

Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

Cautions Regarding Products after Repair

For integral units only

For integral units only

Inspection after Repair

Using Icons List

A note provides information that is not indispensable, but may

A caution is used when there is danger that the reader, through

A warning is used when there is danger of personal injury.

A reference guides the reader to other places in this binder or in this

General Information Inverter K Series

General Information Inverter K Series

Function classification (1)

Indicates minor design category

General Information Inverter K Series

Indoor/Outdoor Unit Combinations

General Information Inverter K Series

Easily Recognizable Features of the K Series

VRV System Inverter K Series System Outline

General Information Inverter K Series

Changes in K Series Functions / Parts

Changes in the System as a Whole

More outdoor units

A maximum of 16 indoor units can now be connected to a single system.